杂项抉择之论显示巴利原文
34. Pakiṇṇakavinicchayakathā
如此揭示了业与非业的决择论后,现在为了揭示杂项决择论,而说“今应知杂项论”等。其中,“杂项”者,以种种方式散布,犹如“昼卧”之论,并非各别安立,而是仅在一章中以造作的方式安立,如团食论等。而“杂项”一词,带着表示自义的ka后缀。显示巴利原文
Evaṃ kammākammavinicchayakathaṃ kathetvā idāni pakiṇṇakavinicchayakathaṃ kathetuṃ ‘‘idāni pakiṇṇakakathā veditabbā’’tiādimāha. Tattha pakārena kiṇṇāti pakiṇṇā, divāseyyāti kathā viya visuṃ visuṃ appavattitvā ekasmiṃyeva paricchede karaṇavasena pavattā gaṇabhojanakathādayo. Pakiṇṇakā sakatthe ka-paccayavasena.
其中,此杂项母句:显示巴利原文
Tatrāyaṃ pakiṇṇakamātikā –
用药、用石击穿,以及涂抹毒药,
从邪见家所得之物,以及施予牧牛者,
如法乞求,及弃舍大小便等物,
沐浴时以树皮擦身,持沙等。
蓄长发、持镜等,舞蹈、断肢等;
持钵、唯着粪扫衣、滤水器、裸形。
香、花、涂油、小瓶,及单一容器;
衣角、擦足具、扇子,以及伞。
指甲与毛发、腰带、下衣与上衣;
扁担、齿木与攀爬树木。
韵律学、顺世论,以及被投掷的大蒜;
不应践踏等,以及不应礼敬者与应礼敬者。
礼敬方式之说,及床座等之说亦然;
高座、大座与楼阁之受用。
衣之舍置,及商队衣羯磨,
理发师、十分之一、路粮与边地。
五种混合之药,第二为脂肪根本;
面粉、煎汁、叶,以及果实、树脂与盐。
药粉、非人疾患,眼药及鼻药;
熏烟、油熬之剂,发汗、放血之法。
身体流脓者,盐与酸粥亦如是;
内宿等之论说,与已受取之受持。
其次,低劣的论说,与午前之受取;
林中住处、莲池住处,以及未作净者;
粥论、糖论,以及大教示。
显示巴利原文 Gaṇabhojanakathā ca, paramparā ca bhojanā; Anāpucchā paṃsukūlaṃ, tato acchinnacīvaraṃ. Paṭibhānacittaṃ vippa-katabhojanameva ca; Uddisantuddisāpentā, tivassantarikā tathā. Dīghāsanaṃ gilānupa-ṭṭhānaṃ maraṇavaṇṇakaṃ; Attapātanamappacca-vekkhitvā nisinnaṃ tathā. Davāya silāvijjhanaṃ, dāyāḷimpanakaṃ tathā; Micchādiṭṭhikulābhataṃ, gopakadānameva ca. Dhammikāyācanā ceva, uccārādīna chaḍḍanaṃ; Nhāne rukkhaghaṃsanāni, valikādīna dhāraṇaṃ. Dīghakesā ādāsādi, naccādyaṅgacchedādi ca; Patto sabbapaṃsukūlaṃ, parissavana naggiyaṃ. Gandhapupphaṃ āsittakaṃ, maḷorikekabhājanaṃ; Celapati pādaghaṃsī, bījanī chattameva ca. Nakhālomā kāyabandhā, nivāsanapārupanā; Kāja dantakaṭṭhañceva, rukkhārohanakampi ca. Chandāropā lokāyatā, khipitaṃ lasuṇaṃ tathā; Na akkamitabbādīni, avandiyā ca vandiyā. Vandanākārakathā ca, āsandādikathāpi ca; Uccāsanamahāsanaṃ, pāsādaparibhogakaṃ. Upāhanaṃ yānañceva, cīvaraṃ chinnacīvaraṃ; Akappiyacīvarañca, cīvarassa vicāraṇā. Daṇḍakathinakañceva, gahapaticīvaraṃ tathā; Chacīvaraṃ rajanādi, atirekañca cīvaraṃ. Aṭṭhavaraṃ nisīdanaṃ, adhammakammameva ca; Okāso saddhādeyyo ca, santaruttarakopi ca. Cīvaranikkhepo ceva, satthavatthikammaṃ tathā; Nahāpito dasabhāgo, pātheyyaṃ padesopi ca. Saṃsaṭṭhaṃ pañcabhesajjaṃ, dutiyaṃ vasā mūlakaṃ; Piṭṭhaṃ kasāva paṇṇañca, phalañca jatu loṇakaṃ. Cuṇṇaṃ amanussābādhaṃ, añjanaṃ natthumeva ca; Dhūmanettaṃ telapākaṃ, sedaṃ lohitamocanaṃ. Pādabbhañjaṃ gaṇḍābādho, visañca gharadinnako; Duṭṭhagahaṇiko paṇḍu-rogo chavidosopi ca. Abhisannadosakāyo, loṇasuvīrako tathā; Antovutthādikathā ca, uggahitapaṭiggaho. Tato nihatakathā ca, purebhattapaṭiggaho; Vanaṭṭhaṃ pokkharaṭṭhañca, tathā akatakappataṃ. Yāgukathā guḷakathā, mahāpadesameva ca; Ānisaṃsakathā ceti, pakiṇṇakamhi āgatā.
集众受食之论显示巴利原文
Gaṇabhojanakathā
1 1. 于此,“应计数者”即为“群”,指任何聚集,然此处特指四人以上之群。“食用食物”,即名为受用行为的食事;“群之食物”为群食,“于其”。“于群食有波逸提”,此处是以处格表示生起因。“除时”,即除去病等七种时。因此,此学处是在作白后受用食物的场合制定的,故就所依事而言,群食本已明显;不就此说明,而在分别句“群食者,于何处……乃至……受邀而食用”中,依邀请而说群食。然而,某些学处也可能依事而定,故“有人或疑:依分别句所说之方式即成群食”。为遣此疑,故说“群食以二种方式生起”。“一起取”,此处应理解为:彼此不逾十二手而站立者,名为一起取。从“请给我们四人之食”这样的白语,以及下文“汝给一(比丘)之食,汝给二人”这样的白语后,当知:为了自己的利益,若受用由他人所白之食,亦成群食。如是,“从白而生起”——此处若有白,且众数一起取食,依此学处有罪;若分别取,应知依美食经及饭白而有罪。显示巴利原文
1. Tattha gaṇitabbo saṅkhyātabboti gaṇo, yo koci samūho, idha pana catuvaggādigaṇo adhippeto. Bhuñjate bhojanaṃ, byavaharaṇabhāvasaṅkhātā bhojanakiriyā, gaṇassa bhojanaṃ gaṇabhojanaṃ, tasmiṃ. Gaṇabhojane pācittiyaṃ hotīti ettha janakahetumhi bhummavacanaṃ. Aññatra samayāti gilānādisattavidhaṃ samayaṃ ṭhapetvā. Imassa sikkhāpadassa viññattiṃ katvā bhuñjanavatthusmiṃ paññattattā viññattito gaṇabhojanaṃ vatthuvaseneva pākaṭanti taṃ avatvā ‘‘gaṇabhojanaṃ nāma yattha…pe… nimantitā bhuñjantī’’ti nimantanavasenevassa padabhājane gaṇabhojanaṃ vuttaṃ. Kiñci pana sikkhāpadaṃ vatthuanurūpampi siyāti ‘‘padabhājane vuttanayeneva gaṇabhojanaṃ hotī’’ti kesañci āsaṅkā bhaveyyāti tannivattanatthaṃ ‘‘gaṇabhojanaṃ dvīhi ākārehi pasavatī’’ti vuttaṃ. Ekato gaṇhantīti ettha aññamaññassa dvādasahatthaṃ amuñcitvā ṭhitā ekato gaṇhanti nāmāti gahetabbaṃ. ‘‘Amhākaṃ catunnampi bhattaṃ dehī’ti vā viññāpeyyu’’nti vacanato, heṭṭhā ‘‘tvaṃ ekassa bhikkhuno bhattaṃ dehi, tvaṃ dvinnanti evaṃ viññāpetvā’’ti vacanato ca attano atthāya aññena viññattampi sādiyantassa gaṇabhojanaṃ hotiyevāti daṭṭhabbaṃ. Evaṃ viññattito pasavatīti ettha viññattiyā sati gaṇantassa ekato hutvā gahaṇe iminā sikkhāpadena āpatti, visuṃ gahaṇe paṇītabhojanasūpodanaviññattīhi āpatti veditabbā.
“取五种食物之名”——此处有说:“即使说‘取食物’,亦成群食。”“下文中,于道路行事、于登船事中,说‘尊者,请于此用餐’时,因他们生疑而不受,故即使说‘用餐’,亦成群食”,此于三处结文中说。然而,因说“取五种食物之名而邀请”,故说“请用饭”或“请用食物”,唯取食物之名而说时,方成群食,非其他。“尊者,请于此用餐”,此处亦应理解为:他们说了“饭”或“食物”后,如此邀请。或者,那些比丘因忘恩而心生疑虑,虽依群而受邀,却不接受——此是我等之见,应审察后取较合理者。然而,《疑惑遣除》中说:“因言‘以任何言说’,故即使以‘取食物’等一般名称,亦成群食。但于巴利中道路行等事中‘请于此用餐’之语所生的疑,亦应知因取饭等名而说故,如是而作。”显示巴利原文
Pañcannaṃ bhojanānaṃ nāmaṃ gahetvāti ettha ‘‘bhojanaṃ gaṇhathāti vuttepi gaṇabhojanaṃ hotiyevā’’ti vadanti. ‘‘Heṭṭhā addhānagamanavatthusmiṃ, nāvābhiruhanavatthusmiñca ‘idheva, bhante, bhuñjathā’ti vutte yasmā kukkuccāyantā na paṭiggaṇhiṃsu, tasmā ‘bhuñjathā’ti vuttepi gaṇabhojanaṃ hotiyevā’’ti tīsupi gaṇṭhipadesu vuttaṃ. ‘‘Pañcannaṃ bhojanānaṃ nāmaṃ gahetvā nimantetī’’ti vuttattā pana ‘‘odanaṃ bhuñjathā’’ti vā ‘‘bhattaṃ bhuñjathā’’ti vā bhojananāmaṃ gahetvāva vutte gaṇabhojanaṃ hoti, na aññathā. ‘‘Idheva, bhante, bhuñjathā’’ti etthāpi ‘‘odana’’nti vā ‘‘bhatta’’nti vā vatvāva te evaṃ nimantesunti gahetabbaṃ. Gaṇavasena vā nimantitattā te bhikkhū apakataññutāya kukkuccāyantā na paṭiggaṇhiṃsūti ayaṃ amhākaṃ khanti, vīmaṃsitvā yuttataraṃ gahetabbaṃ. Vimativinodaniyaṃ (vi. vi. ṭī. pācittiya 2.217-218) pana ‘‘yena kenaci vevacanenāti vuttattā ‘bhojanaṃ gaṇhathā’tiādisāmaññanāmenapi gaṇabhojanaṃ hoti. Yaṃ pana pāḷiyaṃ addhānagamanādivatthūsu ‘idheva bhuñjathā’ti vuttavacanassa kukkuccāyanaṃ, tampi odanādināmaṃ gahetvā vuttattā eva katanti veditabba’’nti vuttaṃ.
《库伦地》中说:“‘审察’,即依五蕴等而作安排。‘击打’,即截断顺风后,以手或以杖击打。‘作线’即搓捻线缕。‘缠绕’即于杖上或手上缠绕。”有人说:“唯新衣之制作此处名为衣作,旧衣上运针之业不名衣作。”然而《疑惑遣除》中说:“‘客布’,即截断后依次第放置,就制衣而言。‘安置’,即以系缚的方式将一端安于衣上。‘转回而缝’,即转回彼第二端而缝合所击打处。‘系客布’,即与衣相连时,再三以线系于彼处。‘击打’,即依量取后以杖等击打。‘作线’,即以三股等方式捻线。‘缠绕’,即以手或轮杖将多股线缠绕成一体。‘作转回’,即制作转回杖器,将线球放入其中,置于竹管等内转动后,从线端拉出。”《金刚智疏》中说:“以空线缝客布后安置。于其顺风中,以手击打使成一平面。‘缠绕’,即转绕。‘转回’——为取线者易取而作线之转回,为缝布者易缝而作布之转回。此处意指新衣制作者,非其他。”显示巴利原文
Kurundīvacane vicāretīti pañcakhaṇḍādivasena saṃvidahati. Ghaṭṭetīti anuvātaṃ chinditvā hatthena, daṇḍakena vā ghaṭṭeti. Suttaṃ karotīti suttaṃ vaṭṭeti. Valetīti daṇḍake vā hatthe vā āvaṭṭeti. ‘‘Abhinavasseva cīvarassa karaṇaṃ idha cīvarakammaṃ nāma, purāṇacīvare sūcikammaṃ cīvarakammaṃ nāma na hotī’’ti vadanti. Vimativinodaniyaṃ (vi. vi. ṭī. pācittiya 2.217-218) pana ‘‘āgantukapaṭṭanti acchinditvā anvādhiṃ āropetvā karaṇacīvaraṃ sandhāya vuttaṃ. Ṭhapetīti ekaṃ antaṃ cīvare bandhanavasena ṭhapeti. Paccāgataṃ sibbatīti tasseva dutiyaantaṃ parivattitvā āhataṃ sibbati. Āgantukapaṭṭaṃ bandhatīti cīvarena laggaṃ karonto punappunaṃ tattha tattha suttena bandhati. Ghaṭṭetīti pamāṇena gahetvā daṇḍādīhi ghaṭṭeti. Suttaṃ karotīti suttaṃ tiguṇādibhāvena vaṭṭeti. Valetīti anekaguṇasuttaṃ hatthena vā cakkadaṇḍena vā vaṭṭeti ekattaṃ karoti. Parivattanaṃ karotīti parivattanadaṇḍayantakaṃ karoti. Yasmiṃ suttaguḷaṃ pavesetvā veḷunāḷikādīsu ṭhapetvā paribbhamāpetvā suttakoṭito paṭṭhāya ākaḍḍhantī’’ti vuttaṃ. Vajirabuddhiṭīkāyaṃ (vajira. ṭī. pācittiya 209-218) na ‘‘āgantukapaṭṭaṃ moghasuttena sibbitvā ṭhapenti. Tattha anuvāte yathā ekatalaṃ hoti, tathā hatthehi ghaṭṭeti. Valetīti āvaṭṭeti. Parivattananti suttaṃ gaṇhantānaṃ sukhaggahaṇatthaṃ suttaparivattanaṃ karoti, paṭṭaṃ sibbantānaṃ sukhasibbanatthaṃ paṭṭaparivattanañca, navacīvarakārako idhādhippeto, na itaro’’ti vuttaṃ.
“未邀第四”,即未受邀请者为第四人的比丘四人组,此即“未邀第四”。余者亦同此理,故说“五种四人组”。“因说到‘第四人到来时便不能如法举行’,若无其他任何人前来,唯四人坐于彼处无法如法举行,则不许可”,有人如是说。因为是生起群食罪的邀请,故说“不如法邀请”。“令入”,即令其入座。“群破”,意为群组不犯。然而《疑惑遣除》中说:“‘令入’,即令其与之结合。‘群破’,意为非受邀请的僧团。”显示巴利原文
Animantitacatutthanti animantito catuttho yassa bhikkhucatukkassa, taṃ animantitacatutthaṃ. Evaṃ sesesupi. Tenāha ‘‘pañcannaṃ catukkāna’’nti, ‘‘catutthe āgate na yāpentīti vacanato sace añño koci āgacchanto natthi, cattāroyeva ca tattha nisinnā yāpetuṃ na sakkonti, na vaṭṭatī’’ti vadanti. Gaṇabhojanāpattijanakanimantanabhāvato ‘‘akappiyanimantana’’nti vuttaṃ. Sampavesetvāti nisīdāpetvā. Gaṇo bhijjatīti gaṇo āpattiṃ na āpajjatīti adhippāyo. Vimativinodaniyaṃ (vi. vi. ṭī. pācittiya 2.220) pana ‘‘sampavesetvāti tehi yojetvā. Gaṇo bhijjatīti nimantitasaṅgho na hotīti attho’’ti vuttaṃ.
“于何处四比丘……乃至……受用食物”,依此段巴利文的关联,故说“然而于其余者则成为群满”。“无差别”,即不加区分地通指“病者或衣作者”,以普遍共通之语而说。“故”,即因此无差别。显示巴利原文
‘‘Yattha cattāro bhikkhū…pe… bhuñjantī’’ti imāya pāḷiyā saṃsandanato ‘‘itaresaṃ pana gaṇapūrako hotī’’ti vuttaṃ. Avisesenāti ‘‘gilāno vā cīvarakārako vā’’ti avisesetvā sabbasādhāraṇavacanena. Tasmāti avisesitattā.
“承诺后去时”:此处,于不如法邀请应诺的刹那,虽在前方便中亦无恶作,然在告知而生起时,于告知的刹那依其余学处而有恶作,应如此理解。“食后去时”:此处,即使施者返回,于食事完成时取用亦被允许。“他们未一起取那些”:即对于无可疑虑的食物,那些比丘未一起取用那些食物,因有人事后取用故。“大长老”:是就比丘而言。“受用邀请”:即接受邀请之食。“何者”:指豆粥等,因那些比丘有人事后取用,故未一起取食。“食施者应为智者……乃至……应令脱”:以此显示,当食施者于不如法邀请中受用时,若所有人皆受用,则一起取食者有群食罪;又因使者来到门口后再说“取食”之语有其危险,故说“立于村门”。“去彼处彼处”:即前往内街等处,他们站立者所在之处。为比丘之利益,于家门安置食物而施与时,亦同此法。然而若说“请回”,则许可回去,故在中断“请回”之后,因后说“取食”而为许可。显示巴利原文
Adhivāsetvā gatesūti ettha akappiyanimantanādhivāsanakkhaṇe pubbapayoge dukkaṭampi natthi, viññattito pasavane pana viññattikkhaṇe itarasikkhāpadehi dukkaṭaṃ hotīti gahetabbaṃ. Bhutvā gatesūti ettha āgatesupi bhojanakicce niṭṭhite gaṇhituṃ vaṭṭati. Tāni ca tehi ekato na gahitānīti yehi bhojanehi visaṅketo natthi, tāni bhojanāni tehi bhikkhūhi ekato na gahitāni ekena pacchā gahitattā. Mahāthereti bhikkhū sandhāya vuttaṃ. Nimantanaṃ sādiyathāti nimantanabhattaṃ paṭiggaṇhatha. Yānīti kummāsādīni tehi bhikkhūhi ekena pacchā gahitattā ekato na gahitāni. Bhattuddesakena paṇḍitena bhavitabbaṃ…pe… mocetabbāti etena bhattuddesakena akappiyanimantane sādite sabbesampi sāditaṃ hoti, ekato gaṇhantānaṃ gaṇabhojanāpatti ca hotīti dasseti. Dūtassa dvāre āgantvā puna ‘‘bhattaṃ gaṇhathā’’ti vacanabhayena ‘‘gāmadvāre aṭṭhatvā’’ti vuttaṃ. Tattha tattha gantvāti antaravīthiādīsu tattha tattha ṭhitānaṃ santikaṃ gantvā. Bhikkhūnaṃ atthāya gharadvāre ṭhapetvā dīyamānepi eseva nayo. Nivattathāti vutte pana nivattituṃ vaṭṭatīti ‘‘nivattathā’’ti vicchinditvā pacchā ‘‘bhattaṃ gaṇhathā’’ti vuttattā vaṭṭati.
展转受食之论显示巴利原文
Paramparabhojanakathā
2 在次第食的讨论中,“次第食”是指他人之他人的食物。那是什么?即除了最初受邀请的饭食之外,对其他食物的食用行为。次第食如同集体食,从表白和邀请时起便不被允许,因此说“次第食”等。“然”字表示特别的意义。该食物仅以舍弃的方式便名为不存在,因此除了依非制定而舍弃之外,所制定的学处本身即被确立。然而在《附随》中,将舍弃中的允许也视为非制定,故说“四种非制定”,后文在《大品》等处所说明的方式,因与圣典相符,唯确立了当面舍弃。然而有些人说:“当时除了自己附近外,因世尊不在,长老未作当面舍弃,世尊亦未单独说当面舍弃,即便如此,当面舍弃也是允许的。”因此在《根本法门经义注》中也说:“若比丘对五种同法者中的某一人说‘我将我的食物回报给你’或‘我舍弃’,如此当面,或说‘我给某甲’或‘我舍弃’,如此对面,而未舍弃最初的邀请,后来在受邀之家从已得食比丘处吞咽一口食物,波逸提。”显示巴利原文
2. Paramparabhojanakathāyaṃ pana parassa parassa bhojanaṃ paramparabhojanaṃ. Kiṃ taṃ? Paṭhamaṃ nimantitabhattaṃ ṭhapetvā aññassa bhojanakiriyā. Paramparabhojanaṃ gaṇabhojanaṃ viya viññattito ca nimantanato ca na pasavatīti āha ‘‘paramparabhojanaṃ panā’’tiādi. Pana-saddo visesatthajotako. Vikappanāvaseneva taṃ bhattaṃ asantaṃ nāma hotīti anupaññattivasena vikappanaṃ aṭṭhapetvā yathāpaññattasikkhāpadameva ṭhapitaṃ. Parivāre (pari. 86) pana vikappanāyaṃ anujānanampi anupaññattisadisanti katvā ‘‘catasso anupaññattiyo’’ti vuttaṃ, mahāpaccariyādīsu vuttanayaṃ pacchā vadanto pāḷiyā saṃsandanato parammukhāvikappanameva patiṭṭhāpeti. Keci pana ‘‘tadā attano santike ṭhapetvā bhagavantaṃ aññassa abhāvato thero sammukhāvikappanaṃ nākāsi, bhagavatā ca visuṃ sammukhāvikappanā na vuttā, tathāpi sammukhāvikappanāpi vaṭṭatī’’ti vadanti. Teneva mātikāṭṭhakathāyampi (kaṅkhā. aṭṭha. paramparabhojanasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā) ‘‘yo bhikkhu pañcasu sahadhammikesu aññatarassa ‘mayhaṃ bhattapaccāsaṃ tuyhaṃ dammī’ti vā ‘vikappemī’ti vā evaṃ sammukhā vā ‘itthannāmassa dammī’ti vā ‘vikappemī’ti vā evaṃ parammukhā vā paṭhamanimantanaṃ avikappetvā pacchā nimantitakule laddhabhikkhato ekasitthampi ajjhoharati, pācittiya’’nti vuttaṃ.
对于受五种食物邀请者,无论最初所受的是何种邀请,从该食物起,若未按次第舍弃,则他人之他人的食物便成为次第食,因此说“若根本邀请在下,最后的在上,从上方开始食用者,有罪。”将手伸入容器内取最下者时,因中间所置的食物亦会被带入手中,故说“然而由手……乃至……无论如何食用者,无罪。”因牛奶与汁液未与食物混合而浮在上方,故说“饮牛奶或汁液者,无罪。”显示巴利原文
Pañcahi bhojanehi nimantitassa yena yena paṭhamaṃ nimantito, tassa tassa bhojanato uppaṭipāṭiyā avikappetvā vā parassa parassa bhojanaṃ paramparabhojananti āha ‘‘sace pana mūlanimantanaṃ heṭṭhā hoti, pacchimaṃ pacchimaṃ upari, taṃ uparito paṭṭhāya bhuñjantassa āpattī’’ti. Hatthaṃ anto pavesetvā sabbaheṭṭhimaṃ gaṇhantassa majjhe ṭhitampi antohatthagataṃ hotīti āha ‘‘hatthaṃpana…pe… yathā yathā vā bhuñjantassa anāpattī’’ti. Khīrassa rasassa ca bhattena amissaṃ hutvā upari ṭhitattā ‘‘khīraṃ vā rasaṃ vā pivato anāpattī’’ti vuttaṃ.
“大近事男”,即家主。在《大注》中“有罪”的说法,与《古伦地》中“允许”的说法,看似相违。两者的意旨已在《大普迦利》中阐明,《大结》中如是说。显示巴利原文
‘‘Mahāupāsakoti gehassāmiko. Mahāaṭṭhakathāyaṃ ‘āpattī’ti vacanena kurundiyaṃ ‘vaṭṭatī’ti vacanaṃ viruddhaṃ viya dissati. Dvinnampi adhippāyo mahāpaccariyaṃ vibhāvito’’ti mahāgaṇṭhipade vuttaṃ.
“一切邀请”,是指以不如法的邀请方式而邀请。因有言:“次第食者,即受五种食物中某一食物邀请,却舍弃该食而食用五种食物中其他任一食物,此名为次第食。”故即使有行乞,在最初得食的情况下,却说“行乞后食用所得之食,有罪”。显示巴利原文
Sabbe nimantentīti akappiyanimantanavasena nimantenti. ‘‘Paramparabhojanaṃ nāma pañcannaṃ bhojanānaṃ aññatarena bhojanena nimantito, taṃ ṭhapetvā aññaṃ pañcannaṃ bhojanānaṃ aññataraṃ bhojanaṃ bhuñjati, etaṃ paramparabhojanaṃ nāmā’’ti vuttattā satipi bhikkhācariyāya paṭhamaṃ laddhabhāve ‘‘piṇḍāya caritvā laddhaṃ bhattaṃ bhuñjati, āpattī’’ti vuttaṃ.
然而,《疑惑消除》中说:“‘牛奶或汁液’,是指与五种食物混合、浮在食物上方的而言。由于这并非食物,即便不按次第饮用也无罪。因此说‘食用时’等。”而《金刚智疏》中说:“此处,从注释‘大近事男邀请比丘们……乃至……后来食用所得之食者有罪。行乞后食用所得之食,有罪’之语,从经典‘我们在适当时间行乞后食用’之语,从《犍度》‘诸比丘,除非被邀请,不应食用他人的食物或粥,若食用者,应如法处理’之语,可知无论邀请后是否告知,对于最初接受邀请的比丘,除最初邀请的食物外,任何属他人所有的食物,皆构成次第食罪。自己所有的、从僧团集体所得的,或非在家人所有的,则开许;然而,因在邀请之前已确定,故他人所有的常食等亦开许。’显示巴利原文
Vimativinodaniyaṃ (vi. vi. ṭī. pācittiya 2.229) pana ‘‘khīraṃ vā rasaṃ vāti pañcabhojanāmissaṃ bhattato upari ṭhitaṃ sandhāya vuttaṃ. Tañhi abhojanattā uppaṭipāṭiyā pivatopi anāpatti. Tenāha ‘bhuñjantenā’tiādī’’ti vuttaṃ. Vajirabuddhiṭīkāyaṃ (vajira. ṭī. pācittiya 229) pana ‘‘ettha ‘mahāupāsako bhikkhū nimanteti…pe… pacchā laddhaṃ bhattaṃ bhuñjantassa āpatti. Piṇḍāya caritvā laddhabhattaṃ bhuñjati, āpattī’ti aṭṭhakathāyaṃ vacanato, ‘kālasseva piṇḍāya caritvā bhuñjimhā’ti pāḷito, khandhake ‘na ca, bhikkhave, aññatra nimantane aññassa bhojjayāgu paribhuñjitabbā, yo bhuñjeyya, yathādhammo kāretabbo’ti vacanato ca nimantetvā vā pavedetu animantetvā vā, paṭhamagahitanimantitassa bhikkhuno paṭhamanimantanabhojanato aññaṃ yaṃ kiñci parasantakaṃ bhojanaṃ paramparabhojanāpattiṃ karoti. Attano santakaṃ, saṅghagaṇato laddhaṃ vā agahaṭṭhasantakaṃ vaṭṭati, nimantanato paṭhamaṃ nibaddhattā pana niccabhattādiparasantakampi vaṭṭatī’’ti vuttaṃ.
未经请问之论显示巴利原文
Anāpucchākathā
3 在不告知的论说中,“以常声”是指:站在十二肘范围内能听到的,即名为常声。“应告知”是指:应以“我往某甲家”或“我入村落”等类似语句告知。此处其余内容极为明显。接受五种食物中某一食的邀请、不告知在场的比丘、从食事家进入其他家、超过正午、无时节或因缘——在此,这五者为要素,《义灯》中仅说此许。然而《疑惑消除》中说:“因说及搜寻后不告知之事,对于不可搜寻者,在适合前往之处遇见时,即使站在超出常声听闻范围之处,也应当前往告知。故说‘复次……乃至……见者应告知’等。在无罪的情况中,此处仅就寺院内等而言,因此从寺院逾越村道而无开许之因者,亦有罪,但并非仅仅逾越家附近。然而圣典中说‘进入其他家附近……乃至……逾越第一脚门限’等,是就进入村落而说;即便如此,若未进入其他家附近,仅仅在道路中间行走,或站在所欲之家门前观察众人而前往者,亦是波逸提。其中,有人主张‘在道路上逾越者,以家附近计算而有罪’。另有人说‘以所前往之家计算’。接受五种食物中某一食的邀请、不告知在场比丘、从食事家前往其他家附近、超越正午、无时节因缘,显示巴利原文
3. Anāpucchākathāyaṃ ‘‘pakativacanenāti ettha yaṃ dvādasahatthabbhantare ṭhitena sotuṃ sakkā bhaveyya, taṃ pakativacanaṃ nāma. Āpucchitabboti ‘ahaṃ itthannāmassa gharaṃ gacchāmī’ti vā ‘cārittakaṃ āpajjāmī’ti vā īdisena vacanena āpucchitabbo. Sesamettha uttānameva. Pañcannaṃ bhojanānaṃ aññatarena nimantanasādiyanaṃ, santaṃ bhikkhuṃ anāpucchā, bhattiyagharato aññagharappavesanaṃ, majjhanhikānatikkamo, samayassa vā āpadānaṃ vā abhāvoti imāni panettha pañca aṅgānī’’ti sāratthadīpaniyaṃ (sārattha. ṭī. pācittiya 3.298) ettakameva vuttaṃ, vimativinodaniyaṃ (vi. vi. ṭī. pacittiya 2.298) pana ‘‘pariyesitvā ārocanakiccaṃ natthīti vuttattā yo apariyesitabbo upasaṅkamituṃ yuttaṭṭhāne dissati, so sacepi pakativacanassa savanūpacāraṃ atikkamma ṭhito, upasaṅkamitvā āpucchitabbo. Tenāha ‘apica…pe… yaṃ passati, so āpucchitabbo’tiādi. Anāpattivāre cettha antarārāmādīnaññeva vuttattā vihārato gāmavīthiṃ anuññātakāraṇaṃ vinā atikkamantassāpi āpatti hoti, na pana gharūpacāraṃ atikkamantasseva. Yaṃ pana pāḷiyaṃ ‘aññassa gharūpacāraṃ okkamantassa…pe… paṭhamapādaṃ ummāraṃ atikkāmetī’tiādi vuttaṃ, taṃ gāme paviṭṭhaṃ sandhāya vuttaṃ, tathāpi aññassa gharūpacāraṃ anokkamitvā vīthimajjheneva gantvā icchiticchitagharadvārābhimukhe ṭhatvā manusse oloketvā gacchantassapi pācittiyameva. Tattha keci ‘vīthiyaṃ atikkamantassa gharūpacāragaṇanāya āpattiyo’ti vadanti. Aññe pana ‘yāni kulāni uddissa gato, tesaṃ gaṇanāyā’ti. Pañcannaṃ bhojanānaṃ aññatarena nimantanasādiyanaṃ, santaṃ bhikkhuṃ anāpucchanā, bhattiyagharato aññagharūpasaṅkamanaṃ, majjhanhikānatikkamo, samayāpadānaṃ abhāvoti imānettha pañca aṅgānī’’ti. Vikālagāmappavesanepi ‘‘aparikkhittassa gāmassa upacāro adinnādāne vuttanayeneva veditabbo’’ti iminā dutiyaleḍḍupāto idha upacāroti dasseti. Sesamettha uttānameva. Santaṃ bhikkhuṃ anāpucchanā, anuññātakāraṇābhāvo, vikāle gāmappavesananti imāni panettha tīṇi aṅgāni.
尘堆衣之论显示巴利原文
Paṃsukūlakathā
4 在粪扫衣的论说中,“未坏的身体”是指尚未冷却、尚带湿润的身体。以“尚未冷却”一语,乃为通过异名来显明已说之义,故说“湿润的身体”。“异类身体”是指女人身体。因为是异类身体,不应过于靠近,故说“在头部或……”等。“允许”的意思是:即使是异类身体,也允许自己依所说的方法去做及取衣。然而有些人说:“虽然依此学处无犯,但触摸女人身形者犯恶作。”“随业而去”是指,从那饿鬼身显示了已死的状态。“尚未冷却”是显明临近死亡时身体具有温热,因此他说“湿润的身体”。即使已进入尸体状态,因尚未冷却而仍湿润,故称“湿润”,因此仍是未坏。“异类身体”是指女人身体。“在头部或……”等,是就锁骨以下、膝盖圆以上这些部位亦能生起心变异而说;在任何地方都不触及而行,才是容易做到的。因为即使是死尸,若有人以任何方式不直接触及而故意触碰,亦有“未触”的恶作,而非无犯,他们这样说,这合理。因为在非波罗夷所依的女人身形等上存在的恶作,不会在成为波罗夷所依的死女人身上消失。”如是在《疑惑消除》中所说。显示巴利原文
4. Paṃsukūlakathāyaṃ abhinne sarīreti abbhuṇhe allasarīre. ‘‘Abbhuṇhe’’ti imināpi vuttameva pariyāyabhedamantarena vibhāvetuṃ ‘‘allasarīre’’ti vuttaṃ.
“异类身体”是指女人身体。因为是异类身体,不应过于靠近,故说“在头部”等。“允许”的意思是:即使在异类身体上,也可以按所说的方法去做,也可以拿取布料。然而有些人说:“虽然依此学处无犯,但触摸女人形像者犯恶作。”“随业而去”是指,从那饿鬼身显示已死的状态。“尚未冷却”是由于临近死亡时,身体具有温热性,因此他说“湿润的身体”。即使已进入尸体状态,因尚未冷却而仍湿润,故称“湿润”,因此是未坏的。“异类身体”是指女人身体。“在头部”等,是就锁骨以下、膝盖以上区域亦能生起心变异而说;在任何地方不触及而行,才是容易做到的。即使是死尸,若有人以任何方式不直接触及而故意触碰,亦有“未触”的恶作,而非无犯,他们这样说,这合理。因为在非波罗夷所依的女人形象等上存在的恶作,不会在波罗夷所依的死女人身上消失。”如是在《疑惑消除》中所说。显示巴利原文
Visabhāgasarīreti itthisarīre. Visabhāgasarīrattā accāsannena na bhavitabbanti āha ‘‘sīse vā’’tiādi. Vaṭṭatīti visabhāgasarīrepi attanāva vuttavidhiṃ kātuṃ sāṭakañca gahetuṃ vaṭṭati . Keci pana ‘‘kiñcāpi iminā sikkhāpadena anāpatti, itthirūpaṃ pana āmasantassa dukkaṭa’’nti vadanti. ‘‘Yathākammaṃ gatoti tato petattabhāvato matabhāvaṃ dasseti. Abbhuṇheti āsannamaraṇatāya sarīrassa uṇhasamaṅgitaṃ dasseti, tenevāha ‘allasarīre’ti. Kuṇapasabhāvaṃ upagatampi bhinnameva allabhāvato bhinnattā. Visabhāgasarīreti itthisarīre. ‘Sīse vā’tiādi adhakkhake ubbhajāṇumaṇḍale padese cittavikārappattiṃ sandhāya vuttaṃ, yattha katthaci anāmasantena kataṃ sukatameva. Matasarīrampi hi yena kenaci ākārena sañcicca phusantassa anāmāsadukkaṭamevāti vadanti, taṃ yuttameva. Na hi apārājikavatthukepi cittādiitthirūpe bhavantaṃ dukkaṭaṃ pārājikavatthubhūte matitthisarīre nivattatī’’ti vimativinodaniyaṃ (vi. vi. ṭī. 1.135) vutta.
在此处,师虽未宣说粪扫衣之论,但应依粪扫衣的共相来了知。此论在衣犍度中如此出现:“那时,那些接受居士衣的比丘们,因生疑而不接受粪扫衣,心想:‘世尊只允许一种衣,并非两种。’他们将此事禀告世尊。世尊说:‘诸比丘,我允许接受居士衣者也接受粪扫衣。诸比丘,我赞叹对这两种衣的知足。’”其中,所谓“世尊只允许一种衣,并非两种”,是他们观察到“据说以此衣或彼衣”这句,理解为“以居士衣或以粪扫衣”。但此处“以此或彼”的意思,是或以廉价的、或以贵价的,任一种即可。如注疏中所说。因此,未受持头陀支而仅接受律中粪扫衣的比丘,也应接受居士衣;然而,对于受持粪扫衣头陀支者,居士衣则不被允许。应了知为:“我拒绝居士衣,我受持粪扫衣支”的受持。显示巴利原文
Imasmiṃ ṭhāne ācariyena avuttāpi paṃsukūlakathā paṃsukūlasāmaññena veditabbā. Sā hi cīvarakkhandhake (mahāva. 340) evaṃ āgatā ‘‘tena kho pana samayena ye te bhikkhū gahapaticīvaraṃ sādiyanti, te kukkuccāyantā paṃsukūlaṃ na sādiyanti ‘ekaṃyeva bhagavatā cīvaraṃ anuññātaṃ, na dve’ti. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ – anujānāmi, bhikkhave, gahapaticīvaraṃ sādiyantena paṃsukūlampi sādiyituṃ, tadubhayenapāhaṃ, bhikkhave, santuṭṭhiṃ vaṇṇemī’’ti. Tattha ‘‘ekaṃyeva bhagavatā cīvaraṃ anuññātaṃ, na dveti te ‘kira itarītarena cīvarenā’ti etassa ‘gahapatikena vā paṃsukūlena vā’ti evaṃ atthaṃ sallakkhiṃsu. Tattha pana itarītarenapīti appagghenapi mahagghenapi yena kenacīti attho’’ti aṭṭhakathāyaṃ vutto, tasmā dhutaṅgaṃ asamādiyitvā vinayapaṃsukūlamattasādiyakena bhikkhunā gahapaticīvarampi sāditabbaṃ hoti, paṃsukūladhutaṅgadharassa pana gahapaticīvaraṃ na vaṭṭati ‘‘gahapaticīvaraṃ paṭikkhipāmi, paṃsukūlikaṅgaṃ samādiyāmī’’ti samādānatoti daṭṭhabbaṃ.
那时,众多比丘在拘萨罗国境内行于途中。有些比丘为得粪扫衣而进入墓地,有些比丘则未等候。那些进入墓地取粪扫衣的比丘,获得了粪扫衣。未等候的比丘便说:“诸具寿,也分给我们一份吧。”他们答道:“诸具寿,我们不给你们一份,谁叫你们不等呢?”他们将此事禀告世尊。世尊说:“诸比丘,我允许对未等候者,即使不情愿,也可分与一份。”其中,“未等候”是指他们从墓地回来时,没有停留便自行离去。“即使不情愿,也可分与一份”的意思是:并非心里不愿却勉强给,而是如果愿意,就应当给。显示巴利原文
Tena kho pana samayena sambahulā bhikkhū kosalesu janapadesu addhānamaggappaṭipannā honti. Ekacce bhikkhū susānaṃ okkamiṃsu paṃsukūlāya, ekacce bhikkhū nāgamesuṃ. Ye te bhikkhū susānaṃ okkamiṃsu paṃsukūlāya, te paṃsukūlāni labhiṃsu. Ye te bhikkhū nāgamesuṃ, te evamāhaṃsu ‘‘amhākampi, āvuso, bhāgaṃ dethā’’ti. Te evamāhaṃsu ‘‘na mayaṃ, āvuso, tumhākaṃ bhāgaṃ dassāma, kissa tumhe nāgamitthā’’ti. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ – anujānāmi, bhikkhave, nāgamentānaṃ nākāmā bhāgaṃ dātunti. Tattha nāgamesunti yāva te susānato āgacchanti, tāva te na acchiṃsu, pakkamiṃsuyeva. Nākāmā bhāgaṃ dātunti na anicchāya dātuṃ. Yadi pana icchanti, dātabbo.
那时,众多比丘在拘萨罗国境内行于途中。有些比丘为得粪扫衣而进入墓地,有些比丘则留下等候。那些进入墓地的比丘获得了粪扫衣。那些等候的比丘说:“诸具寿,也请分给我们一份。”他们答道:“诸具寿,我们不给你们一份,为何你们不进去呢?”他们将此事禀告世尊。世尊说:“诸比丘,我允许对等候者,即使不情愿,也可分与一份。”显示巴利原文
Tena kho pana samayena sambahulā bhikkhū kosalesu janapadesu addhānamaggappaṭipannā honti. Ekacce bhikkhū susānaṃ okkamiṃsu paṃsukūlāya, ekacce bhikkhū āgamesuṃ. Ye te bhikkhū susānaṃ okkamiṃsu paṃsukūlāya, te paṃsukūlāni labhiṃsu. Ye te bhikkhū āgamesuṃ, te evamāhaṃsu ‘‘amhākampi, āvusā,e bhāgaṃ dethā’’ti. Te evamāhaṃsu ‘‘na mayaṃ, āvuso, tumhākaṃ bhāgaṃ dassāma, kissa tumhe na okkamitthā’’ti. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ – anujānāmi, bhikkhave, āgamentānaṃ akāmā bhāgaṃ dātunti.
那时,众多比丘正在拘萨罗国的乡间赶路。其中一些比丘先进入墓地捡拾粪扫衣,另一些则后进入。先进入墓地捡拾粪扫衣的比丘有所收获;后进入的比丘却空手而归。后进入的比丘便说:“诸位尊者,请也分给我们一份吧。”先得衣的比丘回应:“诸位尊者,我们不能分给你们,谁让你们后进来呢?”此事禀告了世尊。世尊说:“比丘们,我允许在对方不情愿的情况下,也可以分一份给后来者。”显示巴利原文
Tena kho pana samayena sambahulā bhikkhū kosalesu janapadesu addhānamaggappaṭipannā honti. Ekacce bhikkhū paṭhamaṃ susānaṃ okkamiṃsu paṃsukūlāya, ekacce bhikkhū pacchā okkamiṃsu. Ye te bhikkhū paṭhamaṃ susānaṃ okkamiṃsu paṃsukūlāya, te paṃsukūlāni labhiṃsu. Ye te bhikkhū pacchā okkamiṃsu, te na labhiṃsu. Te evamāhaṃsu ‘‘amhākampi, āvuso, bhāgaṃ dethā’’ti. Te evamāhaṃsu ‘‘na mayaṃ, āvuso, tumhākaṃ bhāgaṃ dassāma, kissa tumhe pacchā okkamitthā’’ti. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ – anujānāmi, bhikkhave, pacchā okkantānaṃ nākāmā bhāgaṃ dātunti.
那时,众多比丘正在拘萨罗国的乡间赶路。他们同时进入墓地捡拾粪扫衣。其中一些比丘有所收获,另一些则毫无所得。那些空手而归的比丘说:“诸位尊者,请也分给我们一份吧。”有所收获的比丘回答:“诸位尊者,我们不能分给你们,你们为何没得到呢?”他们便将此事禀告世尊。世尊说:“比丘们,我允许:凡是一同进入者,即使内心不情愿,也应当分给一份。”显示巴利原文
Tena kho pana samayena sambahulā bhikkhū kosalesu janapadesu addhānamaggappaṭipannā honti. Te sadisā susānaṃ okkamiṃsu paṃsukūlāya. Ekacce bhikkhū paṃsukūlāni labhiṃsu, ekacce bhikkhū na labhiṃsu. Ye te bhikkhū na labhiṃsu, te evamāhaṃsu ‘‘amhākampi, āvuso, bhāgaṃ dethā’’ti. Te evamāhaṃsu ‘‘na mayaṃ, āvuso, tumhākaṃ bhāgaṃ dassāma, kissa tumhe na labhitthā’’ti. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ – anujānāmi, bhikkhave, sadisānaṃ okkantānaṃ akāmā bhāgaṃ dātunti.
此处的“等候”意指在近处停留。因此世尊说:“比丘们,我允许对等候的人,在不情愿的情况下也给予一份。”“近处”是指墓地的邻近区域。不过,如果人们说“已经到这里的人就拿吧”而布施,或者留下标记后离去时说“谁碰到谁拿”,那么所有到达的人都有份。如果(将衣物)丢弃后离去,则拿到的人即是物主。“同时进入墓地”是指所有人同一时间进入,或者从同一方向进入,这也是这个词的含义。显示巴利原文
Tattha āgamesunti upacāre acchiṃsu. Tenāha bhagavā ‘‘anujānāmi, bhikkhave, āgamentānaṃ akāmā bhāgaṃ dātu’’nti. Upacāreti susānassa āsannappadese. Yadi pana manussā ‘‘idhāgatā eva gaṇhantū’’ti denti, saññāṇaṃ vā katvā gacchanti ‘‘sampattā gaṇhantū’’ti . Sampattānaṃ sabbesampi pāpuṇāti. Sace chaḍḍetvā gatā, yena gahitaṃ, so eva sāmī. Sadisā susānaṃ okkamiṃsūti sabbe samaṃ okkamiṃsu, ekadisāya vā okkamiṃsūtipi attho.
那时,众多比丘正在憍萨罗国境内行路。他们彼此约定,一同进入冢间拾取粪扫衣。有些比丘拾得了粪扫衣,有些比丘没有拾到。那些没有拾到的比丘便这样说:“诸友,也请分给我们一份吧!”得到粪扫衣的比丘这样回答:“诸友,我们不能分给你们,为什么你们自己没得到呢?”他们将此事禀告世尊。世尊说:“诸比丘,我允许:凡是事先约定而一同进入者,即使对方不愿意,也应当分与。”这里所说的“他们作约定”,是指在外共同约定:“拾到的粪扫衣,我们所有人都平分取用。”“舍弃而去”,是指一言不发便舍离而去。因此,若为“比丘们取用”而舍弃,便制定了即使不情愿也应当分与的规定;但如果仅仅是舍弃者本身,而没有事先约定,当一人与众人一同进入时,谁拾到就归谁,不应勉强分与,此处表明了这一点。“同方”是指东方等方位的区别彼此相同,所以称作“或从一方进入”。显示巴利原文
Tena kho pana samayena sambahulā bhikkhū kosalesu janapadesu addhānamaggappaṭipannā honti. Te katikaṃ katvā susānaṃ okkamiṃsu paṃsukūlāya. Ekacce bhikkhū paṃsukūlāni labhiṃsu, ekacce bhikkhū na labhiṃsu. Ye te bhikkhū na labhiṃsu, te evamāhaṃsu ‘‘amhākampi, āvuso, bhāgaṃ dethā’’ti. Te evamāhaṃsu ‘‘na mayaṃ, āvuso, tumhākaṃ bhāgaṃ dassāma, kissa tumhe na labhitthā’’ti. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ – anujānāmi, bhikkhave, katikaṃ katvā okkantānaṃ akāmā bhāgaṃ dātunti. Tattha te katikaṃ katvāti ‘‘laddhaṃ paṃsukūlaṃ sabbe bhājetvā gaṇhissāmā’’ti bahimeva katikaṃ katvā. Chaḍḍetvā gatāti kiñci avatvāyeva chaḍḍetvā gatā. Etena ‘‘bhikkhū gaṇhantū’’ti chaḍḍite eva akāmā bhāgadānaṃ vihitaṃ, kevalaṃ chaḍḍite pana katikāya asati ekato bahūsu paviṭṭhesu yena gahitaṃ, tena akāmā bhāgo na dātabboti dasseti. Samānā disā puratthimādibhedā etesanti sadisāti āha ‘‘ekadisāya vā okkamiṃsū’’ti.
失衣论显示巴利原文
Acchinnacīvarakathā
5 第五、失衣论中的“次第语”,是指依次决断的论说。由于其余资具已被同住弟子取走,只剩下下衣和上衣,所以说“仅持下衣上衣而去”。因为尚不知道同住弟子是否回来,所以说“长老等不应即时受用”。“为他人之利益亦得”的意思,在自己以树枝遮蔽而施与衣时,为了他人的利益也可以折断树枝。因为“应以草或叶遮蔽而来”的这句话,在这样的情形下,损坏草木的波逸提亦得到开许,所以说“非损坏草木之波逸提”。“于他们持用无恶作”,是说他们持用外道标帜也没有恶作罪。显示巴利原文
5. Acchinnacīvarakathāyaṃ anupubbakathāti anupubbena vinicchayakathā. Sesaparikkhārānaṃ saddhivihārikehi gahitattā nivāsanapārupanameva avasiṭṭhanti āha ‘‘nivāsanapārupanamattaṃyeva haritvā’’ti. Saddhivihārikānaṃ tāva āgamanassa vā anāgamanassa vā ajānanatāya vuttaṃ ‘‘therehi neva tāva…pe… bhuñjitabba’’nti. Paresampi atthāya labhantīti attano cīvaraṃ dadamānā sayaṃ sākhābhaṅgena paṭicchādentīti tesaṃ atthāyapi bhañjituṃ labhanti. ‘‘Tiṇena vā paṇṇena vā paṭicchādetvā āgantabba’’nti vacanato īdisesu bhūtagāmapātabyatāpi anuññātāyeva hotīti āha ‘‘neva bhūtagāmapātabyatāya pācittiyaṃ hotī’’ti. Na tesaṃ dhāraṇe dukkaṭanti tesaṃ titthiyadhajānaṃ dhāraṇepi dukkaṭaṃ natthi.
“凡他们施与之衣”这句话,是连结之语。由于长老们是自己施与的,所以说“因住于未失衣处”。如果接受了对方的利养,便成为皈依外道者,因此说“若取得利养”。“若无,僧团的住处衣……乃至……恶作罪”,以此说明:从途中进入的住处离开,前往其他自己喜好的住处,说为恶作;而“凡最初到达的住处”既已说过,若从途中暂住的住处裸身离去,也应知为恶作。既然如此,为何在那个场合没有说到呢?因为没有因缘。在那个场合,是以“诸比丘,我允许:失衣者……乃至……应请求衣”作为连结,在开许着用僧团之衣与披覆时,说“凡最初……取而披覆”,因此那里没有因缘,故未说恶作。显示巴利原文
Yāni ca nesaṃ vatthāni dentīti sambandho. Therānaṃ sayameva dinnattā vuttaṃ ‘‘acchinnacīvaraṭṭhāneṭhitattā’’ti. Yadi laddhiṃ gaṇhāti, titthiyapakkantako nāma hoti. Tasmā vuttaṃ ‘‘laddhiṃ aggahetvā’’ti. ‘‘No ce hoti, saṅghassa vihāracīvaraṃ vā…pe… āpatti dukkaṭassā’’ti iminā antarāmagge paviṭṭhavihārato nikkhamitvā aññattha attano abhirucitaṭṭhānaṃ gacchantassa dukkaṭaṃ vuttaṃ, iminā ca ‘‘yaṃ āvāsaṃ paṭhamaṃ upagacchatī’’ti vuttaṃ antarāmagge ṭhitavihārampi sace naggo hutvā gacchati, dukkaṭamevāti veditabbaṃ. Yadi evaṃ tattha kasmā na vuttanti ce? Anokāsattā. Tattha hi ‘‘anujānāmi, bhikkhave, acchinnacīvarassa vā…pe… cīvaraṃ viññāpetu’’nti iminā sambandhena saṅghikampi cīvaraṃ nivāsetuṃ pārupituñca anujānanto ‘‘yaṃ āvāsaṃ paṭhamaṃ…pe… gahetvā pārupitu’’nti āha, tasmā tattha anokāsattā dukkaṭaṃ na vuttaṃ.
“住处衣”是指卧具衣。“以小布片”是指用碎布片。“于其上”是指在地上敷具之上。“往外地者”是指未获得其他衣而前往外地者。“应置于一……”一句,此处意为:因其余者由彼取来,而置者是以僧团受用的方式安置,故说即使是限定于其他卧具所作,亦可置于他处。“唯以受用”是指未获得其他衣而受用者。显示巴利原文
Vihāracīvaranti senāsanacīvaraṃ. Cimilikāhīti paṭapilotikāhi. Tassa uparīti bhūmattharaṇassa upari. Videsagatenāti aññaṃ cīvaraṃ alabhitvā videsagatena. Ekasmiṃ…pe… ṭhapetabbanti ettha sesena gahetvā āgatattā ṭhapentena ca saṅghikaparibhogavaseneva ṭhapitattā aññasmiṃ senāsane niyamitampi aññattha ṭhapetuṃ vaṭṭatīti vadanti. Paribhogenevāti aññaṃ cīvaraṃ alabhitvā paribhuñjanena.
“受用破损”是指该衣已破损到无法覆蔽身体的程度。“以净语”是为了从买卖罪中解脱而说。“令知者”即阐明此义:“令觉知者、令转换者”。其意趣是:以自己的财物令知,即名为转换。关于僧团方面,显示了施许者令知的规则:“唯限量为宜”。对于僧团所作的施许,由于是一切人所共有,故不宜令知超过限量。“凡所施许”是指施许“我将给予”的任何衣等。“无令知之事”的意趣是:既然并非通过令知而给予,那么令知后又何用?“为他之利”一句,此处也说:“对亲属所施许者”,此亦随顺而说,故说“自己亲属所施许”等。此处有四支:可分配衣性、无时节、非亲属令知,及由彼获得。显示巴利原文
Paribhogajiṇṇanti yathā tena cīvarena sarīraṃ paṭicchādetuṃ na sakkā, evaṃ jiṇṇaṃ. Kappiyavohārenāti kayavikkayāpattito mocanatthaṃ vuttaṃ. ‘‘Viññāpentassā’’ti imasseva atthaṃ vibhāveti ‘‘cetāpentassa parivattāpentassā’’ti. Attano dhanena hi viññāpanaṃ nāma parivattanamevāti adhippāyo. Saṅghavasena pavāritānaṃ viññāpane vattaṃ dasseti ‘‘pamāṇameva vaṭṭatī’’ti. Saṅghavasena hi pavārite sabbesaṃ sādhāraṇattā adhikaṃ viññāpetuṃ na vaṭṭati. Yaṃ yaṃ pavāretīti yaṃ yaṃ cīvarādiṃ dassāmīti pavāreti. Viññāpanakiccaṃ natthīti vinā viññattiyā dīyamānattā viññāpetvā kiṃ karissatīti adhippāyo. Aññassatthāyāti etthapi ‘‘ñātakānaṃ pavāritāna’’nti idaṃ anuvattatiyevāti āha ‘‘attano ñātakapavārite’’tiādi. Vikappanupagacīvaratā, samayābhāvo, aññātakaviññatti, tāya ca paṭilābhoti imānettha cattāri aṅgāni.
而《疑惑遣除》中,对经文“法邀请”的解释是:仅以沙门应行之行法而作的邀请,并非出于欲施之心而作的邀请。正因如此,才说“将令知”。因为对于非亲属而未作施许者,方有令知。显示巴利原文
Vimativinodaniyaṃ (vi. vi. ṭī. 1.515) pana pāḷiyaṃ dhammanimantanāti samaṇesu vattabbācāradhammamattavasena nimantanā, dātukāmatāya katanimantanā na hotīti attho. Teneva ‘‘viññāpessatī’’ti vuttaṃ. Aññātakaappavāritato hi viññatti nāma hoti.
『应以草或叶遮蔽而来』——以此准许了损坏草木,故说『非损坏草木之波逸提』等。即使最初以清净心受持了外道相,若其后执取其利养,亦成为堕向外道者,故说『纵然着下衣,亦不应执取其利养』。显示巴利原文
‘‘Tiṇena vā paṇṇena vā paṭicchādetvā āgantabba’’nti iminā bhūtagāmavikopanaṃ anuññātanti āha ‘‘nevabhūtagāmapātabyatāyā’’tiādi. Paṭhamaṃ suddhacittena liṅgaṃ gahetvā pacchā laddhiṃ gaṇhantopi titthiyapakkantako evāti āha ‘‘nivāsetvāpi laddhi na gahetabbā’’ti.
『凡最初到达之住处』者:此处亦为住处、衣等之事进入者,仍须以草等遮蔽而行,因通常已说『然不应裸形而来』的恶作。『以小布片』者:即以碎布片。『唯以受用』者:指未得到其他衣,而仅以此受用。『受用破损』者:指该衣在受用时,因破散碎裂已不堪用,故称破损。显示巴利原文
Yaṃ āvāsaṃ paṭhamaṃ upagacchatīti etthapi vihāracīvarādiatthāya pavisantenapi tiṇādīhi paṭicchādetvāva gantabbaṃ, ‘‘na tveva naggena āgantabba’’nti sāmaññato dukkaṭassa vuttattā. Cimilikāhīti paṭapilotikāhi. Paribhogenevāti aññaṃ cīvaraṃ alabhitvā paribhuñjanena. Paribhogajiṇṇanti yathā taṃ cīvaraṃ paribhuñjiyamānaṃ obhaggavibhaggatāya asāruppaṃ hoti, evaṃ jiṇṇaṃ.
『为他之利』者:此处亦随顺『对亲属、对已邀请者』此句,故说『自己亲属已邀请者』等。然而,此处应领会的含义是:为他人未断未失之衣,而向非亲属未邀请者乞求,则不犯尼萨耆罪。否则,若以『对亲属、对已邀请者』便无差别。因此在紧接着的学处中将会说:『然而在诸注疏中,于亲属已邀请之处……乃至……说唯以限量为许,此与圣典不合』,以及『然因此学处唯制定于为他之利而乞求之事,故此处未说「为他之利」』。此处有四支:具足可分配衣之状态、无因缘、向非亲属乞求、及由彼乞求而获得。显示巴利原文
Aññassatthāyāti etthapi ‘‘ñātakānaṃ pavāritāna’’nti idaṃ anuvattatevāti āha ‘‘attano ñātakapavārite’’tiādi. Idha pana aññassa acchinnanaṭṭhacīvarassa atthāya aññātakaappavārite viññāpentassa nissaggiyena anāpattīti attho gahetabbo, itarathā ‘‘ñātakānaṃ pavāritāna’’nti iminā viseso na bhaveyya, teneva anantarasikkhāpade vakkhati ‘‘aṭṭhakathāsu (pārā. aṭṭha. 2.526) pana ñātakapavāritaṭṭhāne…pe… pamāṇameva vaṭṭatīti vuttaṃ, taṃ pāḷiyā na sametī’’ti ca ‘‘yasmā panidaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ aññassatthāya viññāpanavatthusmiṃyeva paññattaṃ, tasmā idha ‘aññassatthāyā’ti na vutta’’nti ca. Vikappanupagacīvaratā, samayābhāvo, aññātakaviññatti, tāya ca paṭilābhoti imānettha cattāri aṅgāni.
「若非亲属的居士或居士妇,以众多衣服邀请携来,该比丘最多可从中接受上下衣。若接受超过此限,则犯舍堕。」在这条「超过学处」中,「携来」一词,其中「阿毗」是前缀,「哈利敦」的意思是「取」,即说为「取」。「邀请」则令欲、生欲乐、说、邀请之意。然而,面对邀请携来者,应如何表述?为说明其方式,而引出如是句分:「汝欲多少,取多少。」又如「见出离为安稳」句中,其义为「见」,同样地,此处「邀请携来」之义,即是「携来后邀请」。其中,携来有两种:以身携来与以语携来。以身携来,即将布等置于足下,说「汝欲多少,取多少」而作邀请;以语携来,则说「我等布库已满,汝欲多少,取多少」而作邀请。合此二种,总说为「邀请携来」。显示巴利原文
‘‘Tañce aññātako gahapati vā gahapatānī vā bahūhi cīvarehi abhihaṭṭhuṃ pavāreyya, santaruttaraparamaṃ tena bhikkhunā tato cīvaraṃ sāditabbaṃ, tato ce uttari sādiyeyya, nissaggiyaṃ pācittiya’’nti imasmiṃ taduttarisikkhāpade (pārā. 523) abhihaṭṭhunti ettha abhīti upasaggo, haritunti attho, gaṇhitunti vuttaṃ hoti. Pavāreyyāti icchāpeyya, icchaṃ ruciṃ uppādeyya vadeyya nimanteyyāti attho. Abhihaṭṭhuṃ pavārentena pana yathā vattabbaṃ. Taṃ ākāraṃ dassetuṃ ‘‘yāvattakaṃ icchasi, tāvattakaṃ gaṇhāhī’’ti evamassa padabhājanaṃ vuttaṃ. Atha vā yathā ‘‘nekkhammaṃ daṭṭhu khemato’’ti ettha disvāti attho, evamidhapi abhihaṭṭhuṃ pavāreyyāti abhiharitvā pavāreyyāti attho. Tattha kāyābhihāro vācābhihāroti duvidho abhihāro. Kāyena vā hi vatthādīni abhiharitvā pādamūle ṭhapetvā ‘‘yattakaṃ icchasi, tattakaṃ gaṇhāhī’’ti vadanto pavāreyya, vācāya vā ‘‘amhākaṃ dussakoṭṭhāgāraṃ paripuṇṇaṃ, yattakaṃ icchasi, tattakaṃ gaṇhāhī’’ti vadanto pavāreyya, tadubhayampi ekajjhaṃ katvā ‘‘abhihaṭṭhuṃ pavāreyyā’’ti vuttaṃ.
「以内外至上为限」者,即此衣以内衣和上衣为最高限度,意为与下衣配套的上衣是其上限。这是已说之义。「应从中接受衣」者,即从那携来的衣中,只应接受如此分量之衣,不得过此,这是其义。然而,由于唯有在一切衣未失的情况下的三衣比丘,才应如此行事,其他情形则不然,为显示此中分别,故以「若三件失去」等开示此语句之分析。显示巴利原文
Santaruttaraparamanti saantaraṃ uttaraṃ paramaṃ assa cīvarassāti santaruttaraparamaṃ, nivāsanena saddhiṃ pārupanaṃ ukkaṭṭhaparicchedo assāti vuttaṃ hoti. Tato cīvaraṃ sāditabbanti tato abhihaṭacīvarato ettakaṃ cīvaraṃ gahetabbaṃ, na ito paranti attho. Yasmā pana acchinnasabbacīvarena tecīvarikeneva bhikkhunā evaṃ paṭipajjitabbaṃ, aññena aññathāpi, tasmā taṃ vibhāgaṃ dassetuṃ ‘‘sace tīṇi naṭṭhāni hontī’’tiādinā nayenassa padabhājanaṃ vuttaṃ.
于此,有如下决断:若三件衣全失者,应接受两件,穿着一件为下衣,披覆一件为上衣后,再从同修之处寻求另一件。若失去两件者,应接受一件。若平常即以内外二上衣而行持者,则应接受两件,如此,仅受一件者将与此相齐。若三件中只失一件者,不应接受。若两件中失一件者,应接受一件。若唯有一件,而此件亦失者,应接受两件。比丘尼则于五件衣全失时,应接受两件;失四件时,应接受一件;失三件时,不应接受任何衣,乃至失两件或一件,更不待言。因为,应以任何方式安住于内外上极之限度,不得逾越,这是此处的标准。显示巴利原文
Tatrāyaṃ vinicchayo – yassa tīṇi naṭṭhāni, tena dve sāditabbāni, ekaṃ nivāsetvā ekaṃ pārupitvā aññaṃ sabhāgaṭṭhānato pariyesissati. Yassa dve naṭṭhāni, tena ekaṃ sāditabbaṃ. Sace pakatiyāva santaruttarena carati, dve sāditabbāni, evaṃ ekaṃ sādiyanteneva samo bhavissati. Yassa tīsu ekaṃ naṭṭhaṃ, na sāditabbaṃ. Yassa pana dvīsu ekaṃ naṭṭhaṃ, ekaṃ sāditabbaṃ. Yassa ekaṃyeva hoti, tañca naṭṭhaṃ, dve sāditabbāni. Bhikkhuniyā pana pañcasupi naṭṭhesu dve sāditabbāni, catūsu naṭṭhesu ekaṃ sāditabbaṃ, tīsu naṭṭhesu kiñci na sāditabbaṃ, ko pana vādo dvīsu vā ekasmiṃ vā. Yena kenaci hi santaruttaraparamatāya ṭhātabbaṃ, tato uttari na labbhatīti idamettha lakkhaṇaṃ.
所谓“我将持来余者”,是指作成二衣之后,其余的部分当再次持来,这是它的含义。“非失衣因”,是指因对方多闻等功德而施与,这并非失衣的因缘。关于“亲属等”,接受亲属所施、接受已邀请者所施、或以自己财物接受,都无罪,这是其义。然而,诸注疏中说“在亲属与已邀请之处,平时多施也可接受;若属失衣因缘,则唯限定量方可”,这与圣典不符。然而,此学处唯为利益他人而乞求之事制定,故此处未提及“为他”。其余之义甚为明了。在诸起源等分类中,此亦属六种起源、有作为、非想解脱、无心、违犯制戒、身业语业、三心、三受。显示巴利原文
Sesakaṃ āharissāmīti dve cīvarāni katvā sesaṃ puna āharissāmīti attho. Na acchinnakāraṇāti bāhusaccādiguṇavasena denti. Ñātakānantiādīsu ñātakānaṃ dentānaṃ sādiyantassa, pavāritānaṃ dentānaṃ sādiyantassa, attano dhanena sādiyantassa anāpattīti attho. Aṭṭhakathāsu pana ‘‘ñātakapavāritaṭṭhāne pakatiyā bahumpi vaṭṭati, acchinnakāraṇā pamāṇameva vaṭṭatī’’ti vuttaṃ, taṃ pāḷiyā na sameti. Yasmā panidaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ aññassatthāya viññāpanavatthusmiṃyeva paññattaṃ, tasmā idha ‘‘aññassatthāyā’’ti na vuttaṃ. Sesaṃ uttānatthameva. Samuṭṭhānādīsu idampi chasamuṭṭhānaṃ , kiriyaṃ, nosaññāvimokkhaṃ, acittakaṃ, paṇṇattivajjaṃ, kāyakammavacīkammaṃ, ticittaṃ, tivedananti.
第七项中,圣典里的“布店”是指布商的店铺,也有读作“陈列店”的。“阿毗”是前缀,此处显示它并无特别含义,因此说“意为持去”。“瓦拉”一词用于希求之义,所以说“应希求”。“见安稳”一处,因偈颂结构的缘故,应视为省略了鼻音。“有内的”是指带有下衣,“上的”是指上衣。“他的衣”是指应受持的衣。“一切衣未失者”,是指他的三衣全部未曾失去,因此称为一切衣未失者,这是此词的含义。因为如果在遭遇抢夺时三衣都现存,那些衣便全部未失,所以他被称为“一切衣未失者”。因此说“一切衣未失的三衣者”。此处所谓的“三衣者”,是就抢夺之时三衣现存的情况而言,并非指戒律中的三衣者身份,或头陀支的三衣者身份。“应如此行”,是指应遵照“以有内的、上的为最上,那位比丘应从彼处受持衣”所说的方式而行。“其他”,指的是非一切衣未失者,也就是三衣之中失去一件或两件衣的人。“否则”,是指与此“以有内的、上的为最上”所开许的规定不同。因为如果三衣中失去两件,应受持一件;若失去一件,则不应受持,所以对他来说,不可能有“以有内的、上的为最上”的受持方式。这一含义正是由句分别所阐明的,故说:“显示巴利原文
Sattame pāḷiyaṃ paggāhikasālanti dussavāṇijakānaṃ āpaṇaṃ, ‘‘paggāhitasāla’’ntipi paṭhanti. Abhīti upasaggoti tassa visesatthābhāvaṃ dasseti. Tenāha ‘‘haritunti attho’’ti. Varasaddassa icchāyaṃ vattamānattā āha ‘‘icchāpeyyā’’ti. Daṭṭhu khematoti ettha gāthābandhavasena anunāsikalopo daṭṭhabbo. Saantaranti antaravāsakasahitaṃ. Uttaranti uttarāsaṅgaṃ. Assa cīvarassāti sāditabbacīvarassa. Acchinnasabbacīvarenāti acchinnāni sabbāni tīṇi cīvarāni assāti acchinnasabbacīvaro, tenāti attho. Yassa hi acchindanasamaye tīṇi cīvarāni sannihitāni honti, tāni sabbāni acchinnānīti so ‘‘acchinnasabbacīvaro’’ti vuccati. Teneva ‘‘acchinnasabbacīvarena tecīvarikenā’’ti vuttaṃ. Tecīvarikenāti hi acchindanasamaye ticīvarassa sannihitabhāvaṃ sandhāya vuttaṃ, na pana vinaye tecīvarikābhāvaṃ, dhutaṅgatecīvarikabhāvaṃ vā sandhāya. Evaṃ paṭipajjitabbanti ‘‘santaruttaraparamaṃ tena bhikkhunā tato cīvaraṃ sāditabba’’nti vuttavidhinā paṭipajjitabbaṃ. Aññenāti acchinnaasabbacīvarena. Yassa tīsu cīvaresu ekaṃ vā dve vā cīvarāni acchinnāni honti, tenāti attho. Aññathāpīti ‘‘santaruttaraparama’’nti vuttavidhānato aññathāpi. Yassa hi tīsu dve cīvarāni acchinnāni honti, ekaṃ sāditabbaṃ, ekasmiṃ acchinne na sāditabbanti na tassa santaruttaraparamasādiyanaṃ sambhavati. Ayameva ca attho padabhājanena vibhāvito. Tenāha ‘‘taṃ vibhāgaṃ dassetu’’nti.
然而有些人说:“因为提到了‘三衣者’,所以以资具布的方式决意三衣而受用的人,在那些衣失去时,即使多件也可以取用。”这种说法不应采纳。因为阐明句分别意趣者说:“然而,由于‘一切衣未失者……乃至……为了显示那种分别’”,而在句分别中并未见到那样的含义,所以那确实不应采纳。即使在母论注疏中所说“若其决意三衣的三件都失去”,那里也应理解为“决意”一词只是陈述其本身形式而已,不应理解为“唯以三衣决意的方式来决意衣”,因为在圣典和注疏中,那样的含义并不存在。也不可能理解为此学处是“唯为以三衣决意而决意衣者”所制定。由于前一个学处允许衣被抢者向非亲戚乞求,世尊为了在不知限量而乞求的事例中,允许依限量而受持,才制定了此学处,因此“资具布者可以受持多件”的含义,既不符合圣典,也不符顺世尊的意趣。显示巴利原文
Keci pana ‘‘tecīvarikenāti vuttattā ticīvaraṃ parikkhāracoḷavasena adhiṭṭhahitvā paribhuñjato tasmiṃ naṭṭhe bahūnipi gahetuṃ labhatī’’ti vadanti, taṃ na gahetabbaṃ. Padabhājanassa hi adhippāyaṃ dassentena yasmā pana ‘‘acchinnasabbacīvarena…pe… taṃ vibhāgaṃ dassetu’’nti vuttaṃ, padabhājane ca na tādiso attho upalabbhati, tasmā taṃ na gahetabbameva. Yampi mātikāṭṭhakathāyaṃ (kaṅkhā. aṭṭha. tatuttarisikkhāpadavaṇṇanā) vuttaṃ ‘‘yassa adhiṭṭhitaticīvarassa tīṇi naṭṭhānī’’ti, tatthapi adhiṭṭhitaggahaṇaṃ sarūpakathanamattanti gahetabbaṃ, na pana ticīvarādhiṭṭhānena adhiṭṭhitacīvarassevāti evamattho gahetabbo pāḷiyaṃ aṭṭhakathāyañca tathā atthassāsambhavato . Na hi ticīvarādhiṭṭhānena adhiṭṭhitacīvarasseva idaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ paññattanti sakkā viññātuṃ. Purimasikkhāpadena hi acchinnacīvarassa aññātakaviññattiyā anuññātattā pamāṇaṃ ajānitvā viññāpanavatthusmiṃ pamāṇato sādiyanaṃ anujānantena bhagavatā idaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ paññattaṃ, tasmā parikkhāracoḷikassa bahumpi sādituṃ vaṭṭatīti ayamattho neva pāḷiyā sameti, na ca bhagavato adhippāyaṃ anulometi.
“若三衣全部丢失,则应受持两衣”一句中:若有人除三衣外,尚有其余衣物存放他处,且当时无法取得该衣,即可以此受持,应当如此了知。“平常即以内衣和上衣而行”是指因有疑虑学处,或因不离衣许可,或因未获得第三衣而行。由于“丢失两件”是所论的主题,故说“应受持两衣”。“受持一件者与之相同”指三衣中丢失两件时,受持一件者即与此情况相等,因为二者皆以内衣和上衣为最上。“若仅有一件”乃就因其他任何原因而失去其余衣者而言。显示巴利原文
Yassa tīṇi naṭṭhāni, tena dve sāditabbānīti ettha yassa ticīvarato adhikampi cīvaraṃ aññattha ṭhitaṃ atthi, tadā tassa cīvarassa alabbhanīyabhāvato tenapi sādituṃ vaṭṭatīti veditabbaṃ. Pakatiyāva santaruttarena caratīti sāsaṅkasikkhāpadavasena vā avippavāsasammutivasena vā tatiyassa alābhena vā carati. ‘‘Dve naṭṭhānī’’ti adhikārattā vuttaṃ ‘‘dve sāditabbānī’’ti. Ekaṃ sādiyanteneva samo bhavissatīti tiṇṇaṃ cīvarānaṃ dvīsu naṭṭhesu ekaṃ sādiyantena samo bhavissati ubhinnampi santaruttaraparamatāya avaṭṭhānato. Yassa ekaṃyeva hotīti aññena kenaci kāraṇena vinaṭṭhasesacīvaraṃ sandhāya vuttaṃ.
施主既说“剩余的也归你们所有”,比丘们便说“我们取适量之量,余者当带回”后取之;即便在离去时施主又说“剩余的还是归你们”,如此所得亦属如法。“已邀请者”是指衣物被抢之前即已发出邀请的人。“与圣典不相合”:为了显示超出“以内衣和上衣为最上”而受持时无罪,却说“亲属、已邀请者无犯”,故不相合。因为对于以内衣和上衣为最上而受持者,本无犯缘;唯在学处成犯之处显示无犯方为合理,此即本意。然而有人说:“‘仅取适量方为许可’乃为显示少欲而说。”显示巴利原文
‘‘Sesakaṃ tumheva hotūti dentī’’ti vuttattā ‘‘pamāṇayuttaṃ gaṇhissāma, sesakaṃ āharissāmā’’ti vatvā gahetvā gamanasamayepi ‘‘sesakampi tumhākaṃyeva hotū’’ti vadanti, laddhakappiyameva. Pavāritānanti acchinnakālato pubbeyeva pavāritānaṃ. Pāḷiyā na sametīti santaruttaraparamato uttari sādiyane anāpattidassanatthaṃ ‘‘anāpatti ñātakānaṃ pavāritāna’’nti vuttattā na sameti. Santaruttaraparamaṃ sādiyantassa hi āpattippasaṅgoyeva natthi, sati ca sikkhāpadena āpattippasaṅge anāpatti yuttā dassetunti adhippāyo. Keci pana ‘‘pamāṇameva vaṭṭatīti idaṃ sallekhadassanatthaṃ vutta’’nti vadanti.
然而此处……乃至……未曾宣说,其意趣如下:若说“为他人”,则会导致为他人而超过限量取用也成许可;而此学处原是为他人乞求的事例所制,与事例对照便不相应。因为,依某一事例而制定学处,又于该事例中说无犯,是不合理的。然三藏注释书中皆道:“此学处乃就自己受持而运作,故全无说‘为他人’的余地,是以未说。”问:若因未说“为他人”,而为他人向亲属、已邀请者乞求超量,有犯否?答:无犯,因已由前学处成立无犯。此处有四支:超量、有被抢等因缘、向非亲属乞求、由彼而获得。显示巴利原文
Yasmā panidaṃ…pe… na vuttanti etthāyamadhippāyo – ‘‘aññassatthāyā’’ti vuccamāne aññesaṃ atthāya pamāṇaṃ atikkamitvāpi gaṇhituṃ vaṭṭatīti āpajjati, tañca aññassatthāya viññāpanavatthusmiṃ paññattattā vatthunā saṃsandiyamānaṃ na sameti. Na hi yaṃ vatthuṃ nissāya sikkhāpadaṃ paññattaṃ, tasmiṃyeva anāpattivacanaṃ yuttanti. Gaṇṭhipadesu pana tīsupi ‘‘imassa sikkhāpadassa attano sādiyanapaṭibaddhatāvasena pavattattā ‘aññassatthāyā’ti vattuṃ okāsoyeva natthi, tasmā na vutta’’nti kathitaṃ. Idha ‘‘aññassatthāyā’’ti avuttattā aññesaṃ atthāya ñātakapavāritesu adhikaṃ viññāpentassa āpattīti ce? Na, tattha purimasikkhāpadeneva anāpattisiddhito. Tatuttaritā, acchinnādikāraṇatā, aññātakaviññatti, tāya ca paṭilābhoti imānettha cattāri aṅgāni.
然而在《除疑》中提及:「圣典中所谓的『展示厅』,指的是布店。那是由商人陈列布匹以供展示之处,因此称为『展示厅』。『为他的衣』,即应受用的衣。『三衣具足者』,以此显示:除了不失三衣的情况,在精舍等地并无其它存放之衣。如果有,则不应乞求;应当暂时穿着,去取回自己的衣。即使连暂时的也得不到,犹如破坏草木后以草叶遮蔽一般,此时亦允许乞求。『以另一』,指以未失的非全数之衣。『两件失落』,是从超额角度而言,意指『两件应受用之衣』。『与圣典不相应』,即与『亲戚已邀请者无犯』这一圣典相违,因为仅就超过那个乞求的犯戒可能性而说。『为他人利益未说』,这说明以下含义:为他人利益而超过那个乞求,应有舍堕。而对于那个波逸提,若问是为谁的利益而乞求,是属于那些人,还是仅属于乞求者?首先,它不属于那些人,因为并非由那些人乞求;也不属于乞求者,因为并非为自己而乞求。因此,为他人利益而乞求者,并不见有舍堕。然而,在圣典中,此学处是针对自己受用而运作,故在无犯处未说『为他人利益』。他们作如是说,此说似为合理,应审察后采纳。此处有四支分:超过那个之衣性、未失等因显示巴利原文
Vimativinodaniyaṃ (vi. vi. ṭī. 1.522-524) pana ‘‘pāḷiyaṃ paggāhikasālanti dussāpaṇaṃ. Tañhi vāṇijakehi dussāni paggahetvā dassanaṭṭhānatāya ‘paggāhikasālā’ti vuccati. Assa cīvarassāti sāditabbacīvarassa. Tecīvarikenāti iminā acchinnaticīvarato aññassa vihārādīsu nihitassa cīvarassa abhāvaṃ dasseti . Yadi bhaveyya, viññāpetuṃ na vaṭṭeyya, tāvakālikaṃ nivāsetvā attano cīvaraṃ gahetabbaṃ. Tāvakālikampi alabhantassa bhūtagāmavikopanaṃ katvā tiṇapaṇṇehi chadanaṃ viya viññāpanampi vaṭṭati eva. Aññenāti acchinnaasabbacīvarena. ‘Dve naṭṭhānī’ti adhikārato vuttaṃ ‘dve sāditabbānī’ti. Pāḷiyā na sametīti ‘anāpatti ñātakānaṃ pavāritāna’nti (pārā. 526) imāya pāḷiyā na sameti tatuttari viññāpanaāpattippasaṅge eva vuttattā. Aññassatthāyāti na vuttanti idaṃ aññassatthāya tatuttari viññāpane nissaggiyaṃ pācittiyaṃ hotīti imamatthaṃ dīpeti. Tañca pācittiyaṃ yesaṃ atthāya viññāpeti, tesaṃ vā siyā viññāpakasseva vā, na tāva tesaṃ, tehi aviññāpitattā, nāpi viññāpakassa, attānaṃ uddissa aviññattattā. Tasmā aññassatthāya viññāpentassapi nissaggiyaṃ pācittiyaṃ na dissati. Pāḷiyaṃ pana imassa sikkhāpadassa attano sādiyanapaṭibaddhatāvasena pavattattā ‘aññassatthāyā’ti anāpattivāre na vuttanti vadanti, tañca yuttaṃ viya dissati, vīmaṃsitvā gahetabbaṃ. Tatuttaricīvaratā, acchinnādikāraṇatā, aññātakaviññatti, tāya ca paṭilābhoti imānettha cattāri aṅgānī’’ti.
此『超过那个』学处的抉择,虽非由老师所说,但因其只在不失衣的权限内运作,故由我们收录。在非亲戚乞求学处所涉的因缘中,世尊曾说,于不失衣时,可向非亲戚乞求;由他们所施之衣,应适量取用。这便是由『超过那个』学处所说明的。因此,仅限于不失衣的权限。显示巴利原文
Idaṃ tatuttarisikkhāpadavinicchayaṃ ācariyena avuttampi acchinnacīvarādhikāreyeva pavattattā amhehi gahitaṃ, aññātakaviññattisikkhāpadassa samayesu acchinnacīvarakāle aññātakānaṃ viññāpetabbabhāvo bhagavatā vutto, tehi dinnacīvarassa mattaso gahitabhāvo tatuttarisikkhāpadena vutto. Tasmā acchinnacīvaraadhikāroyeva hotīti.
夺取衣裁决论显示巴利原文
Cīvaraacchindanavinicchayakathā
此后,我们将以『夺取』的通义来说明夺衣的判别——其中『你给我的那些』,是指你给我的那些东西。据说,他心想『他将携带我的钵、衣、鞋、坐具,与我一同游行』而给予了。因此他这样说:『将与我一起作地方游行』。『夺取』,指以强力取走。然而,因为是带着自己的想法而取,故不犯波罗夷;因令对方疲劳而取,故判为犯。显示巴利原文
Ito paraṃ acchindanasāmaññena cīvaraacchindanavinicchayaṃ vakkhāma – tattha yampi tyāhanti yampi te ahaṃ. So kira ‘‘mama pattacīvaraupāhanapaccattharaṇāni vahanto mayā saddhiṃ cārikaṃ pakkamissatī’’ti adāsi. Tenevamāha ‘‘mayā saddhiṃ janapadacārikaṃ pakkamissatī’’ti. Acchindīti balakkārena aggahesi, sakasaññāya gahitattā panassa pārājikaṃ natthi, kilametvā gahitattā āpatti paññattā.
「自己夺取,舍堕」者:若夺取一件衣,或夺取多件捆在一起的衣,犯一罪;若夺取多件未捆在一起、各自分开放置的衣,或命令他人「取僧伽梨来,取郁多罗僧来」等而令取来时,依所取物品的件数计罪。即使只说「把我施与的全部拿来」,仅此一言也构成众多罪。显示巴利原文
Sayaṃ acchindati, nissaggiyaṃ pācittiyanti ekaṃ cīvaraṃ ekābaddhāni ca bahūni acchindato ekā āpatti, ekato abaddhāni visuṃ visuṃ ṭhitāni bahūni acchindato, ‘‘saṅghāṭiṃ āhara, uttarāsaṅgaṃ āharā’’ti evaṃ āharāpayato ca vatthugaṇanāya āpattiyo. ‘‘Mayā dinnāni sabbāni āharā’’ti vadatopi ekavacaneneva sambahulā āpattiyo.
「令他人取,犯恶作」者:若令人取「衣」,得一恶作罪。若受令者取了多件衣,则得一波逸提罪。若说「取僧伽梨,取郁多罗僧」,每说一句即得一恶作罪。若说「把我所给的一切都取来」,虽仅一言,亦得众多罪。显示巴利原文
Aññaṃ āṇāpeti, āpatti dukkaṭassāti ‘‘cīvaraṃ gaṇhā’’ti āṇāpeti, ekaṃ dukkaṭaṃ. Āṇatto bahūni gaṇhāti, ekaṃ pācittiyaṃ. ‘‘Saṅghāṭiṃ gaṇha, uttarāsaṅgaṃ gaṇhā’’ti vadato vācāya vācāya dukkaṭaṃ. ‘‘Mayā dinnāni sabbāni gaṇhā’’ti vadato ekavācāya sambahulā āpattiyo.
「其他资具」者:除可作为净施的最后一件衣以外,一切物品,乃至针。对于包裹放置的针,若松裹,则依针的数目计犯诸恶作罪;若紧裹,则唯犯一恶作罪,此据《大注疏》所说。对于放入针盒中的针,道理亦然。对于放入袋中而松束或紧束的情形,以及对于三辛辣等药,道理亦如此。显示巴利原文
Aññaṃ parikkhāranti vikappanupagapacchimaṃ cīvaraṃ ṭhapetvā yaṃ kiñci antamaso sūcimpi. Veṭhetvā ṭhapitasūcīsupi vatthugaṇanāya dukkaṭāni. Sithilaveṭhitāsu evaṃ. Gāḷhaṃ katvā baddhāsu pana ekameva dukkaṭanti mahāpaccariyaṃ vuttaṃ. Sūcighare pakkhittāsupi eseva nayo. Thavikāya pakkhipitvā sithilabaddhagāḷhabaddhesu tikaṭukādīsu bhesajjesupi eseva nayo.
“彼或给与”者:即这样给与:“尊者,这件衣正适合您。”或者,当有人这样说:“友!我们给你衣,是希望你‘履行侍奉、在我等处受依止、学习法’,现在你却不履行侍奉,不受依止,不学习法”,被如此责备时,他回答:“尊者,想必你是因为衣才这样说。这件衣给你们吧”,这样给与,也属于“彼或给与”。又或者,对于已经去了他方的年少比丘,长老说“你们应该回来”,而他没有回来。如果这样对他说“拿起衣去劝他回来”,而他就此返回,那很好。如果他说“想必你们是为了钵和衣才这样说,拿去吧”,并给出衣,这样也属于彼即给与。又或者,见到已经还俗的人,说:“我们给你钵和衣,是希望你履行侍奉,现在你却还俗”,对方说“把你们的钵和衣拿回去吧”,这样给与,也属于“彼或给与”。然而,不应以这样的分别给予:“我只给在我这里受依止的人,在别处受的不给;只给履行侍奉的,不履行的不给;只给学法的,不学的不给;只给不还俗的,还俗的不给。”若这样分别给与,犯恶作;但若让他取回,则可以。已经施舍、给与之后,又强行夺取者,应令其以盗物价偿还。此中其余内容极为明了。这是从《善见》中抽出的决断。显示巴利原文
So vā detīti ‘‘bhante, tumhākaṃyeva idaṃ sāruppa’’nti evaṃ vā deti. Atha vā pana ‘‘āvuso, mayaṃ tuyhaṃ ‘vattapaṭipattiṃ karissati, amhākaṃ santike upajjhaṃ gaṇhissati, dhammaṃ pariyāpuṇissatī’ti cīvaraṃ adamhā, sodāni tvaṃ na vattaṃ karosi, na upajjhaṃ gaṇhāsi, na dhammaṃ pariyāpuṇāsī’’ti evamādīhi vutto ‘‘bhante, cīvaratthāya maññe bhaṇatha, idaṃ vo cīvara’’nti deti, evampi so vā deti. Disāpakkantaṃ vā pana daharaṃ ‘‘nivattetha na’’nti bhaṇati, so na nivattati. ‘‘Cīvaraṃ gahetvā rundhathā’’ti evaṃ ce nivattati, sādhu. Sace ‘‘pattacīvaratthāya maññe tumhe bhaṇatha, gaṇhatha na’’nti deti, evampi soyeva deti. Vibbhantaṃ vā disvā ‘‘mayaṃ tuyhaṃ ‘vattaṃ karissatī’ti pattacīvaraṃ adamhā, sodāni tvaṃ vibbhamitvā carasī’’ti vadati, itaro ‘‘gaṇhatha tumhākaṃ pattacīvara’’nti deti, evampi so vā deti. ‘‘Mama santike upajjhaṃ gaṇhantasseva te demi, aññattha gaṇhantassa na demi. Vattaṃ karontasseva demi, akarontassa na demi. Dhammaṃ pariyāpuṇantasseva demi, apariyāpuṇantassa na demi. Avibbhamantasseva demi, vibbhamantassa na demī’’ti evaṃ pana dātuṃ na vaṭṭati, dadato dukkaṭaṃ, āharāpetuṃ pana vaṭṭati. Cajitvā dinnaṃ acchinditvā gaṇhanto bhaṇḍagghena kāretabbo. Sesamettha uttānameva. Ayaṃ samantapāsādikato uddhaṭavinicchayo.
“凡彼所说”者:此处“凡”是表原因的词,因此应这样理解其中的关联——“友!我因为‘你将与我一起去人间游方’这个原因而给了你衣,你却不做那件事”,他愤怒、不悦而夺取。或者,“凡”是指衣。于此可以这样关联:“我因为‘你将与我一起去人间游方’而给了你衣——我要拿回那件衣”,他愤怒、不悦而夺取。显示巴利原文
Yampi tyāhanti ettha yanti kāraṇavacanaṃ, tasmā evamettha sambandho veditabbo – ‘‘mayā saddhiṃ janapadacārikaṃ pakkamissatīti yaṃ kāraṇaṃ nissāya ahaṃ te, āvuso, cīvaraṃ adāsiṃ, taṃ na karosī’’ti kupito anattamano acchindīti. Yanti vā cīvaraṃ parāmasati. Tattha ‘‘mayā saddhiṃ janapadacārikaṃ pakkamissatīti yampi te ahaṃ cīvaraṃ adāsiṃ, taṃ cīvaraṃ gaṇhissāmī’’ti kupito anattamano acchindīti sambandhitabbaṃ.
“被命令者取多件衣,犯一波逸提”:因为“取衣”的命令是以一件衣为对象,所以只犯一个波逸提。“每一语句犯恶作”:这里是指若衣已被夺取,则依物品的数目犯多个波逸提。“以一语句犯多罪”:这是针对衣已被夺取时,依物品数目所应犯的波逸提罪而说;至于在命令的环节所应犯的恶作,则仅有一个。显示巴利原文
Āṇattobahūni gaṇhāti, ekaṃ pācittiyanti ‘‘cīvaraṃ gaṇhā’’ti āṇattiyā ekacīvaravisayattā ekameva pācittiyaṃ. Vācāya vācāya dukkaṭanti ettha acchinnesu vatthugaṇanāya pācittiyāni. Ekavācāya sambahulā āpattiyoti idaṃ acchinnesu vatthugaṇanāya āpajjitabbaṃ pācittiyāpattiṃ sandhāya vuttaṃ, āṇattiyā āpajjitabbaṃ pana dukkaṭaṃ ekameva.
“如是”者,以此指“依物品计数而有诸恶作”此句。“同此法则”者,则指示在宽松与紧实地投入时,罪是一还是多。显示巴利原文
Evanti iminā ‘‘vatthugaṇanāya dukkaṭānī’’ti idaṃ parāmasati. Eseva nayoti sithilaṃ gāḷhañca pakkhittāsu āpattiyā bahuttaṃ ekattañca atidisati.
“友,我等”等处,虽因欲取之而如此说,但因衣实由彼所给与,故无罪。“将在我等面前取依止师”,此亦显示对沙马内拉的布施,因此,虽于经文中说“亲自给与比丘衣后”,然而应知,即使在未达上时给与,于达上时夺取者,亦为巴吉帝亚。于夺取之时是否达上,此处即是标准。“给与”者,或欢喜或愤怒而给与。“应阻止”者,应遮止。“然而如此给与则不适当”,此处应知,如此给与之物,不应不作意“此为彼之所有物”而受用。“然而允许令取来”者,如此给与之物,因类似雇佣,允许令取来。“舍弃后给与”者,依前述方式,非给与而成为无期待者,给与彼。“应以物价令作”者,无自己之想而取者,应估算物价后,令其以罪作。此处有五支分:可作净施的最后衣、亲自给与、自己之想、达上、以愤怒夺取或令夺取。此为《义要阐明》之文。显示巴利原文
Āvuso mayantiādīsu gaṇhitukāmatāya evaṃ vuttepi teneva dinnattā anāpatti. Amhākaṃsantike upajjhaṃ gaṇhissatīti idaṃ sāmaṇerassapi dānaṃ dīpeti, tasmā kiñcāpi pāḷiyaṃ ‘‘bhikkhussa sāmaṃ cīvaraṃ datvā’’ti vuttaṃ, tathāpi anupasampannakāle datvāpi upasampannakāle acchindantassa pācittiyamevāti veditabbaṃ. Acchindanasamaye upasampannabhāvoyeva hettha pamāṇaṃ. Detīti tuṭṭho vā kupito vā deti. Ruddhathāti nivāretha. Evaṃ pana dātuṃ na vaṭṭatīti ettha evaṃ dinnaṃ na tāva ‘‘tassa santaka’’nti anadhiṭṭhahitvāva paribhuñjitabbanti veditabbaṃ. Āharāpetuṃ pana vaṭṭatīti evaṃ dinnaṃ bhatisadisattā āharāpetuṃ vaṭṭati. Cajitvā dinnanti vuttanayena adatvā anapekkhena hutvā tasseva dinnaṃ. Bhaṇḍagghena kāretabboti sakasaññāya vinā gaṇhanto bhaṇḍaṃ agghāpetvā āpattiyā kāretabbo. Vikappanupagapacchimacīvaratā, sāmaṃ dinnatā, sakasaññitā, upasampannatā, kodhavasena acchindanaṃ vā acchindāpanaṃ vāti imānettha pañca aṅgāni. Ayaṃ sāratthadīpanīpāṭho (sārattha. ṭī. 2.635).
然而于《疑惑遣除》中说:“‘夺取’者,于此处应如此补充而连结:‘我给你的那件衣,我是以“你将与我一起离去”之想而给与,并非其他’,他愤怒而夺取。‘一恶作’者,若受命令者必定夺取,于命令之刹那即为巴吉帝亚。若不夺取,则应见此时为一恶作。‘一语多罪’者,若受命令者无障碍地夺取,于命令之刹那,依物品计数之巴吉帝亚罪,因于造作行动之刹那即应犯诸罪,然而衣于夺取时方成尼萨耆亚。若彼不夺取,应见于命令之刹那仅一恶作。如是于其他处,于此类中亦应知此法。‘将取依止师’者,显示对沙马内拉的布施,由此显示,即使于沙马内拉时给与,于达上时夺取亦为巴吉帝亚。‘亲自给与比丘衣后’,此依最高情况而说。然而‘允许令取来’者,因于工作未作时类似雇佣而说。此处有五支分:可作净施的最后衣、亲自给与、自己之想、达上、以愤怒夺取或令夺取”,如是所说。显示巴利原文
Vimativinodaniyaṃ (vi. vi. ṭī. 1.631) pana ‘‘yampi…pe… acchindīti ettha yaṃ te ahaṃ cīvaraṃ adāsiṃ, taṃ ‘mayā saddhiṃ pakkamissatī’ti saññāya adāsiṃ, na aññathāti kupito acchindīti evaṃ ajjhāharitvā yojetabbaṃ. Ekaṃ dukkaṭanti yadi āṇatto avassaṃ acchindati, āṇattikkhaṇe eva pācittiyaṃ. Yadi na acchindati, tadā eva dukkaṭanti daṭṭhabbaṃ. Ekavācāya sambahulāpattiyoti yadi āṇatto anantarāyena acchindati, āṇattikkhaṇeyeva vatthugaṇanāya pācittiyāpattiyo payogakaraṇakkhaṇeyeva āpattiyā āpajjitabbato, cīvaraṃ pana acchinneyeva nissaggiyaṃ hoti. Yadi so na acchindati, āṇattikkhaṇe ekameva dukkaṭanti daṭṭhabbaṃ. Evamaññatthapi īdisesu nayo ñātabbo. Upajjhaṃ gaṇhissatīti sāmaṇerassa dānaṃ dīpeti, tena ca sāmaṇerakāle datvā upasampannakāle acchindatopi pācittiyaṃ dīpeti. ‘‘Bhikkhussa sāmaṃ cīvaraṃ datvā’’ti idaṃ ukkaṭṭhavasena vuttaṃ. Āharāpetuṃ pana vaṭṭatīti kamme akate bhatisadisattā vuttaṃ. Vikappanupagapacchimacīvaratā, sāmaṃ dinnatā, sakasaññitā, upasampannatā, kodhavasena acchindanaṃ vā acchindāpanaṃ vāti imānettha pañca aṅgānī’’ti vuttaṃ.
巧思图案论显示巴利原文
Paṭibhānacittakathā
6 六、关于《巧思图案论》,在注疏中已依其所说方式清楚说明,因此《义要阐明》中未再提及。然而,《疑惑遣除》中则说:“直接说‘请作’是不恰当的,因为命令本身已被禁止;可以换用‘为何不作’等间接方式对守门者说。‘本生事’是指与本生相应的任何男女等形象。因为说‘令他人作’,所以即使是佛像也不能自己造作。”这是其中所说。显示巴利原文
6. Paṭibhānacittakathāyaṃ aṭṭhakathāyaṃ vuttanayeneva suviññeyyanti sāratthadīpaniyaṃ na kiñci vuttaṃ, vimativinodaniyaṃ (vi. vi. ṭī. cūḷavagga 2.299) pana ‘‘karohīti vattuṃ na vaṭṭatīti āṇattiyā eva paṭikkhittattā dvārapālaṃ ‘kiṃ na karosī’tiādinā pariyāyena vattuṃ vaṭṭati. Jātakapakaraṇanti jātakapaṭisaṃyuttaṃ itthipurisādi yaṃ kiñci rūpaṃ adhippetaṃ. ‘Parehi kārāpetu’nti vuttattā buddharūpampi sayaṃ kātuṃ na labhatī’’ti vuttaṃ.
未竟食论显示巴利原文
Vippakatabhojanakathā
7 七、关于《未竟食论》,《义要阐明》《疑惑遣除》及《金刚慧复注》中也均未说明。最先做的称为“已作”,尚未完成的所作称为“未竟作”,未竟作的食物即是“未竟食”,因此,他被称为“未竟食者”,即最初食用后用餐尚未完毕的比丘。此与前面所说“比丘应进入”相关联。“即使空手也不应令其起身”,此处说明理由:“他正是未竟食者。”即使已饮粥、已食硬食等,由于米饭尚未食用,他仍属于用餐未完毕者。“已受请者,应对彼说”,意思是:已经受请而从座起身的人不应再食用;在自己面前没有水时,应当对他说,这是其中的含义。其余部分容易了解。显示巴利原文
7. Vippakatabhojanakathāyampi sāratthadīpanī vimativinodanī vajirabuddhiṭīkāsu na kiñci vuttaṃ. Paṭhamaṃ kataṃ pakataṃ, vi aniṭṭhitaṃ pakataṃ vippakataṃ, vippakataṃ bhojanaṃ yena so vippakatabhojano, paṭhamaṃ bhuñjitvā aniṭṭhitabhojanakicco bhikkhu. Vuttena bhikkhunā pavisitabbanti sambandho. Rittahatthampi uṭṭhāpetuṃ na vaṭṭatīti ettha kāraṇamāha ‘‘vippakatabhojanoyeva hi so hotī’’ti, yāgukhajjakādīsupi pītesu khāditesupi bhattassa abhuttattā aniṭṭhitabhojanakicco hoti. Pavārito hoti, tena vattabboti pavāritena āsanā vuṭṭhitena bhuñjituṃ alabhamānattā attano santike udake asante vattabboti attho. Sesaṃ suviññeyyameva.
诵说及令诵说论显示巴利原文
Uddisantauddisāpanakathā
8 八、关于《诵与令诵论》,“诵者”意即给予诵习、令诵读经文的人。“令诵者”意即接受诵习、令诵读经文的人。“较高者”中的“亦”字包含同座之义。“较低者”此处道理相同。显示巴利原文
8. Uddisantauddisāpanakathāyaṃ uddisantenāti uddesaṃ dentena, pāḷiṃ vācentenāti attho. Uddisāpentenāti uddesaṃ gaṇhantena, pāḷiṃ vācāpentenāti attho. Uccatarepīti pi-saddena samānāsanaṃ sampiṇḍeti. Nīcatarepīti etthāpi eseva nayo.
三年间隔论显示巴利原文
Tivassantarikakathā
9 九、于《三雨安居间论》中,三个雨安居为三雨安居,或三个雨安居为三雨安居,三雨安居之间为三雨安居间,住于三雨安居间者为三雨安居间者,以此三雨安居间者,“间”字表中间义,“那”后缀表安住义。因此,于《金刚慧复注》中说:“以三雨安居间者,即住于三个雨安居之内者。”而注疏中,为显其自相,则说“名为三雨安居间者”等。“这些一切”,即这些一切三种同座者。其余可善知。显示巴利原文
9. Tivassantarikakathāyaṃ tīṇi vassāni tivassaṃ, tīṇi vā vassāni tivassāni, tivassānaṃ antaraṃ tivassantaraṃ, tivassantare ṭhitoti tivassantaro, tena tivassantarena, antara-saddo majjhatthavācako, ṇa-paccayo ṭhitatthe. Tenāha vajirabuddhiṭīkāyaṃ (vajira. ṭī. cūḷavagga 320) ‘‘tivassantarenāti tiṇṇaṃ vassānaṃ anto ṭhitenā’’ti. Aṭṭhakathāyaṃ (cūḷava. aṭṭha. 320) pana sarūpameva dassento ‘‘tivassantaro nāmā’’tiādimāha. Ime sabbeti sabbe tividhā ime samānāsanikā. Sesaṃ suviññeyyameva.
10 十、于长座论中:“可收拢者”,即适于收拢的座具,如草席等。“不可收拢者”,即不可收拢的座具,如石座等。因此,《义明灯》中说:“长座者,除床与椅外,凡可令三人舒适共坐者。”然而为何说“能令三人坐下”?难道能令二人坐下的座具也是长座吗?为解此难,而说:“我允许……乃至……以此量作为最后长座的标准。”因为,在可令二人共坐的非长座上,只允许与同座者同坐;而从可令三人共坐起始所摄的长座,则允许与非同座者同坐。若如此,岂非也允许与黄门等共坐?考虑到此诘难,故说:“诸比丘,我允许,除黄门外……”等。其义甚易了知。显示巴利原文
10. Dīghāsanakathāyaṃ saṃhārimaṃ vāti saṃharituṃ yuttaṃ kaṭasārakādi. Asaṃhārimaṃ vāti saṃharituṃ asakkuṇeyyaṃ pāsāṇādi āsanaṃ. Tenāha sāratthadīpaniyaṃ (sārattha. ṭī. cūḷavagga 3.320) ‘‘dīghāsanaṃ nāma mañcapīṭhavinimuttaṃ yaṃ kiñci tiṇṇannaṃ ekato sukhaṃ nisīdituṃ pahotī’’ti. Kasmā pana ‘‘tiṇṇannaṃ pahotī’’ti vuttaṃ, nanu dvinnaṃ pahonakāsanampi dīghamevāti codanaṃ sandhāyāha ‘‘anujānāmi…pe… ettakaṃ pacchimaṃ dīghāsananti hi vutta’’nti. Dvinnaṃ pahonake hi adīghāsane samānāsanikeheva saha nisīdituṃ vaṭṭati, tiṇṇannaṃ pahonakato paṭṭhāya gahite dīghāsane pana asamānāsanikehipi saha nisīdituṃ vaṭṭati. Yadi evaṃ paṇḍakādīhipi saha nisīdituṃ vaṭṭeyyāti codanaṃ manasi katvā āha ‘‘anujānāmi, bhikkhave, ṭhapetvā paṇḍaka’’ntiādi. Tattha attho suviññeyyova.
看护病人之论显示巴利原文
Gilānupaṭṭhānakathā
11 十一、于看护病人论中:“陷入”,即沉没、染污之义。“举起后”,即抬起之后。“同老师者”,此处有说:“即使一位老师有一名弟子、一名共住者,这些人也互为同老师者。”“无能力调配药物”,即当医师说“应取此药与彼药,如此调配后给予”时,没有能力照办之义。“移出”,即移走、丢弃之义。而《疑惑消除》中说:“‘在地上作清洁’者,即洗净病人卧地之污秽处,并涂以绿泥之义。‘无能力调配药’者,即连他人所说的方法也无能力照办。”显示巴利原文
11. Gilānupaṭṭhānakathāyaṃ palipannoti nimuggo, makkhitoti attho. Uccāretvāti ukkhipitvā. Samānācariyakoti ettha ‘‘sacepi ekassa ācariyassa eko antevāsiko hoti, eko saddhivihāriko, etepi aññamaññaṃ samānācariyakā evā’’ti vadanti. Bhesajjaṃ yojetuṃ asamattho hotīti vejjena ‘‘idañcidañca bhesajjaṃ gahetvā iminā yojetvā dātabba’’nti vutte tathā kātuṃ asamatthoti attho. Nīhātunti nīharituṃ, chaḍḍetunti attho. Vimativinodaniyaṃ (vi. vi. ṭī. mahāvagga 2.365-366) pana ‘‘bhūmiyaṃ paribhaṇḍaṃ akāsīti gilānena nipannabhūmiyaṃ kiliṭṭhaṭṭhānaṃ dhovitvā haritūpalittaṃ kāresīti attho. Bhesajjaṃ yojetuṃ asamatthoti parehi vuttavidhimpi kātuṃ asamattho’’ti vuttaṃ.
死亡赞论显示巴利原文
Maraṇavaṇṇakathā
12 12. 在称叹死亡中,「实为求死者」:因怀有此身坏灭后往生天界的意图,故从义理上说,确实成了求死者。「不知为求死者」:指不知自己的求死者状态,即不知「具此意图者名为求死者」。他们并非不知自心的流转。「依言说」:指依前方便言说。因在成就死亡意图的决意刹那并无悲悯,故此处之意趣是:并非如以悲悯心解开拴在柱上的猪那样。「依寿量」:即以另一种方式阐述已说之义,即说「依相续」,亦即「依相续、依寿量而住」。或者说,「依相续」指依流转相续,即「只要在此有中相续之流未断,便住至彼时」。显示巴利原文
12. Maraṇavaṇṇakathāyaṃ maraṇatthikāva hutvāti imassa kāyassa bhedena saggapāpanādhippāyattā atthato maraṇatthikāva hutvā. Maraṇatthikabhāvaṃ ajānantāti ‘‘evaṃ adhippāyino maraṇatthikā nāma hontī’’ti attano maraṇatthikabhāvaṃ ajānantā. Na hi te attano cittappavattiṃ na jānanti. Vohāravasenāti pubbabhāgavohāravasena, maraṇādhippāyassa sanniṭṭhāpakacetanākkhaṇe karuṇāya abhāvato kāruññena pāse baddhasūkaramocanaṃ viya na hotīti adhippāyo. ‘‘Yathāyunā’’ti vuttamevatthaṃ yathānusandhināti pariyāyantarena vuttaṃ, yathānusandhinā yathāyuparicchedenāti vuttaṃ hoti. Atha vā yathānusandhināti yathānuppabandhena, yāva tasmiṃ bhave santānassa anuppabandho avicchinnapavatti hoti, tāva ṭhatvāti vuttaṃ hoti.
《疑惑消除》中说:「『依言说』:指依前方便言说。因在死亡意图的成就决意刹那并无悲悯,故非如以悲悯心解开拴在柱上的猪那样,这是此处之意趣。『依寿量』:即以同义异词的方式,将已说之义说为『依相续』。」《金刚慧复注》则说:「『实为求死者』:因怀有此身坏灭后往生天界的意图,故从义理上确实成了求死者。那些不知『具此意图者名为求死者』这一自身求死者状态的人,犯巴拉基咖。并非说他们不知自心的流转。『依言说』:在前方便中依于言说,但成就时此义便不存在,并非如同解开拴在柱上的猪那样。『依相续』:指中间未曾死亡之义。」显示巴利原文
Vimativinodaniyaṃ (vi. vi. ṭī. 1.180) ‘‘vohāravasenāti pubbabhāgavohāravasena maraṇādhippāyassa sanniṭṭhāpakacetanākkhaṇe karuṇāya abhāvato, kāruññena pāse baddhasūkaramocanaṃ viya na hotīti adhippāyo. ‘Yathāyunā’ti vuttamevatthaṃ yathānusandhināti pariyāyantarena vutta’’nti vuttaṃ. Vajirabuddhiṭīkāyaṃ (vajira. ṭī. pārājika 180) pana ‘‘maraṇatthikāva hutvāti imassa kāyassa bhedena saggapāpanādhippāyattā atthato maraṇatthikāva hutvā. ‘‘Evaṃadhippāyino maraṇatthikā nāma hontī’’ti attano maraṇatthikabhāvaṃ ajānantā āpannā pārājikaṃ. Na hi te attano cittappavattiṃ na jānantīti vuccanti. Vohāravasenāti pubbabhāge vohāravasena, sanniṭṭhāne panetaṃ natthi, pāse baddhasūkaramocane viya na hoti. Yathānusandhināti antarā amaritvāti attho’’ti vuttaṃ.
自投之论显示巴利原文
Attapātanakathā
13 13. 在自杀论中,「以格位变化」:即以格位之转变而说。「殊胜证得」:指定与观。因其极为明显,故说「犹如已得手中般显现」。「断绝」:指为令殊胜证得不受扰乱,而断绝食物。「殊胜证得」:指出世间法的证得。「告知已」:即告白之后。「断绝,不开许」:其义理为:圣者唯有在如此因缘时,才向同类惭愧比丘告白自己所证的殊胜法,而那些比丘并不会以不正当的邪命寻求资具,因此对于已寻得的资具生起恶作而断绝食物,这是不开许的。因为向同类告白后,便不可断绝。他们告白于净福田。因此,在三部的《结使足》中说:「因为开许向同类惭愧比丘说,此为成立『断绝,不开许』的因缘而说。」或者,「告知殊胜证得已」:这是为了显示已证得的殊胜状态而说。因为唯有预期证得会产生障碍时,才开许断绝食物,为了显示已证得者不应再行此事,故说「告知殊胜证得已再断绝食物,不开许」。然而,圣者会向他人告白自己所证的殊胜法吗?对此诘难,回答说「因为开许向同类惭愧比丘说」,这是我们对此处更合理的见解,《结使足》中也显示了此义。显示巴利原文
13. Attapātanakathāyaṃ vibhattibyattayenāti vibhattivipariṇāmena. Visesādhigamoti samādhi vipassanā ca. Ativiya pākaṭattā ‘‘hatthappatto viya dissatī’’ti vuttaṃ. Upacchindatīti visesādhigamassa vikkhepo mā hotūti āhāraṃ upacchindati. Visesādhigamanti lokuttaradhammapaṭilābhaṃ. Byākaritvāti ārocetvā. Upacchindati, na vaṭṭatīti yasmā sabhāgānaṃ lajjībhikkhūnaṃyeva ariyā attanā adhigatavisesaṃ tādise kāraṇe sati ārocenti, te ca bhikkhū appatirūpāya anesanāya paccayaṃ na pariyesanti, tasmā tehi pariyesitapaccaye kukkuccaṃ uppādetvā āhāraṃ upacchindituṃ na vaṭṭatīti attho. Sabhāgānañhi byākatattā upacchindituṃ na labhati. Te hi kappiyakhettaṃ ārocenti. Teneva ‘‘sabhāgānañhi lajjībhikkhūnaṃ kathetuṃ vaṭṭatīti idaṃ ‘upacchindati, na vaṭṭatī’ti imassa kāraṇaṃ dassentena vutta’’nti tīsupi gaṇṭhipadesu vuttaṃ. Atha vā visesādhigamaṃ byākaritvāti idaṃ visesassa adhigatabhāvadassanatthaṃ vuttaṃ, adhigamantarāyaṃ āsaṅkanteneva ca āhārupacchedo kātabboti anuññātattā adhigatena na kātabboti dassetuṃ ‘‘visesādhigamaṃ byākaritvā āhāraṃ upacchindati, na vaṭṭatī’’ti vuttaṃ. Kiṃ pana ariyā attanā adhigatavisesaṃ aññesaṃ ārocentīti imissā codanāya ‘‘sabhāgānañhi lajjībhikkhūnaṃ kathetuṃ vaṭṭatī’’ti vuttaṃ, ayamettha yuttataroti amhākaṃ khanti, gaṇṭhipadepi ayamattho dassitoyevāti.
《疑惑消除》中说:「『以格变化』即格的变化。『殊胜证得』指定与观,也指出世间法的获得。『告知后』即告白之后,这是为了说明殊胜证得之状态而说。因为已证殊胜者,为免随见陷入,必须向具惭耻的比丘告白证得;然而,已证殊胜者即使不告知,也不允许断绝饮食,因为允许断绝饮食只是为了消除证得的障碍,所以在已证得时不应作彼。那么,是否允许告白证得呢?说『因为同类……』等。」《金刚智疏》说:「如同已获得那般显现,『为令彼之散乱不生』而断绝,在告知殊胜证得后,因由彼所生的恭敬而起惭耻,故断绝饮食,因为向同类告知。因为他们于清净福田中告白。」显示巴利原文
Vimativinodaniyampi (vi. vi. ṭī. 1.182-183) ‘‘vibhattibyattayenāti vibhattivipariṇāmena. Visesādhigamoti samādhi vipassanā ca. Visesādhigamanti lokuttaradhammapaṭilābhaṃ. Byākaritvāti ārocetvā, idañca visesassa adhigatabhāvadassanatthaṃ vuttaṃ. Adhigatavisesā hi diṭṭhānugatiāpajjanatthaṃ lajjībhikkhūnaṃ avassaṃ adhigamaṃ byākaronti, adhigatavisesena pana abyākaritvāpi āhāraṃ upacchindituṃ na vaṭṭati, adhigamantarāyavinodanatthameva āhārupacchedassa anuññātattā tadadhigame so na kātabbova. Kiṃ panādhigamaṃ ārocetuṃ vaṭṭatīti āha sabhāgānañhītiādī’’ti vuttaṃ. Vajirabuddhiṭīkāyaṃ (vajira. ṭī. pārājika 181-183) ‘‘hatthappatto viya dissati, ‘tassa vikkhepo mā hotū’ti upacchindati, visesādhigamaṃ byākaritvā tappabhavaṃ sakkāraṃ lajjāyanto āhāraṃ upacchindati sabhāgānaṃ byākatattā. Te hi kappiyakhettaṃ ārocentī’’ti vuttaṃ.
未省察而坐之论显示巴利原文
Appaccavekkhitvānisinnakathā
14 14. 于「不观察而坐之论」中:「不观察」即不审察。「向上或向下移动」指为给予后来者座位,而在已坐的行列中向上或向下移动。「无观察的义务」指后来者没有审察的义务。因「下方若有任何物品,外衣会起皱褶」,故说「于其不显皱褶处」。这种观察唯应就于在家人的物品而言。《疑惑消除》中也仅说:「下方若有任何物品,外衣会起皱褶,故说『于其不显皱褶处』。此观察唯应就于在家人的物品」仅此而已。《金刚智疏》也仅说:「不观察即不审察。下方若有任何物品,皱褶便会显现」仅此而已。显示巴利原文
14. Appaccavekkhitvā nisinnakathāyaṃ appaṭivekkhitvāti anupaparikkhitvā. Uddhaṃ vā adho vā saṅkamantīti pacchā āgatānaṃ okāsadānatthaṃ nisinnapāḷiyā uddhaṃ vā adho vā gacchanti. Paṭivekkhaṇakiccaṃ natthīti pacchā āgatehi upaparikkhaṇakiccaṃ natthi. Heṭṭhā kismiñci vijjamāne sāṭakaṃ valiṃ gaṇhātīti āha ‘‘yasmiṃ vali na paññāyatī’’ti. Paṭivekkhaṇañcetaṃ gihīnaṃ santakeyevāti daṭṭhabbaṃ. Vimativinodaniyampi (vi. vi. ṭī. 1.180) ‘‘heṭṭhā kismiñci vijjamāne sāṭakaṃ valiṃ gaṇhātīti āha ‘yasmiṃ vali na paññāyatī’ti. Paṭivekkhaṇañcetaṃ gihīnaṃ santake evāti daṭṭhabba’’nti ettakameva vuttaṃ, vajirabuddhiṭīkāyampi (vajira. ṭī. pārājika 180) ‘‘appaṭivekkhitvāti avicāretvā. Heṭṭhimabhāge hi kismiñci vijjamāne vali paññāyatī’’ti ettakameva.
嬉笑投石之论显示巴利原文
Davāyasilāvijjhanakathā
15 15. 于「嬉笑投石之论」中:「嬉笑」一词表示以嬉笑为意图。「带前缀『向前』的动词根有转动之义」,故说「不应以嬉笑的意图投掷石头」。因「石」一词表示石头,故针对「不应投掷彼石」的质难而说「不仅如此」等。若如是,对一切人也都不应允许,故说「为塔等之利益」等。「洗涤杖」指洗涤物品之杖。而《疑惑消除》说:「洗涤物品者,或洗涤衣者,即洗涤衣物。洗涤杖者,洗衣之杖」仅此而已。显示巴利原文
15. Davāyasilāvijjhanakathāyaṃ davāsaddo hasādhippāyavācako. Paṭipubbavidha-dhātu pavaṭṭanatthoti āha ‘‘hasādhippāyena pāsāṇo na pavaṭṭetabbo’’ti. Silāsaddassa pāsāṇavācakattā so eva na paṭivijjhitabboti codanaṃ sandhāyāha ‘‘na kevalañcā’’tiādi. Yadi evaṃ sabbesampi atthāya na vaṭṭeyyāti āha ‘‘cetiyādīnaṃ atthāyā’’tiādi. Dhovanadaṇḍakanti bhaṇḍadhovanadaṇḍaṃ. Vimativinodaniyaṃ (vi. vi. ṭī. 1.182-183) pana ‘‘bhaṇḍakaṃ vā dhovantāti cīvaraṃ vā dhovantā. Dhovanadaṇḍakanti cīvaradhovanadaṇḍa’’nti vuttaṃ.
涂抹继承物之论显示巴利原文
Dāyālimpanakathā
16 十六、于「湿地涂抹之论」中:「湿……乃至……波逸提」者,即使在干燥处点火,若依此意趣涂抹,亦唯波逸提。「恶作」者,在干燥处,或将干燥未确定为「非干燥」而点火者,犯恶作。于嬉戏意趣亦同此理,嬉戏意趣应仅由喜好噼啪燃烧声而了知。「对治火」者,为对治之火。「小作」者,为守护之作。「自己生起」者,指由风吹竹等相互摩擦而生起之火。「无燃料」者,即无薪柴。然《疑惑消除》中说:「以嬉戏意趣亦犯恶作者,乃针对干草等点火而说。然于湿物,即使以嬉戏意趣作,亦唯波逸提。对治火者,迎面而来之火为对治火,允许给予彼于湿草等。给予彼者,从远处见林火来临,不于一刹那作寺院周围(防火带),而从一部分开始,于寺院周围渐次烧尽,如是即使大火亦不能到达寺院,如是于寺院周围作露地,应给予对治火。彼行至林火之对面,合为一处,与彼共灭。小作者,周围树草等之砍伐、壕沟挖掘等守护作。故说『草屋周围之地面砍伐』等。」然《金刚智复注》仅说:「小者,守护也,为示彼而说『周围地面砍伐』等。」如此而已。显示巴利原文
16. Dāyālimpanakathāyaṃ alla…pe… pācittiyanti sukkhaṭṭhānepi aggiṃ pātetvā iminā adhippāyena ālimpentassa pācittiyameva. Dukkaṭanti sukkhaṭṭhāne vā sukkhaṃ ‘‘asukkha’’nti avavatthapetvā vā aggiṃ pātentassa dukkaṭaṃ. Kīḷādhippāyepi eseva nayo, kīḷādhippāyo ca paṭapaṭāyamānasaddassādavaseneva veditabbo. Paṭipakkhabhūto aggi paṭaggi. Parittakaraṇanti ārakkhakaraṇaṃ. Sayaṃ vā uṭṭhitanti vāteritānaṃ veḷuādīnaṃ aññamaññasaṅghaṭṭanena samuṭṭhitaṃ. Nirupādānoti indhanarahito. Vimativinodaniyaṃ (vi. vi. ṭī. 1.190) pana ‘‘khiḍḍādhippāyenapi dukkaṭanti sukkhatiṇādīsu aggikaraṇaṃ sandhāya vuttaṃ. Allesu pana kīḷādhippāyenapi karontassa pācittiyameva. Paṭipakkhabhūto, paṭimukhaṃ gacchanto vā aggi paṭaggi, tassa allatiṇādīsupi dānaṃ anuññātaṃ. Taṃ dentena dūratova āgacchantaṃ dāvaggiṃ disvā vihārassa samantato ekakkhaṇe akatvā ekadesato paṭṭhāya vihārassa samantato saṇikaṃ jhāpetvā yathā mahantopi aggi vihāraṃ pāpuṇituṃ na sakkoti, evaṃ vihārassa samantā abbhokāsaṃ katvā paṭaggi dātabbo. So ḍāvaggino paṭipathaṃ gantvā ekato hutvā tena saha nibbāti. Parittakaraṇanti samantā rukkhatiṇādicchedanaparikhākhaṇanādiārakkhakaraṇaṃ. Tenāha ‘tiṇakuṭikānaṃ samantā bhūmitacchana’ntiādī’’ti, vajirabuddhiṭīkāyaṃ (vajira. ṭī. pārājika 190) pana ‘‘parittanti rakkhaṇaṃ, taṃ dassetuṃ ‘samantā bhūmitacchana’ntiādi vutta’’nti ettakameva vuttaṃ.
邪见家族施食之论显示巴利原文
Micchādiṭṭhikulābhatakathā
17 十七、于「邪见家族施食之论」中:「于这些无信」者,即无信、悭吝,于他们为无信者。「邪见相应之家族」为「邪见家族」,是中间省略之依主复合词,指以「无布施」等方式转起之十事邪见相应之家族,于彼家族中。「于邪见家族获得后」是连结下文。「对他们不恭敬作者,应以恭敬作;对他们不上妙施者,应以上妙施,此处应有其因」,审察其因后应受用,故说「不审察,既不应自己受用,亦不应给予他人」。为示应以何因,故说「即使混杂」等。「不仅钵食」,故说「凡」等。其中说因「即使于未覆盖之物」等。更示其他,如「涂抹香姜黄等」等。其中亦为示因,而说「身体之病处」等。显示巴利原文
17. Micchādiṭṭhikulābhatakathāyaṃ natthi saddhā etesūti assaddhā, maccharino, tesu assaddhesu. Micchādiṭṭhiyā yuttāni kulāni micchādiṭṭhikulāni, majjhelopatatiyātappurisasamāso, ‘‘natthi dinna’’ntiādinayappavattāya dasavatthukāya micchādiṭṭhiyā yuttakulāni, tesu. Micchādiṭṭhikulesu labhitvāti sambandho. Asakkaccakārīnaṃ tesaṃ sakkaccakaraṇena, appaṇītadāyīnaṃ tesaṃ paṇītadānena bhavitabbamettha kāraṇenāti kāraṇaṃ upaparikkhitvāva bhuñjituṃ yuttanti āha ‘‘anupaparikkhitvā neva attanā bhuñjitabbaṃ, na paresaṃ dātabba’’nti. Yena kāraṇena bhavitabbaṃ, taṃ dassetuṃ ‘‘visamissampi hī’’tiādi vuttaṃ. Na kevalaṃ piṇḍapātamevāti āha ‘‘yampī’’tiādi. Tattha kāraṇamāha ‘‘apihitavatthusmimpi hī’’tiādi. Tato aññampi dasseti gandhahaliddādimakkhitotiādinā . Tatthapi kāraṇaṃ dassetumāha ‘‘sarīre rogaṭṭhānānī’’tiādi.
牧牛者施之论显示巴利原文
Gopakadānakathā
18 十八、于「牧牛者施之论」中:「守护他人之物品」者为「牧牛者」,彼之施为「牧牛者施」,即园林守护者等应给予比丘之施。其中「挂牌后」者,即「仅从如此多树应取如此多」,挂牌后,即写后之义。「作标记想」者,即作约定。「儿童」者,指他们之子女等儿童。其他凡任何牧牛者,他们一切皆已说。于一切处,在家之牧牛者施,牧牛者给予多少,应取多少。然于僧团物,应仅依限量而取,因已显示,故说「义理上为一」。《疑惑消除》亦说:「挂牌后者,『守护如此多树,从彼应取如此多』,挂牌后。作标记想者,作约定。儿童者,他们之子女等,凡任何守护者,他们一切于此说为『儿童』。」然《金刚智复注》说:「园林守护者,依熟识而应取。知意趣者,此处对于受取施之比丘或份额,主人不守护、不惩罚者,彼之施不隐藏而取为允许,此为此处之结论,彼亦说『于僧团物不允许』。」显示巴利原文
18. Gopakadānakathāyaṃ paresaṃ santakaṃ gopeti rakkhatīti gopako, tassa dānaṃ gopakadānaṃ, uyyānapālakādīhi bhikkhūnaṃ dātabbadānaṃ. Tattha paṇṇaṃ āropetvāti ‘‘ettakeheva rukkhehi ettakameva gahetabba’’nti paṇṇaṃ āropetvā, likhitvāti vuttaṃ hoti. Nimittasaññaṃ katvāti saṅketaṃ katvā. Dārakāti tesaṃ puttanattādayo dārakā. Aññepi ye keci gopakā honti, te sabbepi vuttā. Sabbatthapi gihīnaṃ gopakadāne yattakaṃ gopakā denti, tattakaṃ gahetabbaṃ. Saṅghike pana yathāparicchedameva gahetabbanti dīpitattā ‘‘atthato eka’’nti vuttaṃ. Vimativinodaniyampi (vi. vi. ṭī. 1.156) ‘‘paṇṇaṃ āropetvāti ‘ettake rukkhe rakkhitvā tato ettakaṃ gahetabba’nti paṇṇaṃ āropetvā. Nimittasaññaṃ katvāti saṅketaṃ katvā. Dārakāti tesaṃ puttanattādayo ye keci gopenti, te sabbepi idha ‘dārakā’ti vuttā’’ti, vajirabuddhiṭīkāyaṃ (vajira. ṭī. pārājika 156) pana ‘‘ārāmarakkhakāti vissatthavasena gahetabbaṃ. Adhippāyaṃ ñatvāti ettha yassa dānaṃ paṭiggaṇhantaṃ bhikkhuṃ, bhāgaṃ vā sāmikā na rakkhanti na daṇḍenti, tassa dānaṃ appaṭicchādetvā gahetuṃ vaṭṭatīti idha sanniṭṭhānaṃ, tampi ‘na vaṭṭati saṅghike’ti vutta’’nti vuttaṃ.
“于何处”:是指在某个住处。“其他之无”:是指无有其他来客比丘的到来。“于彼处”:是指在这样的住处。“分配后食”:意思是对于已经到达的来客,也分配食物而食。“于四资具正确供给”:是指出售芒果等物品之后,正确地供给于衣服等四种资具。“为衣限定而施”:即“这些树上的果实出售之后,应当只供给于衣,不应分配而食”,如此限定而施。“于来客亦无自在”:由于施主限定资具受用而施,所以来客在分配而食方面没有自在。“不应于他们……乃至……住立”:此处意思是,来客应依下述方式分配而食。“应住立于他们之约定”:即“不应分配而食”,或者“我等将从这么多棵树取果实”,或者“我等将取这么多果实”,或者“我等将在这么多天内采摘”,或者“我等不取任何”,如是常住的比丘们所作之约定,来客应当安住遵守。在《大注疏》中,以“无自在”一词已显示之义理,《大复注》以“四资具”等详细阐明。“唯依受用之力”:此处的eva字表示限制,应连结为“唯依受用之力而分配彼”。“此处”:指于此寺院,或于此国土。显示巴利原文
Yatthāti yasmiṃ āvāse. Aññesaṃ abhāvanti aññesaṃ āgantukabhikkhūnaṃ abhāvaṃ. Tatthāti tādise āvāse. Bhājetvā khādantīti āgantukānampi sampattānaṃ bhājetvā khādantīti adhippāyo. Catūsu paccayesu sammā upanentīti ambaphalādīni vikkiṇitvā cīvarādīsu catūsu paccayesu sammā upanenti. Cīvaratthāya niyametvā dinnāti ‘‘imesaṃ rukkhānaṃ phalāni vikkiṇitvā cīvaresuyeva upanetabbāni, na bhājetvā khāditabbānī’’ti evaṃ niyametvā dinnā. Tesupi āgantukā anissarāti paccayaparibhogatthāya niyametvā dinnattā bhājetvā khādituṃ anissarā. Na tesu…pe… ṭhātabbanti ettha āgantukehi heṭṭhā vuttanayena bhājetvā khāditabbanti adhippāyo. Tesaṃ katikāya ṭhātabbanti ‘‘bhājetvā na khāditabba’’nti vā ‘‘ettakesu rukkhesu phalāni gaṇhissāmā’’ti vā ‘‘ettakāni phalāni gaṇhissāmā’’ti vā ‘‘ettakānaṃ divasānaṃ abbhantare gaṇhissāmā’’ti vā ‘‘na kiñci gaṇhissāmā’’ti vā evaṃ katāya āvāsikānaṃ katikāya āgantukehi ṭhātabbaṃ. Mahāaṭṭhakathāyaṃ ‘‘anissarā’’ti vacanena dīpitoyeva attho mahāpaccariyaṃ ‘‘catunnaṃ paccayāna’’ntiādinā vitthāretvā dassito. Paribhogavasenevāti ettha eva-saddo aṭṭhānappayutto, paribhogavasena tameva bhājetvāti yojetabbaṃ. Ettha etasmiṃ vihāre, raṭṭhevā.
“住处资具”:是指住处以及为此目的而限定存放之物。“从最劣等起”:即以最劣等为起始,也就是从最下等的住处开始分发之意。于住处方面,草等物亦应从最劣等起分施;住处的附属器具亦应从最劣等起分施。然而,“不得截断根本所依而挪作他用”——此语是何意?于三处结点文中,首先所说的意思是:“不得分发一切住处”。“即便从最劣等起分发者,亦不得分发住处地基”——这是否为所说之义?对此我们不予认可。应当审察之后,取其认可之义。显示巴利原文
Senāsanapaccayanti senāsanañca tadatthāya niyametvā ṭhapitañca. Lāmakakoṭiyāti lāmakaṃ ādiṃ katvā, lāmakasenāsanato paṭṭhāyāti vuttaṃ hoti. Senāsanepi tiṇādīni lāmakakoṭiyāva vissajjetabbāni, senāsanaparikkhārāpi lāmakakoṭiyāva vissajjetabbā. Mūlavatthucchedaṃ pana katvā na upanetabbanti iminā kiṃ vuttaṃ hoti? Tīsupi gaṇṭhipadesu tāva idaṃ vuttaṃ ‘‘sabbāni senāsanāni na vissajjetabbānīti vuttaṃ hotī’’ti. Lāmakakoṭiyā vissajjantehipi senāsanabhūmiyo na vissajjetabbāti ayamattho vutto hotīti no khanti. Vīmaṃsitvā yaṃ ruccati, taṃ gahetabbaṃ.
以法物行佛供养,或以佛物行法供养,是否如法?有人引‘瓦塞塔,如来者,此乃法身之别名’以及‘瓦卡利,见法者即见我’(相应部·3.87)之语,主张如法。然有人则言:‘若如此,则依“诸比丘,凡侍奉我者,应侍奉病人”(大品·365)之语,便可得出:以属佛之物为病人制药亦应合理——故不如法。’此论无据。盖‘诸比丘,凡侍奉我者,应侍奉病人’此语,并非说自身与病人等同,亦非说侍奉二者之果报相同。此处之义乃是:‘凡以奉行教诫教导而侍奉我者,应侍奉病人;奉行我教诫者应侍奉病人’(大品注释·365)。此处不应理解为:侍奉世尊与侍奉病人完全相同。因此,依‘阿难,我所教示、施设之法与律,于我灭后即为汝等之师’(长部·2.216)之语,以及注释中所言‘我今独自教诫教导,于我般涅槃后,此八万四千佛将教诫教导汝等’(长部注释·2.216)之语,又以称赞多闻比丘时所言‘纯陀,此多闻者非汝等之弟子,实乃佛陀’之故,以及如来尊重法故——基于此诸因由,我等认为前说更为可取。《除疑论》亦言:‘“于此”者,于某一住处。“其他人”者,其他来访者也。“他们来访者亦不能自主”者,谓于住处连续居住者,其衣资乃由施主或比丘们指定布施,故来访者无权分取受用。来访比丘若有意,可于雨安居等时进入该寺院,为衣资之故取用。应依他们之约定而行——即一切果实不加分配,或言“分配某些树之果实受用,以其余果实资具修缮住处”,或言“筹备托钵等资具”,或言“不加分配一切,悉数转供四资具之用”——如此正当转供之常住者的约定,来访者应当遵守。《大注释》以“不能自主”之语所明示之义,《大巴差利》以“四资具”等文加以详述。“仅以受用为准”——此处“仅”字位置不当,应连接为:以受用为准,分配该物。“于此”者,于此寺院,或于此地方也。“住处资具”者,即住处以及为此目的而指定存放之物也。“安置一处或两处胜妙住处”——为以遮遣方式显示此已说之义,而说“不得截断根本所依而挪用”,其义为:不得截断称为住处之所依根本,不得分发一切住处。然有人于此言:“安置一处或两处胜妙住处,从最劣起分发者,亦不得分发住处地基——此乃所说之义。”此说亦合理,因为此义无论如何必须述及,否则有人或会认为连同地基亦可分发。’显示巴利原文
Dhammasantakena buddhapūjaṃ kātuṃ, buddhasantakena vā dhammapūjaṃ kātuṃ vaṭṭati na vaṭṭatīti? ‘‘Tathāgatassa kho etaṃ, vāseṭṭha, adhivacanaṃ dhammakāyo itipī’’ti ca ‘‘yo kho, vakkali, dhammaṃ passati, so maṃ passatī’’ti (saṃ. ni. 3.87) ca vacanato vaṭṭatīti vadanti. Keci pana ‘‘evaṃ sante ‘yo, bhikkhave, maṃ upaṭṭhaheyya, so gilānaṃ upaṭṭhaheyyā’ti (mahāva. 365) vacanato buddhasantakena gilānassapi bhesajjaṃ kātuṃ yuttanti āpajjeyya, tasmā na vaṭṭatī’’ti vadanti, taṃ akāraṇaṃ. Na hi ‘‘yo, bhikkhave, maṃ upaṭṭhaheyya, so gilānaṃ upaṭṭhaheyyā’’ti (mahāva. 365) iminā attano ca gilānassa ca ekasadisatā, tadupaṭṭhānassa vā samaphalatā vuttā. Ayañhettha attho – ‘‘yo maṃ ovādānusāsanīkaraṇena upaṭṭhaheyya, so gilānaṃ upaṭṭhaheyya, mama ovādakārakena gilāno upaṭṭhātabbo’’ti (mahāva. aṭṭha. 365). Bhagavato ca gilānassa ca upaṭṭhānaṃ ekasadisanti evaṃ panettha attho na gahetabbo, tasmā ‘‘yo vo, ānanda, mayā dhammo ca vinayo ca desito paññatto, so vo mamaccayena satthā’’ti (dī. ni. 2.216) vacanato ‘‘ahañca kho panidāni ekakova ovadāmi anusāsāmi, mayi parinibbute imāni caturāsīti buddhasahassāni tumhe ovadissanti anusāsissantī’’ti (dī. ni. aṭṭha. 2.216) vuttattā ca bahussutaṃ bhikkhuṃ pasaṃsantena ca ‘‘yo bahussuto, na so tumhākaṃ sāvako nāma, buddho nāma esa cundā’’ti vuttattā dhammagarukattā ca tathāgatassa pubbanayo eva pasatthataroti amhākaṃ khanti. Vimativinodaniyampi ‘‘yatthāti yasmiṃ āvāse. Aññesanti aññesaṃ āgantukānaṃ. Tesupi āgantukā anissarāti senāsane nirantaraṃ vasantānaṃ cīvaratthāya dāyakehi, bhikkhūhi vā niyametvā dinnattā bhājetvā khādituṃ anissarā. Āgantukehipi icchantehi tasmiṃ vihāre vassānādīsu pavisitvā cīvaratthāya gahetabbaṃ. Tesaṃ katikāya ṭhātabbanti sabbāni phalāphalāni abhājetvā ‘ettakesu rukkhesu phalāni bhājetvā paribhuñjissāma, aññesu phalāphalehi senāsanāni paṭijaggissāmā’ti vā ‘piṇḍapātādipaccayaṃ sampādessāmā’ti vā ‘kiñcipi abhājetvā catupaccayatthāyeva upanemā’ti vā evaṃ sammā upanentānaṃ āvāsikānaṃ katikāya āgantukehi ṭhātabbaṃ. Mahāaṭṭhakathāyaṃ ‘anissarā’ti vacanena dīpito eva attho, mahāpaccariyaṃ ‘catunnaṃ paccayāna’ntiādinā vitthāretvā dassito. Paribhogavasenevāti ettha eva-saddo aṭṭhānappayutto, paribhogavasena tameva bhājetvāti yojetabbaṃ. Etthāti etasmiṃ vihāre, raṭṭhe vā. Senāsanapaccayanti senāsanañca tadatthāya niyametvā ṭhapitañca. ‘Ekaṃ vā dve vā varasenāsanāni ṭhapetvā’ti vuttamevatthaṃ puna byatirekamukhena dassetuṃ ‘mūlavatthucchedaṃ pana katvā na upanetabba’nti vuttaṃ, senāsanasaṅkhātavatthuno mūlacchedaṃ katvā sabbāni senāsanāni na vissajjetabbānīti attho. Keci panettha ‘ekaṃ vā dve vā varasenāsanāni ṭhapetvā lāmakato paṭṭhāya vissajjantehipi senāsanabhūmiyo na vissajjetabbāti ayamattho vutto’ti vadanti, tampi yuttameva imassapi atthassa avassaṃ vattabbato, itarathā keci saha vatthunāpi vissajjetabbaṃ maññeyyu’’nti.
《金刚觉疏》(《金刚觉疏·波罗夷》153)中说:“‘于此’,是指此寺院已遭受敌军等危难侵扰。‘截断根本所依’:以‘对一切住处,这些人为主事者’的说法,显示其余人等并无主事之权。‘此比丘方为主事者’——意为:只要是他所想要之处,便以告知的缘由而得之,据说这便是其义;另外也有人称此为‘幼稚’之说。‘连同地基’,即是连同土地。”显示巴利原文
Vajirabuddhiṭīkāyaṃ (vajira. ṭī. pārājika 153) ‘‘ettha etasmiṃ vihāre paracakkādibhayaṃ āgataṃ. Mūlavatthucchedanti ‘sabbasenāsanānaṃ ete issarā’ti vacanato itare anissarāti dīpitaṃ hoti. Ayameva bhikkhu issaroti yattha so icchati, tattha attañātahetuṃ labhatīti kira attho, api ca ‘daharo’ti vadanti. Savatthukanti saha bhūmiyāti vuttaṃ hotī’’ti.
法护请求守护之论显示巴利原文
Dhammikārakkhayācanakathā
19 第十九「请求如法保护之论述」中:“‘仅成颈部’的意思是,因为没有命令。‘欲令他们受损’:心想——有人听了我的话称他们为盗贼后,将会惩罚他们,甚至夺去生命,如此作意。以此表明,仅仅出于恐惧,或为了夺取资具而仓促喊出‘盗贼’,即使盗贼因此受惩罚,也无过失。因为对国王的大臣而言,指出‘这个人是盗贼’本身就成了颈。然而,如果有人在比丘或净人面前说:‘某某盗贼如此这般’,净人由此转告大臣而使盗贼受惩罚——对于比丘而言不是颈,因为他没有直接告诉大臣;而被告知的人,也不是因为他们直接惩罚了盗贼,应如此理解。‘命令:“你从他那里拿走这个东西”’:如果命令一个人,另一个人去取,那么命令者与取者不同,命令者无罪。‘使自己的话能执行’:这是从可行性的角度说的。对于不执行话语的国王大臣,即便为了‘将被此人夺取的资具拿回,不要惩罚他’的目的而指名告知,即使惩罚已实施,也不成为颈——因为夺取与惩罚之事已被遮止,就如同命令‘取某物’后又生悔意而再次遮止的情形相似(类似波罗夷121)。而像奴仆之类用来作中介,为此目的,对比丘也构成恶作——由此说‘所谓净地……’。”显示巴利原文
19. Dhammikārakkhayācanakathāyaṃ ‘‘gīvāyevāti āṇattiyā abhāvato. Tesaṃ anatthakāmatāyāti ‘coro’ti vuttaṃ mama vacanaṃ sutvā keci daṇḍissanti, jīvitā voropessantīti evaṃ saññāya. Etena kevalaṃ bhayena vā parikkhāraggahaṇatthaṃ vā sahasā ‘coro’ti vutte daṇḍitepi na dosoti dasseti. Rājapurisānañhi ‘coro aya’nti uddissakathane eva gīvā. Bhikkhūnaṃ, pana ārāmikādīnaṃ vā sammukhā ‘asuko coro evamakāsī’ti kenaci vuttavacanaṃ nissāya ārāmikādīsu rājapurisānaṃ vatvā daṇḍāpentesupi bhikkhussa na gīvā rājapurisānaṃ avuttattā, yesañca vuttaṃ, tehi sayaṃ corassa adaṇḍitattāti gahetabbaṃ. ‘Tvaṃ etassa santakaṃ acchindā’ti āṇattopi hi sace aññena acchindāpeti, āṇāpakassa anāpatti visaṅketattā. Attano vacanakaranti idaṃ sāmīcivasena vuttaṃ. Vacanaṃ akarontānaṃ rājapurisānampi ‘iminā gahitaparikkhāraṃ āharāpehi, mā cassa daṇḍaṃ karohī’ti uddissa vadantassapi daṇḍe gahitepi na gīvā eva daṇḍaggahaṇassa paṭikkhittattā ‘asukabhaṇḍaṃ avaharā’ti āṇāpetvā vippaṭisāre uppanne puna paṭikkhipane (pārā. 121) viya. Dāsādīnaṃ sampaṭicchane viya tadatthāya aḍḍakaraṇe bhikkhūnampi dukkaṭanti āha ‘kappiyaaḍḍo nāma, na vaṭṭatī’ti. Kenaci pana bhikkhunā khettādiatthāya vohārikānaṃ santikaṃ gantvā aḍḍe katepi taṃ khettādisampaṭicchane viya sabbesaṃ akappiyaṃ na hoti pubbe eva saṅghasantakattā. Bhikkhusseva pana payogavasena āpattiyo honti. Dāsādīnampi pana atthāya rakkhaṃ yācituṃ vohārikena puṭṭhena saṅghassa uppannaṃ kappiyakkamaṃ vattuṃ ārāmikādīhi ca aḍḍaṃ kārāpetuṃ vaṭṭati eva. Vihāravatthādikappiyaaḍḍaṃ pana bhikkhunā sayampi kātuṃ vaṭṭatī’’ti vimativinodaniyaṃ (vi. vi. ṭī. pācittiya 2.679) āgato.
《金刚觉疏》(《金刚觉疏·波逸提》681)中说:“‘颈’即是颈本身,并非波罗夷。‘令人制作后给予’:此处若是武器类物品,不应令人制作其刃,而应用其他方式使其知晓。”显示巴利原文
Vajirabuddhiṭīkāyaṃ (vajira. ṭī. pācittiya 681) ‘‘gīvāti kevalaṃ gīvā eva hoti, na pārājikaṃ. Kārāpetvā dātabbāti ettha sace āvudhabhaṇḍaṃ hoti, tassa dhārā na kārāpetabbā, aññena pana ākārena saññāpetabba’’nti vuttaṃ.
弃舍大小便等之论显示巴利原文
Uccārādichaḍḍanakathā
20 在第二十“关于弃置粪便等物之论”中,第八条弃置粪便等物:“有粪便等物、未作告知、正在使用之处所、有墙等遮蔽物之内、自行弃置或令人弃置”——此处共五支。第九条于青草上弃置:“一切”者,指比丘与比丘尼二者。以上仅是《妙义灯疏》所说之义。然而,《疑惑除尽疏》中说:“第八条:正在使用之处,位于墙等遮蔽物之内,且未作告知而弃置粪便等物——此为两支。第九条:因说到‘即便是已切顶的椰子’,故所遮止的仅是于青草上弃置。因此说‘于未播撒种子之处’等。凡允许弃置之处,于青草上排放粪便等物亦为如法。‘一切’者,指比丘与比丘尼。”而《瓦基拉布迪疏》中说:“‘告知主人后才弃置’——某些典籍无此文,某些典籍有此文,有此文者为善,因为学处有作与不作之分。‘于此,田地守护者及园林等守护者即是主人。’若无‘不得在僧团的田地与园林内弃置垃圾’之约定,比丘弃置为如法,因属僧团管辖范围;比丘尼弃置则不如法。比丘尼于比丘尼僧团所有之处,依前述方式弃置则如法,比丘于彼处弃置则不如法。”显示巴利原文
20. Uccārādichaḍḍanakathāyaṃ aṭṭhame uccārādichaḍḍane ‘‘uccārādibhāvo, anapalokanaṃ, vaḷañjanaṭṭhānaṃ, tirokuṭṭapākāratā, chaḍḍanaṃ vā chaḍḍāpanaṃ vāti imāni panettha pañca aṅgāni, navame haritūpari chaḍḍane sabbesanti bhikkhussa bhikkhuniyā ca. Idha khettapālakā ārāmādigopakā ca sāmikā evā’’ti ettakameva sāratthadīpaniyaṃ (sārattha. ṭī. pācittiya 3.830) vuttaṃ. Vimativinodaniyaṃ (vi. vi. ṭī. pācittiya 2.830) pana ‘‘aṭṭhame vaḷañjiyamānatirokuṭṭāditā, anapaloketvā uccārādīnaṃ chaḍḍanādīti dve aṅgāni. Navame ‘matthakacchinnanāḷikerampī’ti vuttattā haritūpari chaḍḍanameva paṭikkhittaṃ. Tenāha ‘anikkhittabījesū’tiādi. Yattha ca chaḍḍetuṃ vaṭṭati, tattha harite vaccādiṃ kātumpi vaṭṭati eva. Sabbesanti bhikkhubhikkhunīna’’nti vuttaṃ. Vajirabuddhiṭīkāyaṃ (vajira. ṭī. pācittiya 832) pana ‘‘sāmike apaloketvāva chaḍḍetīti katthaci potthake natthi, katthaci atthi, atthibhāvova seyyo kiriyākiriyattā sikkhāpadassa. Idha khettapālakā ārāmādigopakā ca sāmikā eva. ‘Saṅghassa khette ārāme ca tattha kacavaraṃ na chaḍḍetabbanti katikā ce natthi, bhikkhussa chaḍḍetuṃ vaṭṭati saṅghapariyāpannattā, na bhikkhunīnaṃ. Tāsampi bhikkhunisaṅghasantake vuttanayena vaṭṭati, na tattha bhikkhussa. Evaṃ santepi sāruppavaseneva kātabbanti vutta’’nti vuttaṃ.
而在比丘分别的应学法注释中说:“‘非故意’者,指前往隐蔽处时,大便或小便突然不自觉地排出,这名为非故意者,无罪。‘非青草处’,在此,即使是榕树根在地面上可见之处,或树枝触地之处,都算作青草。可坐在树干上,排泄于无青草之处。正在观察寻找无青草处时突然排出,或站立于病人所在处而作,允许。‘于无青草处作’者,若找不到无青草之处,可放置草束或稻草束于其上再作,事后再用青草覆盖,亦允许。‘痰’,在此也包括鼻涕,大注疏中如此说。‘非水中’,这仅就饮用水而言。但在厕所、海洋等非饮用水中,无罪。天降雨时,四周皆是水流,正在观察寻找无水处时排出,允许。大注疏中说:在此种时节,若找不到无水处而作,允许。”在此注释中,《疑惑除尽论》说:“‘痰,在此也包括鼻涕’,于此应知:作成水团后,以口携带甘蔗渣等物,弃于水中,允许。”显示巴利原文
Bhikkhuvibhaṅge pana sekhiyavaṇṇanāyaṃ (pāci. aṭṭha. 651) ‘‘asañciccāti paṭicchannaṭṭhānaṃ gacchantassa sahasā uccāro vā passāvo vā nikkhamati, asañciccakato nāma, anāpatti. Na hariteti ettha yampi jīvarukkhassa mūlaṃ pathaviyaṃ dissamānaṃ gacchati, sākhā vā bhūmilaggā gacchati, sabbaṃ haritasaṅkhātameva, khandhe nisīditvā appaharitaṭṭhāne pātetuṃ vaṭṭati. Appaharitaṭṭhānaṃ olokentasseva sahasā nikkhamati, gilānaṭṭhāne ṭhito hoti, vaṭṭati. Appaharite katoti appaharitaṃ alabhantena tiṇaṇḍupakaṃ vā palālaṇḍupakaṃ vā ṭhapetvā katopi pacchā haritaṃ ottharati, vaṭṭatiyeva. ‘Kheḷena cettha siṅghāṇikāpi saṅgahitā’ti mahāpaccariyaṃ vuttaṃ. Na udaketi etaṃ paribhogaudakameva sandhāya vuttaṃ. Vaccakuṭisamauddādiudakesu pana aparibhogesu anāpatti. Deve vassante samantato udakogho hoti, anudakaṭṭhānaṃ olokentasseva nikkhamati, vaṭṭati. Mahāpaccariyaṃ vuttaṃ etādise kāle anudakaṭṭhānaṃ alabhantena kātuṃ vaṭṭatī’’ti vuttaṃ. Tassaṃ vaṇṇanāyaṃ vimativinodaniyañca (vi. vi. ṭī. pācittiya 2.652) ‘‘kheḷena cettha siṅghāṇikāpi saṅgahitāti ettha udakagaṇḍusakaṃ katvā ucchukacavarādiñca mukheneva harituṃ udakesu chaḍḍetuṃ vaṭṭatīti daṭṭhabba’’nti vuttaṃ.
在此处,智者应当审察:注疏中说“但在厕所、海洋等非受用水中,无罪”,既然如此,在河流、自然湖泊等水中,是有罪还是无罪呢?对此,若认为“海洋等”中的“等”字也包含了河流、自然湖泊,因而无罪,不应作此解。因为,倘若“海洋等”中的“等”字也包含了河流、自然湖泊,那么复注师便应当明确说出,但并未说出。而且,注疏中本可以只说“在厕所、海洋等水中”便止住,却并非如此,而是加上了“非受用”这一有理据的限定词。由此可知:“‘等’字仅收摄了非受用的污水坑等水,以及非受用的河流、自然湖泊等水。”因此,厕所、海洋等水,因“非受用”故,成为无罪;而河流、自然湖泊等水,因是“受用”故,成为有罪。然而,如何得知此“非受用”一词是有理据的呢?从道理与传承两方面得知。如何从道理得知?因为“厕所、海洋等水,有是受用者,亦有非受用者”,存在不确定性;唯有存在不确定之处,限定词才有意义。如何从传承得知?因为佛授长老在《律决择》中说:“因他们非受用。”因此,以“等”字仅收摄了非受用水。正如《律决择复注》中所说:“‘在厕所、海洋等水中’,此中以‘等’字收摄一切非受用水,正因如此,才说‘他们非受用’作为理由。”显示巴利原文
Imasmiṃ ṭhāne paṇḍitehi vicāretabbaṃ atthi – ‘‘vaccakuṭisamuddādiudakesu pana aparibhogesu anāpattī’’ti aṭṭhakathāyaṃ vuttaṃ, evaṃ sante nadījātassarādīsu āpatti vā anāpatti vāti. Tattha samuddādīti ādi-saddena nadījātassarāpi saṅgahitāva, tasmā anāpattīti ce? Na cevaṃ daṭṭhabbaṃ. Yadi hi samuddādīti ettha ādi-saddena nadījātassarāpi saṅgahitā, evaṃ sati ṭīkācariyā vadeyyuṃ, na pana vadanti, aṭṭhakathāyañca ‘‘vaccakuṭisamuddādiudakesū’’ti ettakameva vadeyya, tathā pana avatvā ‘‘aparibhogesū’’ti hetumantavisesanapadampi gahitaṃ. Tena ñāyati ‘‘ādisaddena aparibhogāni candanikādiudakāni eva gahitāni, na paribhogāni nadījātassarādiudakānī’’ti. Tena ca vaccakuṭisamuddādiudakāni aparibhogattā anāpattikarāni honti, nadījātassarādiudakāni pana paribhogattā āpattikarānīti. Kathaṃ pana ‘‘aparibhogesū’’ti imassa padassa hetumantapadabhāvo jānitabboti? Yuttito āgamato ca. Kathaṃ yuttito? ‘‘Vaccakuṭisamuddādiudakāni paribhogānipi santi, aparibhogānipī’’ti abyabhicāriyabhāvato. Byabhicāre hi sambhave eva sati visesanaṃ sātthakaṃ siyā. Kathaṃ āgamato? Vuttañhetaṃ ācariyabuddhadattattherena vinayavinicchaye (vi. vi. 1954) ‘‘tesaṃ aparibhogattā’’ti. Tasmā ādi-saddena aparibhogāniyeva udakāni gahitāni, na paribhogāni. Vuttañhetaṃ vinayavinicchayaṭīkāyaṃ ‘‘vaccakuṭisamuddādiudakesūti ettha ādi-saddena sabbaṃ aparibhogajalaṃ saṅgayhati, teneva tesaṃ aparibhogattameva kāraṇamāhā’’ti, tasmā manussānaṃ paribhogesu nadījātassarataḷākapokkharaṇiyādiudakesu uccārapassāvādikaraṇaṃ na vaṭṭatīti jānitabbametaṃ. ‘‘Deve vassante samantato udakogho hoti, anudakaṭṭhānaṃ olokentasseva nikkhamati, vaṭṭati. Mahāpaccariyaṃ vuttaṃ etādise kāle anudakaṭṭhānaṃ alabhantena kātuṃ vaṭṭatīti vutta’’nti aṭṭhakathāyaṃ āgatattā mahantesu nadījātassarādīsu nāvādīhi gatakāle tādise kāraṇe sati ‘‘tīraṃ upanehī’’ti vatvā ‘‘upanetuṃ asakkuṇeyyaṭṭhāne udakepi kātuṃ vaṭṭati, anāpattī’’ti aṭṭhakathānulomato viññāyati, upaparikkhitvā gahetabbaṃ.
沐浴时摩擦树木等之论显示巴利原文
Nahānerukkhādighaṃsanakathā
21 二十一、沐浴时以树木等摩擦:此中“以八格形”,即八格板形,意为如同博戏板。“以摔跤根形”,即如痰盂底部的形状。然而在《疑惑消除》中说:“‘以八格形’,指博戏板上八格纹路的形状。‘以摔跤根形’,指痰盂底部形状。这是就持圆盘者而说。这是关于在尖刺上竖立圆盘瓦片的说法。‘以宽掌’,指不握拳,以张开的手掌进行背部按摩,称为宽掌按摩。正是就此而说手按摩。”而在《金刚智复注》中说:“‘宽掌应做之事即为宽掌业’。”显示巴利原文
21. Nahāne rukkhādighaṃsananti ettha aṭṭhapadākārenāti aṭṭhapadaphalakākārena, jūtaphalakasadisanti vuttaṃ hoti. Mallakamūlakasaṇṭhānenāti kheḷamallakamūlasaṇṭhānena. Vimativinodaniyaṃ (vi. vi. ṭī. cūḷavagga 2.243) pana ‘‘aṭṭhapadākārenāti jūtaphalake aṭṭhagabbharājiākārena. Mallakamūlasaṇṭhānenāti kheḷamallakamūlasaṇṭhānena. Idañca vaṭṭādhārakaṃ sandhāya vuttaṃ. Kaṇṭake uṭṭhāpetvā katavaṭṭakapālassetaṃ adhivacanaṃ. Puthupāṇikanti muṭṭhiṃ akatvā vikasitahatthatalehi piṭṭhiparikammaṃ vuccati. Etameva sandhāya hatthaparikamma’’nti vuttaṃ. Vajirabuddhiṭīkāyaṃ (vajira. ṭī. cūḷavagga 244) pana ‘‘puthupāṇinā kattabbaṃ kammaṃ puthupāṇikamma’’nti vuttaṃ.
如此,依巴利文次第显示沐浴中应作与不应作之后,现在说明在沐浴处沐浴的比丘们的沐浴规则,故说“然而,这里的沐浴规则是”等。其中,由于被看见会引起不信,且如同在家人的作为故应呵责,所以说“无论何处……乃至……不应下去”。在他人面前,因没有水衣而沐浴困难,因此说“然而,观察一切方向,知道隐蔽后”。即便如此,仍可能被树桩、灌木、藤蔓等遮蔽,故说“树桩……乃至……咳嗽后”。直立向上脱衣可能令人羞耻,所以“俯身……乃至……脱下”。然后说明系腰带及放置的方式,即“系腰带”等。其后,如果有水衣,应穿着它下去;如果没有,应如何做?针对这一诘问而说“若”等。其中,先前以“站立不应下去”遮止无惭的形相,此处则显示有惭的形相:在水边蹲下后脱下衣服。在不平处或平处铺展衣服时,可能带着它去往别处,故说“若在低处”等。显示巴利原文
Evaṃ pāḷianusāreneva nahāne kattabbākattabbaṃ dassetvā idāni nahānatitthe nahāyantānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ nahānavidhiṃ dassento ‘‘idaṃ panettha nahānavatta’’ntiādimāha. Tattha passantānaṃ appasādāvahanato, gihipurisānaṃ kammaṃ viyāti garahitabbabhāvato ca vuttaṃ ‘‘yattha vā tattha vā…pe… na otaritabba’’nti. Aññesu sammukhībhūtesu anudakasāṭakena nahāyituṃ dukkarattā ‘‘sabbadisā pana oloketvā vivittabhāvaṃ ñatvā’’ti vuttaṃ. Evampi khāṇugumbalatādīhi paṭicchannāpi hutvā tiṭṭheyyunti āha ‘‘khāṇu…pe… ukkāsitvā’’ti. Uddhaṃmukhena cīvarāpanayanaṃ harāyitabbaṃ siyāti vuttaṃ ‘‘avakujja…pe… apanetvā’’ti. Tato kāyabandhanaṭṭhapanavattamāha ‘‘kāyabandhana’’ntyādinā . Tato udakasāṭikāya sati taṃ nivāsetvā otaritabbaṃ siyā, tāya asatiyā kiṃ kātabbanti codanaṃ sandhāyāha ‘‘sace’’tiādi. Tattha pubbe ‘‘ṭhitakeneva na otaritabba’’nti ahirikākārassa paṭisiddhattā idha hirimantākāraṃ dasseti udakante ukkuṭikaṃ nisīditvā nivāsanaṃ mocetvāti. Uṇṇaṭṭhāne, samaṭṭhāne vā pasārite sati vā tena aññattha gaccheyyāti āha ‘‘sace ninnaṭṭhāna’’ntiādi.
针对“下去者应做什么?”的提问,而说“下去者应缓慢”等。其中,由于先前已禁止“不应快速下去”,所以随顺而说“缓慢”。去往过深处,会被水流、波浪、风等冲撞,身体可能摇摆;坐在过浅处,身体则不能遮蔽,因此说“下水至脐量后”。以自己手的动作等激起波浪并发出声音,可能成为轻浮的形相,因而说“不激起波浪、不作声而转回”。转回后应做什么?说“面向来处应潜入”,“成为面向”是余下的文句。现在显示如此做的结果,说“如是”等。其后,对“浮起者应做什么?”的提问,说“浮起者也”等。其余很容易了知。着衣后应站立。为何?因为水尚未从身体滴尽,所以应片刻以双手提起上衣衣角,置于前方而站立。随后知道身体已干,穿上衣服后随意而去。显示巴利原文
Otarantena kiṃ kātabbanti pucchaṃ sandhāya ‘‘otarantena saṇika’’ntyādi. Tattha pubbe ‘‘vegena na otaritabba’’nti paṭisiddhānurūpamāha ‘‘saṇika’’nti. Atigambhīraṃ gacchanto udakoghataraṅgavātādīhi paharanto calitakāyo siyā, atiuttāne nisīdanto appaṭicchannakāyo siyāti vuttaṃ ‘‘nābhippamāṇamattaṃ otaritvā’’ti. Attano hatthavikārādīhi vīciṃ uṭṭhāpento, saddañca karonto uddhaṭacapalabhāvo siyāti vuttaṃ ‘‘vīciṃ anuṭṭhapentena saddaṃ akarontena nivattitvā’’ti. Nivattitvā kiṃ kātabbanti āha āgatadisābhimukhena nimujjitabba’’nti, abhimukhena hutvāti pāṭhaseso. Idāni tapphalaṃ dassento ‘‘eva’’ntyādimāha. Tato ummujjantena kiṃ kātabbanti pucchāyamāha ‘‘ummujjantenapī’’tiādi. Sesaṃ suviññeyyameva. Cīvaraṃ pārupitvāva ṭhātabbaṃ, kasmāti ce? Na tāva kāyato udakaṃ otarati, tasmā thokaṃ kālaṃ uttarāsaṅgaṃ cīvaraṃ ubhohi hatthehi ante gahetvā purato katvā ṭhātabbaṃ. Tato kāyassa sukkhabhāvaṃ ñatvā cīvaraṃ pārupitvā yathāruci gantabbanti.
22 第二十二、沙粒等论中,《义灯论》说:“‘珍珠垂饰等’,以‘等’字涵盖耳环等。‘垂饰线’者,谓如祭祀所积形状的垂饰线。”然在《疑惑消除》中说:“‘珍珠垂饰等’,以‘等’字涵盖耳环等。‘垂饰线’者,谓婆罗门祭祀所积线等形状。‘手镯’者,即手足所戴之镯。”然在《金刚智复注》中记载:“从耳间挂下的珍珠垂饰等、耳环等,如此书写。‘臂钏’为巴利语读法。‘臂钏等’则是师长所引述。”显示巴利原文
22. Valikādikathāyaṃ ‘‘muttolambakādīnanti ādi-saddena kuṇḍalādiṃ saṅgaṇhāti. Palambakasuttanti yaññopacitākārena olambakasutta’’nti sāratthadīpaniyaṃ (sārattha. ṭī. cūḷavagga 3.245). Vimativinodaniyaṃ (vi. vi. ṭī. cūḷavagga 2.245) pana ‘‘muttolambakādīnanti ādi-saddena kuṇḍalādiṃ saṅgaṇhāti. Palambakasuttanti brāhmaṇānaṃ yaññopacitasuttādiākāraṃ vuccati. Valayanti hatthapādavalaya’’nti vuttaṃ. Vajirabuddhiṭīkāyaṃ (vajira. ṭī. cūḷavagga 245) pana ‘‘kaṇṇato nikkhantamuttolambakādīnaṃ kuṇḍalādīnanti likhitaṃ. ‘Kāyūra’nti pāḷipāṭho. ‘Keyūrādīnī’ti ācariyenuddhaṭa’’nti vuttaṃ.
23 第二十三、长发论中,《义理阐明》未作任何解释。《疑惑消除》中则说:“‘二指’,是业格复数,意为不可超过二指之量。在此,有人说:即使并不知晓已超过二月或二指,但由于计算须发的缘故,仍有无心罪。‘以刷’,指用绑缚的须芒草、香根草等将其压平剪断而取刷之。‘以胶’,指用混有石胶之油。‘热恼尘头者’,指为热恼、尘垢所覆的头。‘以湿手’,指用湿润之手。”作如是说。显示巴利原文
23. Dīghakesakathāyaṃ sāratthadīpaniyaṃ na kiñci vuttaṃ. Vimativinodaniyaṃ (vi. vi. ṭī. cūḷavagga 2.246) pana ‘‘dvaṅguleti upayogabahuvacanaṃ, dvaṅgulappamāṇaṃ atikkāmetuṃ na vaṭṭatīti attho. Ettha ca dumāsassa vā dvaṅgulassa vā atikkantabhāvaṃ ajānantassapi kesamassugaṇanāya acittakāpattiyo hontīti vadanti. Kocchenāti usīrahīrādīni bandhitvā samakaṃ chinditvā gahitakocchena. Cikkalenāti silesayuttatelena. Uṇhābhitattarajasirānampīti uṇhābhitattānaṃ rajokiṇṇasirānaṃ. Addahatthenāti allahatthenā’’ti vuttaṃ.
然而,在以上经文中:“那时,六群比丘令人修剪胡须,令人蓄长胡须,令人剃成牛毛式胡须,令人修剪成四方形,令人修剪成绕嘴胡须,令人剃成半月形,令人保留髭须,令人收拢密处之毛。众人非难、呵责并传布道:‘犹如在家受用欲乐者。’比丘们将此事禀告世尊。‘诸比丘,不得令人修剪胡须,不得令人蓄长胡须,不得令人剃成牛毛式胡须,不得令人修剪成四方形,不得令人修剪成绕嘴胡须,不得令人剃成半月形,不得令人保留髭须,不得令人收拢密处之毛。若收拢者,犯恶作罪。’”如此宣说。注疏中也说:“‘令人修剪胡须’,指用剪刀令修剪。‘令人蓄长胡须’,指令胡须增长。‘牛毛胡须’,指在颔下蓄留长而垂的山羊须,如此称呼。‘四方形’,即四个角。‘绕嘴’,指收拢腹部的毛发。‘半月’,指保留腹部一排毛发。‘犯恶作’,在修剪胡须等一切处,皆犯恶作罪。”作如是说。显示巴利原文
Upari pana pāḷiyaṃ (cūḷava. 275) ‘‘tena kho pana samayena chabbaggiyā bhikkhū massuṃ kappāpenti. Massuṃ vaḍḍhāpenti. Golomikaṃ kārāpenti. Caturassakaṃ kārāpenti. Parimukhaṃ kārāpenti. Aḍḍhadukaṃ kārāpenti. Dāṭhikaṃ ṭhapenti. Sambādhe lomaṃ saṃharāpenti. Manussā ujjhāyanti khīyanti vipācenti ‘seyyathāpi gihī kāmabhogino’ti . Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ – na, bhikkhave, massu kappāpetabbaṃ. Na massu vaḍḍhāpetabbaṃ. Na golomikaṃ kārāpetabbaṃ. Na caturassakaṃ kārāpetabbaṃ. Na parimukhaṃ kārāpetabbaṃ. Na aḍḍhadukaṃ kārāpetabbaṃ. Na dāṭhikā ṭhapetabbā. Na sambādhe lomaṃ saṃharāpetabbaṃ, yo saṃharāpeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassā’’ti āgataṃ. Aṭṭhakathāyampi (cūḷava. aṭṭha. 275) ‘‘massuṃ kappāpentīti kattariyā massuṃ chedāpenti. Massuṃ vaḍḍhāpentīti massuṃ dīghaṃ kārenti. Golomikanti hanukamhi dīghaṃ katvā ṭhapitaṃ eḷakamassu vuccati. Caturassakanti catukoṇaṃ. Parimukhanti udare lomasaṃharaṇaṃ. Aḍḍhadukanti udare lomarājiṭṭhapanaṃ. Āpatti dukkaṭassāti massukappāpanādīsu sabbattha āpatti dukkaṭassā’’ti vuttaṃ.
又于经文中提及:「尔时,诸比丘用碎石或蜜蜡拔除鼻毛,导致鼻痛。(世尊说:)诸比丘,我允许使用镊子。尔时,六群比丘令人拔除白发。众人讥嫌、呵责、议论说:『如同在家受用欲乐者。』诸比丘便将此事告诉世尊。(世尊说:)诸比丘,不得令人拔除白发,若令拔者,犯恶作罪。」注疏中说:「用碎石等拔除鼻毛本无犯,但为防护(鼻痛)故,允许用镊子。」「所谓『诸比丘,不得令人拔除白发』,即于眉间、额上或小须等处生起、丑陋而竖立之毛,无论白与不白,若令人拔除,即犯。」如是说。显示巴利原文
Puna pāḷiyaṃ (cūḷava. 275) ‘‘tena kho pana samayena bhikkhū sakkharikāyapi madhusitthakenapi nāsikālomaṃ gāhāpenti, nāsikā dukkhā honti. Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, saṇḍāsanti. Tena kho pana samayena chabbaggiyā bhikkhū palitaṃ gāhāpenti. Manussā ujjhāyanti khīyanti vipācenti ‘seyyathāpi gihī kāmabhogino’ti. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ – na, bhikkhave, palitaṃ gāhāpetabbaṃ, yo gāhāpeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassā’’ti āgataṃ. ‘‘Sakkharādīhi nāsikālomaggāhāpane āpatti natthi, anurakkhaṇatthaṃ pana saṇḍāso anuññāto’’ti aṭṭhakathāyaṃ vuttaṃ. ‘‘Na, bhikkhave, palitaṃ gāhāpetabbanti ettha bhamukāya vā nalāṭe vā dāṭhikāya vā uggantvā bībhacchaṃ ṭhitaṃ, tādisaṃ lomaṃ palitaṃ vā apalitaṃ vā gāhāpetuṃ vaṭṭatī’’ti ca vuttaṃ.
24 二十四、镜等论中:镜,是指那些爱好装饰之人为了观看自己面容影像,而以青铜、铜等制成的特殊器物。水钵,即置水用的钵、盘等类容器。所谓「青铜钵等」,是指并非作为镜来使用、以其本身洁净而能照物的器物。以「等」字包含了金、银、云母片等。「酱等」之处,以「等」字包含了液体性质的油、蜜、乳等。「因病缘」,是指因自己脸上生起的疮。所以有「我脸上是否有疮」等说。「寿行」,即寿命之行。什么?自体,就是此寿行。观察者是以何相来观察的呢?便在问中说「我老了吗?」等。其含义是:我的自体衰老了没有,或者不衰老,如此以作意、以业处之要而观察则可。如果进而想「我的自体美丽与否」,以此自爱之力来观察则不可。显示巴利原文
24. Ādāsādikathāyaṃ ādāso nāma maṇḍanapakatikānaṃ manussānaṃ attano mukhacchāyādassanatthaṃ kaṃsalohādīhi kato bhaṇḍaviseso. Udakapatto nāma udakaṭṭhapanako pātisarāvādiko bhājanaviseso. Kaṃsapattādīnīti ādāsabhāvena akatāni parisuddhabhāvena ālokakarāni vatthūni. Ādi-saddena suvaṇṇarajatajātiphalikādayo saṅgaṇhāti, kañjiyādīnīti ettha ādi-saddena dravajātikāni telamadhukhīrādīni. Ābādhapaccayāti attano mukhe uppannavaṇapaccayā. Tenāha ‘‘sañchavi nu kho me vaṇo’’tiādi. Āyuṃ saṅkharotīti āyusaṅkhāro. Ko so? Attabhāvo, taṃ āyusaṅkhāraṃ, taṃ olokento kenākārena olokeyyāti pucchāyamāha ‘‘jiṇṇo nu khomhi noti eva’’nti. Tassattho – mama attabhāvo jiṇṇo nu kho vā, no jiṇṇo nu kho vāti evaṃ iminā manasikārena kammaṭṭhānasīsena oloketuṃ vaṭṭati. ‘‘Sobhati nu kho me attabhāvo, no vā’’ti evaṃ pavattena attasinehavasena oloketuṃ na vaṭṭatīti.
「不得涂面」,即不得用能使面容肤色变得明净的面部涂料来涂面。「不得按摩」,即不得以种种按摩法来按摩。「不得施粉」,即不得用面粉来涂抹。「不得以雌黄涂面」,即不得用雌黄作点额等装饰。不仅是雌黄,雄黄等亦不得使用。涂香等则显而易见。显示巴利原文
Na mukhaṃ ālimpitabbanti vippasannachavivaṇṇakarehi mukhalepanehi na limpitabbaṃ. Na ummadditabbanti nānāummaddanehi na ummadditabbaṃ. Na cuṇṇetabbanti mukhacuṇṇakena na makkhetabbaṃ. Na manosilikāya mukhaṃ lañjetabbanti manosilāya tilakādilañjanāni na kātabbāni . Na kevalaṃ manosilāyameva, haritālādīhipi tāni na vaṭṭantiyeva. Aṅgarāgādayo pākaṭāyeva.
25 二十五、在歌舞等论题中,《义理阐明》说:「『善歌』是指与无常等相关的歌。『以四方声』是指以圆满的发声声调。波浪声等的发声方式,是已失传的技艺。」《除疑》中也说:「『善歌』是指与无常等相连的歌。『以四方声』是指以圆满的发声声调。为显示波浪声等一切的总相,而说『一切……乃至……相』。以若干音节令字句圆满,若超过此而附加音节来说,则称为变异说;不如是行,但如理而说,即是相,这是它的含义。」而《金刚智疏》中说:「『善歌』是指于般涅槃处所唱之歌,如此记载。『齿间歌』是想歌唱者所作的口腔动作。为阐明齿间歌,而说『我们将唱』等。『四方声』是指四句偈的声调。『波浪声等的发声方式,是已失传的技艺』,如此记载。」显示巴利原文
25. Naccādikathāyaṃ ‘‘sādhugītanti aniccatādipaṭisaṃyuttagītaṃ. Caturassena vattenāti paripuṇṇena uccāraṇavattena. Taraṅgavattādīnaṃ uccāraṇavidhānāni naṭṭhappayogānī’’ti sāratthadīpaniyaṃ (sārattha. ṭī. cūḷavagga 3.248-249) vuttaṃ, vimativinodaniyampi (vi. vi. ṭī. cūḷavagga 2.248-249) ‘‘sādhugītanti aniccatādipaṭisaññuttaṃ gītaṃ. Caturassena vattenāti paripuṇṇena uccāraṇavattena. Taraṅgavattādīnaṃ sabbesaṃ sāmaññalakkhaṇaṃ dassetuṃ ‘sabbesaṃ…pe… lakkhaṇa’nti vuttaṃ. Yattakāhi mattāhi akkharaṃ paripuṇṇaṃ hoti, tatopi adhikamattāyuttaṃ katvā kathanaṃ vikārakathanaṃ nāma, tathā akatvā kathanameva lakkhaṇanti attho’’ti vuttaṃ. Vajirabuddhiṭīkāyaṃ (vajira. ṭī. cūḷavagga 248-249) pana ‘‘sādhugītaṃ nāma parinibbutaṭṭhāne gītanti likhitaṃ. Dantagītaṃ gāyitukāmānaṃ vākkaraṇīyaṃ. Dantagītassa vibhāvanatthaṃ ‘yaṃ gāyissāmā’tiādimāha. Caturassavattaṃ nāma catupādagāthāvattaṃ. ‘Taraṅgavattādīni uccāraṇavidhānāni naṭṭhappayogānī’ti likhita’’nti vuttaṃ.
断肢等之论显示巴利原文
Aṅgacchedādikathā
26 二十六、在截断肢体等论题中,注释书说:「截断自己男根者,犯偷兰遮;截断他人者,犯恶作;因病缘而截断者,无罪。」《除疑》中说:「『男根』指不含精子的男性特征。因为据说若截断精子,便称为因手术所致的般哒咖,成为不能者。然而另有人说:截断精子的刹那仅犯恶作;随后男根等渐渐消失,方名般哒咖,成为不能者,那时应以失去标志之名予以灭摈。『或令生起如是之苦者』,是指以拳击等方式使自己产生痛苦的人。」显示巴利原文
26. Aṅgacchedādikathāyaṃ ‘‘attano aṅgajātaṃ chindantasseva thullaccayaṃ, tato aññaṃ chindantassa dukkaṭaṃ, ābādhapaccayā chindantassa anāpattī’’ti aṭṭhakathāyaṃ vuttaṃ. Vimativinodaniyaṃ (vi. vi. ṭī. cūḷavagga 2.251) pana ‘‘aṅgajātanti bījavirahitaṃ purisanimittaṃ. Bīje hi chinne opakkamikapaṇḍako nāma abhabbo hotīti vadanti. Eke pana ‘bījassapi chedanakkhaṇe dukkaṭāpatti eva, kamena purisindriyādike antarahite paṇḍako nāma abhabbo hoti, tadā liṅganāsanāya nāsetabbo’ti vadanti. Tādisaṃ vā dukkhaṃ uppādentassāti muṭṭhippahārādīhi attano dukkhaṃ uppādentassā’’ti vuttaṃ.
28 二十八、在关于钵之论题中,《义理阐明》说:「『地承』是指环状承托。『木承、杖承』是指以一木所作之承托,或以多根细杖所作之承托。然而以三根杖所作者,则不适宜。至于『翻置于地,仅放一个』之处,有人说:『放两个者,可将上面所放之钵令其一侧触地而置。』『门廊、窗台等』是指门廊、窗台等。『翻转后即立于彼处』,此处《结集词句》中说:『翻转后,至第三次即立于窗台处。』『围边』,此处所谓围边,是指为令房屋外墙脚稳固所作之薄窗台。『薄窗台』是指小窗台。也可于窗台端处之承托上置钵。因为世尊说『比丘们,我允许承托』,故于窗台等任何处安置承托后,即可将钵置于其上,因为安置承托之处所不加限定,有人如此说。《结集词句》中说:『所谓钵围,是为防钵滚动,以砖等砌成圆形或方形而作。』『钩扣』是指连接于上方之闩锁。『可暂时受用』,其意趣为:仅取一次,以之受用食物后,即可舍弃。『钩扣盆』是指器皿之盖。经文中『不生长』,此处『生』是增长;『不生』是不增长。然而那位女子因恐惧而说『不生长』,意为『我将毁灭』。『死人头骨之钵』是指以死人头骨所成之钵。此为就本来性质变化之关系而用所有格。或者也可依其附属之习惯用语,如『石子之身体』等说法。『嚼食后』是指咀嚼食用之后。『取一口水』是指以左手端起钵,以口取一口水。『不净之手』是指带有食物之手。『至此程度』是指仅取一口之程度。『挑出』是指从中取出肉来。『于此一切事项中,无论知道或不知道制戒,皆犯。』」显示巴利原文
28. Pattakathāyaṃ ‘‘bhūmiādhāraketi valayādhārake. Dāruādhārakadaṇḍādhārakesūti ekadārunā kataādhārake, bahūhi daṇḍakehi kataādhārake vāti attho . Tīhi daṇḍehi kato pana na vaṭṭati. Bhūmiyaṃ pana nikkujjitvā ekameva ṭhapetabbanti ettha ‘dve ṭhapentena upari ṭhapitapattaṃ ekena passena bhūmiyaṃ phusāpetvā ṭhapetuṃ vaṭṭatī’ti vadanti. Ālindakamiḍḍhikādīnanti pamukhamiḍḍhikādīnaṃ. Parivattetvā tattheva patiṭṭhātīti ettha ‘parivattetvā tatiyavāre tattheva miḍḍhiyā patiṭṭhātī’ti gaṇṭhipadesu vuttaṃ. Paribhaṇḍanteti ettha paribhaṇḍaṃ nāma gehassa bahikuṭṭapādassa thirabhāvatthaṃ katā tanukamiḍḍhikā vuccati. Tanukamiḍḍhikāyāti khuddakamiḍḍhikāya. Miḍḍhantepi ādhārake ṭhapetuṃ vaṭṭati. ‘Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, ādhāraka’nti hi vacanato miḍḍhādīsu yattha katthaci ādhārakaṃ ṭhapetvā tattha pattaṃ ṭhapetuṃ vaṭṭati ādhārake ṭhapanokāsassa aniyamitattāti vadanti. ‘Pattamāḷo nāma vaṭṭetvā pattānaṃ agamanatthaṃ vaṭṭaṃ vā caturassaṃ vā iṭṭhakādīhi parikkhipitvā kato’ti gaṇṭhipadesu vuttaṃ. Ghaṭikanti upari yojitaṃ aggaḷaṃ. Tāvakālikaṃ paribhuñjituṃ vaṭṭatīti sakideva gahetvā tena āmisaṃ paribhuñjitvā chaḍḍetuṃ vaṭṭatīti adhippāyo. Ghaṭikaṭāheti bhājanakapāle. Pāḷiyaṃ abhuṃ meti ettha bhavatīti bhū, vaḍḍhi. Na bhūti abhū, avaḍḍhi. Bhayavasena pana sā itthī ‘abhu’nti āha, vināso mayhanti attho. Chavasīsassa pattanti chavasīsamayaṃ pattaṃ. Pakativikārasambandhe cetaṃ sāmivacanaṃ. Abhedepi vā tadupacāravasenevāyaṃ vohāro ‘silāputtakassa sarīra’ntiādīsu viya. Cabbetvāti khāditvā. Ekaṃ udakagaṇḍusaṃ gahetvāti vāmahattheneva pattaṃ ukkhipitvā mukhena gaṇḍusaṃ gahetvā. Ucchiṭṭhahatthenāti sāmisena hatthena. Ettāvatāti ekagaṇḍusaṃ gahaṇamattena. Luñcitvāti tato maṃsaṃ uddharitvā. Etesu sabbesu paṇṇattiṃ jānātu vā, mā vā, āpattiyevā’’ti sāratthadīpaniyaṃ (sārattha. ṭī. cūḷavagga 3.253-255) vuttaṃ.
《除疑》中说:“在家人的嚼食”,是指在家人的所有物。律文中“未被触碰”,即未被接触。“充斥形象”,即充满女人形象等。“地承”,是以牙等制成的环状承托。由于此环状承托的适宜性,钵置其上不会翻转,故说“可置三钵”。从低矮的角度来说,这称为“地承”。“木承、杖承”,即用一根木头所作的承托,以及用多根细杖所作的承托;这两种较高,钵放上易倾倒,所以说“须善加安置”。“如钻头之尖端”,是指如同插入风箱等物时钻头尖端所刻划之处那样。这样狭窄的木承,即使把钵放上去,钵也会倒下,所以说“无处可放”。“门廊窗格等”,指门廊和窗格等,意思是高台之物。“在外侧”,指楼阁等建筑的外墙处。“细窗格”,即围栏。然而一切地方都可以放在离手一臂范围之内;若有承托,则放在此范围之外也可以。“以其他器物”,是指以其他用于承载的器物。既然已经说了“绑缚后悬挂”,因此把装钵的袋子绑在肩上,设法使它不从挂处滑落,这样以任何方式绑缚后放置都可以。“绑缚后亦不可置于上方”,这是因为怕有人坐上去会压坏钵而说的。“可置于彼处”,则是因为没有坐上去的顾虑而说的。显示巴利原文
Vimativinodaniyaṃ (vi. vi. ṭī. cūḷavagga 2.252) pana ‘‘gihivikaṭānīti gihisantakāni. Pāḷiyaṃ na acchupiyantīti na phussitāni honti. Rūpakākiṇṇāni itthirūpādiākiṇṇāni. Bhūmiādhāraketi dantādīhi kate valayādhārake. Etassa valayādhārakassa anucchavitāya ṭhapitā pattā na parivattantīti ‘tayo patte ṭhapetuṃ vaṭṭatī’ti vuttaṃ. Anuccatañhi sandhāya ayaṃ ‘bhūmiādhārako’ti vutto. Dāruādhārakadaṇḍādhārakesūti ekadārunā kataādhārake ca bahūhi daṇḍakehi kataādhārake ca, ete ca uccatarā honti pattehi saha patanasabhāvā, tena ‘susajjitesū’ti vuttaṃ. Bhamakoṭisadisenāti yattha dhamakaraṇādiṃ pavesetvā likhanti, tassa bhamakassa koṭiyā sadiso. Tādisassa dāruādhārakassa avitthiṇṇatāya ṭhapitopi patto patatīti ‘anokāso’ti vutto. Ālindakamiḍḍhikādīnanti pamukhamiḍḍhikādīnaṃ, uccavatthukānanti attho. Bāhirapasseti pāsādādīnaṃ bahikuṭṭe. Tanukamiḍḍhikāyāti vedikāya. Sabbattha pana hatthappamāṇato abbhantare ṭhapetuṃ vaṭṭati, ādhārake pana tato bahipi vaṭṭati. Aññena pana bhaṇḍakenāti aññena bhārabhaṇḍena bhaṇḍakena. ‘Bandhitvā olambitu’nti ca vuttattā pattatthavikāya aṃsabaddhako yathā laggitaṭṭhānato na parigaḷati, tathā sabbathāpi bandhitvā ṭhapetuṃ vaṭṭati. Bandhitvāpi upari ṭhapetuṃ na vaṭṭatīti ‘upari nisīdantā ottharitvā bhindantī’ti vuttaṃ. Tattha ṭhapetuṃ vaṭṭatīti nisīdanasaṅkābhāvato vuttaṃ. Bandhitvā vāti bandhitvā ṭhapitachatte vā. Yo kocīti bhattapūropi tucchapattopi. Pariharitunti divase divase piṇḍāya caraṇatthāya ṭhapetuṃ. Pattaṃ alabhantena pana ekadivasaṃ piṇḍāya caritvā bhuñjitvā chaḍḍetuṃ vaṭṭati. Paṇṇapuṭādīsupi eseva nayo. Chavasīsassapattoti chavasīsamayo patto, pakativikārasambandhe cetaṃ sāmivacanaṃ. Cabbetvāti niṭṭhubhitvā. ‘Paṭiggahaṃ katvā’ti vuttattā ucchiṭṭhahatthena udakaṃ gahetvā pattaṃ paripphositvā dhovanaghaṃsanavasena hatthaṃ dhovituṃ vaṭṭati. Ettakena hi pattaṃ paṭiggahaṃ katvā hattho dhovito nāma na hoti. Ekaṃ udakagaṇḍusaṃ gahetvāti pattaṃ aphusitvā tattha udakameva ucchiṭṭhahatthena ukkhipitvā gaṇḍusaṃ katvā, vāmahattheneva vā pattaṃ ukkhipitvā mukhena gaṇḍusaṃ gahetumpi vaṭṭati. Bahi udakena vikkhāletvāti dvīsu aṅgulīsu āmisamattaṃ vikkhāletvā bahi gahetumpi vaṭṭati. Paṭikhāditukāmoti ettha sayaṃ na khāditukāmopi aññesaṃ khādanārahaṃ ṭhapetuṃ labhati. Tattheva katvāti patteyeva yathāṭhapitaṭṭhānato anuddharitvā. Luñcitvāti tato maṃsameva niravasesaṃ uppaṭṭetvā’’ti vuttaṃ.
《跋耆族罗菩提疏》中则云:『“门廊窗格等”者,即门廊窗格等也。“翻转后即于彼处”,此处写道:“翻转后,至第三次即立于窗格之处。”所谓“围边”,乃指为令房屋外墙脚稳固所作之细小窗格;此处写道:“翻转后钵会破碎,故无破碎之忧之处可置放。”“钵围”乃为防钵倒落,以砖等砌成圆形或方形,以顶盖覆盖而作者。又写道:“钵圆垫、钵篓,以黑叶等所作。”可将钵置于窗格端之承托上,乃因以盛放钵为目的而说之故。床座上之承托亦不可用,乃因以坐而禁止之故。因为近地,故可悬挂。“‘挂于肩峰’之说,故有人说:挂于高举之手,置于腋下不可”,此说不善。“不仅是他的钵”等语,乃因若对手持之钵生破损想,更何况以身体其他部位,如是而说。然经文乃就习惯上多种说法而言。“钩扣盆”乃钩扣之盆也。“死人头骨之钵”,乃依“石子之身体、乳之流”等习惯用语而说,意为“前来坐于床座者”。“比萨吉里咖”,亦有人说即恶魔之孩童。“所给予者,已受取者”。“嚼食后”者,咀嚼后也。“骨刺”者,骨与刺也。“于此一切事项中,无论知道或不知道制戒,罪犯皆成”,如是所写。』如是所说。显示巴利原文
Vajirabuddhiṭīkāyaṃ (vajira. ṭī. cūḷavagga 254) pana ‘‘ālindakamiḍḍhikādīnanti pamukhamiḍḍhikādīnaṃ. Parivattetvā tatthevāti ettha ‘parivattetvā tatiyavāre tattheva miḍḍhikāya patiṭṭhātī’ti likhitaṃ. Paribhaṇḍaṃ nāma gehassa bahikuṭṭapādassa thirabhāvatthaṃ katā tanukamiḍḍhikā vuccati, ettha ‘parivattetvā patto bhijjatīti adhikaraṇabhedāsaṅkāraabhāve ṭhāne ṭhapetuṃ vaṭṭatī’ti likhitaṃ. Pattamāḷo vattetvā pattānaṃ apatanatthaṃ vaṭṭaṃ vā caturassaṃ vā iṭṭhakādīhi parikkhipitvā māḷakacchannena kato. ‘Pattamaṇḍalikā pattapacchikā kālapaṇṇādīhi katā’ti ca likhitaṃ. Miḍḍhante ādhārake ṭhapetuṃ vaṭṭati pattasandhāraṇatthaṃ vuttattā. Mañce ādhārakepi na vaṭṭati nisīdanapaccayā vāritattā. Āsannabhūmikattā olambetuṃ vaṭṭati. ‘Aṃsakūṭe laggetvāti (cūḷava. aṭṭha. 254) vacanato aggahatthe laggetvā aṅke ṭhapetuṃ na vaṭṭatī’ti keci vadanti, na sundaraṃ. Na kevalaṃ yassa pattotiādi yadi hatthena gahitapatte bhedasaññā, pageva aññena sarīrāvayavenāti katvā vuttaṃ. Pāḷiyaṃ pana pacuravohāravasena vuttaṃ. Ghaṭikapālamayaṃ ghaṭikaṭāhaṃ. Chavasīsassa pattanti ‘silāputtakassa sarīraṃ, khīrassa dhārā’tiādivohāravasena vuttaṃ, mañce nisīdituṃ āgatoti attho. Pisācillikāti pisācadārakātipi vadanti. Dinnakameva paṭiggahitameva. Cabbetvāti khāditvā. Aṭṭhīni ca kaṇṭakāni ca aṭṭhikaṇṭakāni. Etesu sabbesu paṇṇattiṃ jānātu vā, mā vā, āpattiyevāti likhita’’nti vuttaṃ.
一切粪扫衣等之论显示巴利原文
Sabbapaṃsukūlādikathā
29 29. 在关于一切尘堆衣等之论述中:“如尘土一般以被厌弃之状流转”,故名“尘堆衣”;“一切皆属此人之物”,故名“一切尘堆衣者”,意为习惯于将钵、袈裟等一切沙门资具皆以尘堆衣而受持之人。为回答“沙门资具中,何者可作为尘堆衣而受持?”此问,故云:“此处,袈裟与床座可作尘堆衣。”其中,袈裟既依律又依头陀支受持而可行,床座则仅依律而可行。为回答“何者不可作为尘堆衣?”故云:“应吞咽之物,则唯应取所给予者”,而非未给予之物,故其意趣为:尘堆衣不可行。此处,以“应吞咽之”一语,就以托钵所得及病缘所需之医药两种缘由,同时显示两种资具。显示巴利原文
29. Sabbapaṃsukūlādikathāyaṃ paṃsu viya kucchitabhāvena ulati pavattatīti paṃsukūlaṃ, sabbaṃ taṃ etassāti sabbapaṃsukūliko, pattacīvarādikaṃ sabbaṃ samaṇaparikkhāraṃ paṃsukūlaṃyeva katvā dhāraṇasīloti attho. Samaṇaparikkhāresu katamaṃ paṃsukūlaṃ katvā dhāretuṃ vaṭṭatīti pucchaṃ sandhāyāha ‘‘ettha pana cīvarañca mañcapīṭhañca paṃsukūlaṃ vaṭṭatī’’ti. Tattha ca cīvaraṃ vinayavasena ca dhutaṅgasamādānavasena ca vaṭṭati, mañcapīṭhaṃ vinayavaseneva. Katamaṃ paṃsukūlaṃ na vaṭṭatīti āha ‘‘ajjhoharaṇīyaṃ pana dinnameva gahetabba’’nti, na adinnaṃ, tasmā paṃsukūlaṃ na vaṭṭatīti adhippāyo. Ettha ca ‘‘ajjhoharaṇīya’’nti vacanena piṇḍapātagilānapaccayabhesajjapaakkhāravasena ubhopi paccaye dasseti.
滤水器之论显示巴利原文
Parissāvanakathā
30 30. 在滤水器的论述中:「旅途」以最终划分而言,是指长达半由旬的路程。行此路程而不携带滤水器的比丘,即便被另一位没有滤水器的比丘请求,也不应给予(水),不给予则犯戒。经中说:「诸比丘,我允许滤水器。」允许之后又说:「布不够用,诸比丘将此事告知世尊——诸比丘,我允许竹滤水器。」由此可知,竹滤水器比普通滤水器更小。普通滤水器的制法在注疏中并未说明,而竹滤水器的制法,注疏中说:「所谓竹滤水器,是系在三根细杖上做成的。」说了竹滤水器之后,又说:「布不够用,诸比丘将此事告知世尊——诸比丘,我允许压水器。」由此可知,压水器比竹滤水器更小。压水器的制法,在下面关于器具的论述中已说明。经中说:「诸比丘进行新建工程时,滤水器不够用,诸比丘将此事告知世尊——诸比丘,我允许杖滤水器。」由此可知,杖滤水器比普通滤水器更大。经中又说:「杖滤水器不够用,诸比丘将此事告知世尊——诸比丘,我允许铺展滤器。」由此可知,铺展滤器比显示巴利原文
30. Parissāvanakathāyaṃ addhānamaggo nāma sabbantimaparicchedena aḍḍhayojanappamāṇo, tattakaṃ maggaṃ parissāvanaṃ aggahetvā gacchantopi aññena aparissāvanakena bhikkhunā yāciyamāno hutvā adentopi na vaṭṭati, āpattiyeva. ‘‘Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, parissāvana’’nti anujānitvā ‘‘coḷakaṃ nappahoti. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ – anujānāmi , bhikkhave, kaṭacchuparissāvana’’nti (cūḷava. 258) vuttattā pakatiparissāvanato kaṭacchuparissāvanaṃ khuddakanti viññāyati. Pakatiparissāvanassa vidhānaṃ aṭṭhakathāyaṃ na vuttaṃ, kaṭacchuparissāvanassa pana vidhānaṃ ‘‘kaṭacchuparissāvanaṃ nāma tīsu daṇḍakesu vinandhitvā kata’’nti (cūḷava. aṭṭha. 258) vuttaṃ. Kaṭacchuparissāvanaṃ vatvā puna ‘‘coḷakaṃ nappahoti. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ – anujānāmi, bhikkhave, dhamakaraṇa’’nti (cūḷava. 258) vuttattā kaṭacchuparissāvanatopi dhamakaraṇo khuddakataroti viññāyati. Dhamakaraṇassa vidhānaṃ heṭṭhā parikkhārakathāyaṃ vuttameva. ‘‘Bhikkhū navakammaṃ karonti, parissāvanaṃ na sammati. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ – anujānāmi, bhikkhave, daṇḍaparissāvana’’nti (cūḷava 259) vuttattā pakatiparissāvanatopi daṇḍaparissāvanaṃ mahantataranti viññāyati. ‘‘Daṇḍaparissāvanaṃ na sammati. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ – anujānāmi, bhikkhave, ottharaka’’nti (cūḷava. 259) vacanato daṇḍaparissāvanatopi ottharakaṃ mahantataranti viññāyati. Tesaṃ pana dvinnampi parissāvanānaṃ vidhānaṃ aṭṭhakathāyaṃ (cūḷava. aṭṭha. 259) āgatameva.
31 31. 在裸形的论述中,「不应以裸体礼敬裸体者」意为:裸体的新学比丘不应礼敬、不应礼拜裸体的长老比丘。何以故?世尊曾说:「诸比丘,不应以裸体礼敬裸体者,若礼敬者,犯恶作。」故依此理解,不应礼敬。然而此处,在 abhivādana(礼敬)、thuti(赞叹)等词中,词根属于 curādi(第十变位)类,故有 ṇe-后缀,并非因为 hetvattha(因义)。显示巴利原文
31. Naggakathāyaṃ na naggena naggo abhivādetabboti naggena navakatarena bhikkhunā naggo vuḍḍhataro bhikkhu na abhivādetabbo na vanditabbo. Kasmā? ‘‘Na, bhikkhave, naggena naggo abhivādetabbo, yo abhivādeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassā’’ti (cūḷava. 261) bhagavatā vacanato na abhivādetabboti yojanā . Ettha pana vadi abhivādanathutīsūti dhātussa curādigaṇattā ṇe-paccayo hoti, na hetvatthattā.
对于不带业(不及物)的词根而言,它们在被动义中构成义务分词。
由有作业词根,于业处义中,显示应作义与能作义。」——
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Akammakehi dhātūhi, bhāve kiccā bhavanti te; Sakammakehi kammatthe, arahasakkatthadīpakā’’ti. –
从语法上说,于业处义中应视为tabba-后缀。然而,在「不应以裸体礼敬」一句中,唯应理解为「不应由裸体比丘礼敬」。然而,尊者!——显示巴利原文
Vacanato kammatthe tabba-paccayoti daṭṭhabbo. Na naggena abhivādetabbanti ettha tu naggena bhikkhunā na abhivādetabbanti ettakameva yojanā. Nanu ca bho –
「由无作业词根,于被动义中唯为中性;
以“彼”为词尾者,从所表业义而言,因该词根是及物词根,故为三性。——
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Kiccā dhātuhyakammehi, bhāveyeva napuṃsake; Tadantā pāyato kamme, sakammehi tiliṅgikā’’ti. –
从语词来看,由于此词根是及物的,应补出宾语,并应随顺宾语安立其性。既然如此,为何只做这样的配合呢?因为无欲说出宾语(业声)之故。已说——显示巴利原文
Vacanato, imissā ca dhātuyā sakammattā kammaṃ ajjhāharitabbaṃ, kammānurūpañca liṅgaṃ ṭhapetabbaṃ, atha kasmā ettakameva yojanā katāti? Kammavacanicchābhāvato. Vuttañhi –
“于无欲说出宾语(业声)时,从及物动词的词缀;
于被动句中亦然,犹如在家中,由提婆达多所烹煮。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Kammassāvacanicchāyaṃ, sakammākhyātapaccayā; Bhāvepi taṃ yathā gehe, devadattena paccate’’ti.
正如称为动词词缀的语尾,虽从及物动词词根生起,但因无表达业声之意图,故不表业而唯表被动义;同样地,义务词缀虽也从及物动词词根生起,但因无表达业声之意图,故不表业而唯表被动义。因此,业未被引入,与业相应的性亦未被安立,应知唯安立了与被动义相应者。于此,应知不应思择“此名为应被礼敬之人”,而仅从一般性取作者而安立。显示巴利原文
Yathā ākhyātapaccayasaṅkhātā vibhattiyo sakammakadhātuto bhavantāpi kammavacanicchāya asati kammaṃ avatvā bhāvatthameva vadanti, evaṃ kiccapaccayāpi sakammakadhātuto bhavantāpi kammavacanicchāyābhāvato kammaṃ avatvā bhāvatthameva vadanti, tasmā kammañca anajjhāharitaṃ, kammānurūpañca liṅgaṃ na ṭhapitaṃ, bhāvatthānurūpameva ṭhapitanti daṭṭhabbaṃ. Ettha hi ‘‘ayaṃ nāma puggalo abhivādetabbo’’ti acintetvā sāmaññato kattārameva gahetvā ṭhapitoti veditabbo.
“裸者不应令裸者礼敬”者:于此,裸体的长老比丘不应令裸体的新学比丘礼敬,不应令其礼拜,此为连结。在此句中,因见已加使役词缀的义务分词,且该词根为及物动词,故新学比丘为词根作者,长老比丘为词根之业;再于使役关系中,长老比丘为使役作者,新学比丘为使役业。以上已说。显示巴利原文
Na naggena naggo abhivādāpetabboti ettha pana naggena vuḍḍhatarena bhikkhunā naggo navakataro bhikkhu na abhivādāpetabbo, na vandāpetabboti yojanā. Ettha hi sakāritassa kiccapaccayassa diṭṭhattā, dhātuyā ca sakammakattā navakataro bhikkhu dhātukattā hoti, vuḍḍhataro bhikkhu dhātukammaṃ , puna kāritasambandhe vuḍḍhataro bhikkhu kāritakattā hoti, navakataro bhikkhu kāritakammaṃ. Vuttañhi –
由于“因”与“行”相关联,因此被动与业被认知;
因为以因行为主,否则便不能成立。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Hetukriyāya sambandhī-bhāvā kammanti manyate; Hetukriyāpadhānattā, aññathānupapattito’’ti.
关于“不应令裸者礼敬”一句,此处意为:不应由裸体的长老比丘令他人礼敬,亦不应令他人作礼。于此,同样因为缺少欲说业声的意愿,应依前述之理,将其理解为唯有被动义中的义务词缀。若问:既然有令礼敬者存在,自然可得“应被令礼敬”之义,为何还以“因无欲说业声的意愿”来解释?这是依据“语词实践随说者意愿而定”的道理——既然没有说者欲说的意愿,便不如此表述。此义前代阿阇梨已曾开示。显示巴利原文
Na naggena abhivādāpetabbanti ettha tu naggena vuḍḍhatarena bhikkhunā na abhivādāpetabbaṃ, na vandāpetabbanti yojanā, etthāpi kammavacanicchāyābhāvato vuttanayena bhāveyeva kiccapaccayo hotīti daṭṭhabbo. Nanu vandāpake sati vandāpetabbo labbhatiyeva, atha ‘‘kasmā kammavacanicchāyābhāvato’’ti vuttanti? ‘‘Vatticchānupubbikā saddapaṭipattī’’ti vacanato vatticchābhāvato na vuttanti. Vuttañhetaṃ pubbācariyehi –
若说者之欲不存在,纵有亦如无有;
此如无月事之少女,大海与小水瓶亦然。」
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Vatticchā na bhave santa-mapyasantampi sā bhave; Taṃ yathānudarā kaññā, samuddo kuṇḍikāti cā’’ti.
其余诸处亦极易了知。「他们以此遮覆诸肢体」,故称为遮覆物。显示巴利原文
Itaresupi suviññeyyameva. Paṭicchādenti aṅgamaṅgāni etāhīti paṭicchādiyo.
香花之论显示巴利原文
Gandhapupphakathā
32 三十二、在香与花的论题中,根据“允许取香后,在门扉上施以五指印”的说法,香被施与时允许接受,但不允许涂抹,这已是定论。然而,如今人们供养比丘食物后,在洗手完毕时,为了留存手香而施予香膏。比丘们接受之后,有些人只涂抹手,有些人也涂抹身体和脸,说着“真香啊”等话,现出欢喜踊跃的样子。这被允许还是不被允许?由于“允许在门扉上施以五指印”的说法,仅针对在寺院中熏染门扉而说,并未涉及熏身,且随顺“离佩戴花鬘、香、香膏、装饰、庄严处”这句经文,因此显示为不允许,应审慎考察后采纳。根据“取花后,在寺院中放置于一边”的说法,花被施与时允许接受,但不允许做佩戴等,这已是定论。然而,现在比丘们得到香花时,说着“这花真香啊”等话,现出欢喜的样子而嗅闻。这被允许还是不被允许?这也是由于只说到在寺院中放置于一边,并未提到应嗅闻等状态,且随顺花鬘、香等经文,因此显示为不允许,应审慎考察后采纳。然而,根据“放置于一边”这句话的含义,可知允许用来做塔、像的供养等。显示巴利原文
32. Gandhapupphakathāyaṃ ‘‘gandhagandhaṃ pana gahetvā kavāṭe pañcaṅguliṃ dātuṃ vaṭṭatī’’ti vacanato gandhe dinne paṭiggahituṃ vaṭṭati, no limpitunti siddhaṃ. Idāni pana manussā bhikkhū bhojetvā hatthadhovanāvasāne hatthavāsatthāya gandhavilepanaṃ denti, taṃ bhikkhū paṭiggahetvā ekacce hatthameva limpenti, ekacce kāyampi mukhampi ālimpenti, ‘‘sugandho vatā’’tiādīni vatvā haṭṭhapahaṭṭhākāraṃ karonti, taṃ vaṭṭati, na vaṭṭatīti? ‘‘Kavāṭe pañcaṅgulikaṃ dātuṃ vaṭṭatī’’ti vihāre kavāṭadhūpanamattasseva vuttattā kāyadhūpanassa avuttattā, ‘‘mālāgandhavilepanadhāraṇamaṇḍanavibhūsanaṭṭhānā veramaṇī’’ti vacanassānulomato ca na vaṭṭatīti dissati, vīmaṃsitvā gahetabbaṃ. ‘‘Pupphaṃ gahetvā vihāre ekamantaṃ nikkhipitu’’nti vacanato pupphe dinne gahetuṃ vaṭṭati, na piḷandhanādīni kātunti siddhaṃ. Idāni pana bhikkhūsu gandhapupphesu laddhesu ‘‘surabhigandhaṃ vatidaṃ puppha’’ntiādīni vatvā pahaṭṭhākāraṃ katvā siṅghanti, taṃ vaṭṭati, na vaṭṭatīti? Tampi vihāreyeva ekamantaṃ ṭhapanassa vuttattā siṅghitabbādibhāvassa avuttattā, mālāgandhādipāṭhassa anulomato ca na vaṭṭatīti dissati, vīmaṃsitvā gahetabbaṃ. ‘‘Ekamantaṃ nikkhipitu’’nti vacanassa pana sāmatthiyato cetiyapaṭimāpūjanādīni ca kātuṃ vaṭṭatīti viññāyati.
关于洒水器与井栏的论题显示巴利原文
Āsittakūpadhānakathā
33 三十三、在洒水器与井栏的论题中,就人们的供养习性而言,说“以铜或以银”;而凭借“或”字的选择义,则包含了“或以金或以黄金”等。“然因被禁止故”:因世尊以共相禁止了洒水器与井栏,不仅宝石制的箱不被允许,木制的也不被允许。此处的“也”字是总摄义,它总摄了非柳条制、非棕榈叶制、非藤制等。显示巴利原文
33. Āsittakūpadhānakathāyaṃ manussānaṃ bharaṇasīlataṃ sandhāya ‘‘tambalohena vā rajatena vā’’ti vuttaṃ, vikappanatthena pana vā-saddena hiraññena vā suvaṇṇena vātiādiṃ saṅgaṇhāti. Paṭikkhittattā panāti bhagavatā pana āsittakūpadhānassa sāmaññavasena paṭikkhittattā. Na kevalaṃ ratanapeḷā eva na vaṭṭati, atha kho dārumayāpīti. Ettha pi-saddo sampiṇḍanattho, taṃ na vilīvamayatālapaṇṇamayavettamayādikaṃ sampiṇḍeti.
34 三十四、在钵支架的论题中,“诸比丘,我允许钵支架”:因病比丘进食时无法用手持钵,所以被允许。先前为保护钵而开许了支架,现在则是为进食而开许。“称为杖支架”:杖支架以主要义称为钵支架。杖……乃至……座椅等,也因支架的共相而包含在此中,这就是此处的关系。所谓支架,有穿孔的,也有未穿孔的;其中哪一种被允许呢?因此说:“由支架的简略相……乃至……确实允许。”显示巴利原文
34. Maḷorikakathāyaṃ ‘‘anujānāmi, bhikkhave, maḷorika’’nti gilāno bhikkhu bhuñjamāno na sakkoti hatthena pattaṃ sandhāretuṃ, tasmā anuññātaṃ. Pubbe pattasaṅgopanatthaṃ ādhārako anuññāto, idāni bhuñjanatthaṃ. Daṇḍādhārako vuccatīti daṇḍādhārako padhānato maḷorikoti vuccati. Yaṭṭhi…pe… pīṭhādīnipi ādhārakasāmaññena ettheva paviṭṭhānīti sambandho. Ādhārakaṃ nāma chiddaṃ viddhampi atthi, aviddhampi atthi, tesu katamaṃ vaṭṭatīti āha ‘‘ādhārasaṅkhepagamanato hi…pe… vaṭṭatiyevā’’ti.
一钵等之论显示巴利原文
Ekabhājanādikathā
35 三十五、关于“一钵”等论题:所谓“一处食”,是指在同一钵中、于同一刹那共同进食,而非在不同钵中。即使在同一钵中,也不可在不同刹那进食,因此说“然而若……”等。当那人离去后,因其已离去,另一人食用剩余之食则是允许的。由此显示不得在同一刹那进食。在“另一人的也”等句中,“另一人的也”指另一人的食物,即从食用剩余食物的另一人那里取用。因此首先提到取了食物而离去的比丘。当他的食物用尽时,因为先前所取的食物已经耗尽,再取食是允许的。由此显示不可同时进食的状态。显示巴利原文
35. Ekabhājanādikathāyaṃ ekatobhuñjanaṃ nāma ekabhājanasmiṃ ekakkhaṇeyeva sahabhuñjanaṃ, na nānābhājane. Ekabhājanasmimpi na nānākkhaṇeti āha ‘‘sace panā’’tiādi. Tasmiṃ apagate tassa apagatattā itarassa sesakaṃ bhuñjituṃ vaṭṭati. Iminā ekakkhaṇe abhuñjanabhāvaṃ dasseti. Itarassapītiādīsu itarassapīti itarītarakathanaṃ, sesabhuñjakaitarato itarassāti attho. Tena paṭhamaṃ gahetvā gatabhikkhumevāha. Tasmiṃ khīṇe tassa khaṇattā paṭhamaṃ gahitavatthussa khīṇattā puna gahetuṃ vaṭṭati. Iminā sahaabhuñjanabhāvaṃ dasseti.
不应共卧一床,即使敷具不同,因为有“不应共卧一床,若卧者,犯恶作”的律文。也不应共卧一敷具,即使床不同,因为有“不应共卧一敷具”的律文,更不用说床与敷具二者都相同的情况,这是其义。既然如此,那么当床与敷具都不同时,如何才不犯呢?思惟此义,故说“然而区别”等。所谓“以一敷具覆盖”,此语并非依主释复合词,而是有财释复合词,因此说“一个敷具和一个覆盖,此即‘一敷具覆盖’”,这是三词构成的有财释。这指的是谁呢?即所谓“铺一端、盖一端而卧者”,这样卧的比丘们被称作“一敷具覆盖”,这便是其意趣。那么,是谁的端呢?说“收拢”等。显示巴利原文
Na ekamañce nipajjitabbaṃ satipi nānāattharaṇe ‘‘na ekamañce tuvaṭṭitabbaṃ, yo tuvaṭṭeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassā’’ti (cūḷava. 264) vacanato. Na ekattharaṇe nipajjitabbaṃ satipi nānāmañce ‘‘na ekattharaṇā tuvaṭṭitabba’’nti (cūḷava. 264) vacanato, pageva ubhinnaṃ ekatteti attho. Yadi evaṃ nānāmañcanānāattharaṇesu asantesu kathaṃ anāpatti siyāti cintāyamāha ‘‘vavatthānaṃ panā’’tiādi. Ekattharaṇapāvuraṇehīti ettha pana ayaṃ ekattharaṇapāvuraṇasaddo na catthasamāso hoti, atha kho bāhiratthasamāsoti āha ‘‘ekaṃ attharaṇañceva pāvuraṇañca etesanti ekattharaṇapāvuraṇā’’ti, tipadatulyādhikaraṇabāhiratthasamāsoyaṃ. Kesametamadhivacanantyāha ‘‘ekaṃ antaṃ attharitvā ekaṃ pārupitvā nipajjantānametaṃ adhivacana’’nti, evaṃ nipajjantānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ etaṃ ekattharaṇapāvuraṇapadaṃ adhivacanaṃ hotīti adhippāyo. Kesaṃ pana antanti āha ‘‘saṃhārimāna’’ntiādi.
布垫之论显示巴利原文
Celapaṭikakathā
36 三十六、关于“衣布”的论题:“衣布”,即衣敷具。那么,世尊制定这条学处的原因是什么呢?据说,菩提王子心想:“若我能够得子,世尊将踏过我的衣布。”他以此意乐铺了衣布。但他并无得子之能,因此世尊未踏。如果世尊踏了,日后王子不得子时,便会执持“世尊并非一切知者”的邪见,这便是世尊不踏的原因。然而,比丘们若不知情而踏,将会遭到在家人轻蔑,所以为了使比丘们免于轻蔑,世尊才制定这条学处,这便是制戒的因缘。注疏中如此说。显示巴利原文
36. Celapaṭikakathāyaṃ celapaṭikanti celasantharaṃ. Kiṃ pana bhagavato sikkhāpadapaññāpane kāraṇanti? ‘‘Bodhirājakumāro kira ‘sace ahaṃ puttaṃ lacchāmi, akkamissati me bhagavā celapaṭika’nti iminā ajjhāsayena santhari, abhabbo cesa puttalābhāya, tasmā bhagavā na akkami. Yadi akkameyya, pacchā puttaṃ alabhanto ‘nāyaṃ sabbaññū’ti diṭṭhiṃ gaṇheyya, idaṃ tāva bhagavato anakkamane kāraṇaṃ. Yasmā pana bhikkhūpi ye ajānantā akkameyyuṃ, te gihīnaṃ paribhūtā bhaveyyuṃ, tasmā bhikkhū paribhavato mocetuṃ sikkhāpadaṃ paññapesi, idaṃ sikkhāpadapaññāpane kāraṇa’’nti aṭṭhakathāyaṃ (cūḷava. aṭṭha. 268) vuttaṃ.
然而《义明灯》(Sāratthadīpanī, 小品3.268)中说:“世尊默然”——世尊思惟:“这位王子是为了什么目的而作此大供养呢?”知道是为了求子而作。因为那位王子没有儿子,而且他曾听闻:“据说对诸佛作了供养后,心中所愿便能获得。”于是他这样祈愿:“如果我将得到儿子,正自觉者就会踏此衣布;如果得不到,就不会踏。”然后令人铺设了衣布。世尊便思惟:“此人会得到儿子吗?”并观察到“不会得到”。据说过去他住在一个岛上时,与妻子同心合意吃了许多幼鸟。世尊知道:“如果他的妻子是有福德的,他就能得到儿子,然而由于两人同心合意造了恶业,因此他将不会得到儿子。”可是,如果踏了那块布,他会生起邪见:“世间传闻对诸佛作了供养后能获得所愿,我作了大供养却得不到儿子,这话是虚妄的。”外道们也会讥嫌:“沙门们没有不可做的事,连衣布也踩着走。”而现在,如果踩踏,有许多比丘是他心通者,他们知道此人有得子的可能便会踩踏,知道没有可能便不会踩踏。但在未来,善根资粮会薄弱,他们将不知未来。在他们踩踏时,如显示巴利原文
Sāratthadīpaniyaṃ (sārattha. ṭī. cūḷavagga 3.268) pana ‘‘bhagavā tuṇhī ahosīti ‘kissa nu kho atthāya rājakumārena ayaṃ mahāsakkāro kato’ti āvajjento puttapatthanāya katabhāvaṃ aññāsi. So hi rājaputto aputtako, sutañcānena ahosi ‘buddhānaṃ kira adhikāraṃ katvā manasā icchitaṃ labhantī’ti, so ‘sacāhaṃ puttaṃ labhissāmi, sammāsambuddho imaṃ celapaṭikaṃ akkamissati. No ce labhissāmi, na akkamissatī’ti patthanaṃ katvā santharāpesi. Atha bhagavā ‘nibbattissati nu kho etassa putto’ti āvajjetvā ‘na nibbattissatī’ti addasa. Pubbe kira so ekasmiṃ dīpe vasamāno bhariyāya samānacchando anekasakuṇapotake khādi. ‘Sacassa mātugāmo puññavā bhaveyya, puttaṃ labheyya, ubhohi pana samānacchandehi hutvā pāpakammaṃ kataṃ , tenassa putto na nibbattissatīti aññāsi. Dusse pana akkante ‘buddhānaṃ adhikāraṃ katvā patthitaṃ labhantīti loke anussavo, mayā ca mahāadhikāro kato, na ca puttaṃ labhāmi, tucchaṃ idaṃ vacana’nti micchāgāhaṃ gaṇheyya. Titthiyāpi ‘natthi samaṇānaṃ akattabbaṃ nāma, celapaṭikampi maddantā āhiṇḍantī’ti ujjhāyeyyuṃ, etarahi ca akkamantesu bahū bhikkhū paracittaviduno, te bhabbattaṃ jānitvā akkamissanti. Abhabbataṃ jānitvā na akkamissanti. Anāgate pana upanissayo mando bhavissati, anāgataṃ na jānissanti. Tesu akkamantesu sace patthitaṃ samijjhissati, iccetaṃ kusalaṃ. No ce ijjhissati, ‘pubbe bhikkhusaṅghassa adhikāraṃ katvā icchiticchitaṃ labhanti, idāni na labhanti, teyeva maññe bhikkhū paṭipattipūrakā ahesuṃ, ime pana paṭipattiṃ pūretuṃ na sakkontī’ti manussā vippaṭisārino bhavissantīti imehi tīhi kāraṇehi bhagavā akkamituṃ anicchanto tuṇhī ahosi. Pacchimaṃ janataṃ tathāgato anukampatīti idaṃ pana thero vuttesu kāraṇesu tatiyakāraṇaṃ sandhāyāhā’’ti vuttaṃ.
据圣典(小品268)所言“被请求时,可踏衣布”,由此可知,唯在被请求时方可踏,非未被请求时。而且,其中也说“为吉祥故”(小品268),因此为吉祥故被请求时方可踏,并非为美丽、庄严等目的而请求时。又由“在家人的”(小品268)一语,唯可踏在家人的衣布,不可踏出家者的。在义注(小品注268)中,有“无论何女人,无论是已出胎者,或是重胎者”之语,因以表示不定的“或”字故,并非仅取此二种,实则应取“已住胎者或已生子者”等任何吉祥之女人或男人。又因说“在如是诸处”,所以不仅限於所说之处,凡与之相似的任何吉祥处,若有在家人为吉祥故而请求,踏衣布皆属允许,此是成立的,应审察而取。于圣典中,由“诸比丘,我允许踏洗足布”这样一般性的语句,以及义注中“踏彼是允许的”这样的无差别之说,故洗足布即使未被请求,比丘亦可踏。然而,因为是“为以洗净之足踏”,所以用未洗之足去踏是不允许的,应审察而取。显示巴利原文
Pāḷiyaṃ (cūḷava. 268) ‘‘yāciyamānena celapaṭikaṃ akkamitu’’nti vacanato yāciyamānena eva akkamitabbaṃ, no ayāciyamānenāti siddhaṃ, tatthapi ‘‘maṅgalatthāyā’’ti (cūḷava. 268) vacanato maṅgalatthāya yāciyamānena akkamitabbaṃ, na sirisobhaggādiatthāya yāciyamānenāti ca, tatthapi ‘‘gihīna’’nti (cūḷava. 268) vacanato gihīnaṃ eva celasantharaṃ akkamitabbaṃ, na pabbajitānanti ca. Aṭṭhakathāyaṃ (cūḷava. aṭṭha. 268) ‘‘yā kāci itthī apagatagabbhā vā hotu, garugabbhā vā’’ti aniyamavācakena vā-saddena vacanato na kevalaṃ imā dveyeva gahetabbā, atha kho ‘‘patiṭṭhitagabbhā vā vijātiputtā vā’’tiādinā yā kāci maṅgalikāyo itthiyopi purisāpi gahetabbā. ‘‘Evarūpesu ṭhānesū’’ti vuttattā na kevalaṃ yathāvuttaṭṭhānesuyeva, atha kho taṃsadisesu yesu kesuci maṅgalaṭṭhānesu yesaṃ kesañci gihīnaṃ maṅgalatthāya yāciyamānānaṃ celasantharaṃ akkamituṃ vaṭṭatīti sijjhati, vīmaṃsitvā gahetabbaṃ. Pāḷiyaṃ (cūḷava. 268) ‘‘anujānāmi, bhikkhave, dhotapādakaṃ akkamitu’’nti sāmaññavasena vacanato, aṭṭhakathāyañca (cūḷava. aṭṭha. 268) ‘‘taṃ akkamituṃ vaṭṭatī’’ti avisesena vuttattā dhotapādakaṃ ayāciyamānenapi bhikkhunā akkamitabbanti siddhaṃ, ‘‘dhotehi pādehi akkamanatthāyā’’ti pana vuttattā adhotehi akkamituṃ na vaṭṭatīti ca, vīmaṃsitvā gahetabbaṃ.
擦脚布之论显示巴利原文
Pādaghaṃsanīyakathā
37 在《足擦拭物之论》中,首先为说明不允许的足擦拭物,而说“制作的不允许”。若问:“所称‘制作的’是何样?”则说:“‘制作的’者,指莲花蕊形等。”若问:“为何禁止?”则说:“因奢侈随逐之故。”其后为说明允许的足擦拭物,而说:“诸比丘,我允许三种足擦拭物”等。其余极易了知。显示巴利原文
37. Pādaghaṃsanīyakathāyaṃ paṭhamaṃ tāva akappiyapādaghaṃsaniṃ dassetuṃ ‘‘katakaṃ na vaṭṭatī’’ti āha. Katakaṃ nāma kīdisanti pucchāya sati vuttaṃ ‘‘katakaṃ nāma padumakaṇṇikākāra’’ntiādi. Kasmā paṭikkhittanti vuttaṃ ‘‘bāhulikānuyogattā’’ti. Tato kappiyapādaghaṃsaniyo dassetumāha ‘‘anujānāmi, bhikkhave, tisso pādaghaṃsaniyo’’tiādi. Sesaṃ suviññeyyameva.
38 于扇论中,首先为说明非允许之扇,而说“以牦牛尾毛所制之扇,不允许”。其次为说明允许的六种扇,而说“蚊扇等,允许”。此中,允许的六种扇为:蚊扇、树皮扇、香根草扇、孔雀羽扇、扇拂、棕榈扇。为显示其差别,又说“扇拂,即所谓扇”等。香根草扇与孔雀羽扇因极易了知,故未加解说。《义明灯》(义明疏 小品 3.269)中说:“‘扇’指四角扇。‘棕榈扇’指以棕榈叶等制成的圆形扇。”显示巴利原文
38. Bījanīkathāyaṃ paṭhamaṃ tāva akappiyabījaniṃ dassetuṃ ‘‘camarīvālehi katabījanī na vaṭṭatī’’ti āha. Tato kappiyachabījaniyo dassetuṃ ‘‘makasabījanīādi vaṭṭatī’’ti āha. Tattha kappiyachabījaniyo nāma makasabījanī, vākamayabījanī, usīramayabījanī, morapiñchamayabījanī, vidhūpanaṃ, tālavaṇṭañcāti. Tāsaṃ visesaṃ dassetuṃ ‘‘vidhūpananti bījanī vuccatī’’tiādimāha . Usīramayaṃ morapiñchamayañca suviññeyyattā na vuttaṃ. ‘‘Bījaninti caturassabījaniṃ. Tālavaṇṭanti tālapattādīhi kataṃ maṇḍalikabījani’’nti sāratthadīpaniyaṃ (sārattha. ṭī. cūḷavagga 3.269) vuttaṃ.
39 于伞论中,所谓“伞”,有三种:白伞、竹篾伞、叶伞。其中,“白伞”指以布包裹的白色伞。“竹篾伞”即竹篾所制之伞。“叶伞”指以棕榈叶等任何材料制成的伞。“圆环结、辐条结”,是为显示三种伞的骨架而说,因为它们或以圆环结、或以辐条结而制成。凡以当地自然生长的叶柄直接制成的单叶伞,亦属伞类。《义明灯》(义明疏 波逸提 3.634)中说:“‘竹篾伞’是以竹篾制成的伞。‘以其处自然生长的柄制成者’,是说像牧牛者等那样,将棕榈叶连同叶柄一起切下,即以那叶柄作为伞柄,这是就此而言。”而《疑惑消除》(疑惑消除疏 波逸提 2.634)中说:“‘竹篾伞’是以竹片制成的。‘圆环结者’,是指在长辐条上横向以环状安置辐条,用线结缚;纵向与横向皆仅将辐条直放并牢固结缚;以及横向放置,仅以长柄使其可收合,仅用线横向结缚。‘以其处自然生长的柄制成者’,是指以连同柄一起切下的棕榈叶等制成的伞。”然而,此处是依持伞之人而说,因此无病的比丘不允许持伞。其余极易了知。显示巴利原文
39. Chattakathāyaṃ chattaṃ nāma tīṇi chattāni setacchattaṃ, kilañjacchattaṃ, paṇṇacchattanti. Tattha setacchattanti vatthapaliguṇṭhitaṃ paṇḍaracchattaṃ. Kilañjacchattanti vilīvacchattaṃ. Paṇṇacchattanti tālapaṇṇādīhi yehi kehici kataṃ. Maṇḍalabaddhaṃ salākabaddhanti idaṃ pana tiṇṇampi chattānaṃ pañjaradassanatthaṃ vuttaṃ. Tāni hi maṇḍalabaddhāni ceva honti salākabaddhāni ca. Yampi tatthajātakadaṇḍena kataṃ ekapaṇṇacchattaṃ hoti, tampi chattameva. ‘‘Vilīvacchattanti veṇuvilīvehi kataṃ chattaṃ. Tatthajātakadaṇḍakena katanti tālapaṇṇaṃ saha daṇḍakena chinditvā tameva chattadaṇḍaṃ karonti gopālakādayo viya, taṃ sandhāyetaṃ vutta’’nti sāratthadīpaniyaṃ (sārattha. ṭī. pācittiya 3.634) vuttaṃ. Vimativinodaniyaṃ (vi. vi. ṭī. pācittiya 2.634) pana ‘‘vilīvacchattanti veṇupesikāhi kataṃ. Maṇḍalabaddhānīti dīghasalākāsu tiriyaṃ valayākārena salākaṃ ṭhapetvā suttehi baddhāni dīghañca tiriyañca ujukameva salākāyo ṭhapetvā daḷhabaddhāni ceva tiriyaṃ ṭhapetvā dīghadaṇḍakeheva saṅkocārahaṃ katvā sutteheva tiriyaṃ baddhāni. Tatthajātakadaṇḍakena katanti saha daṇḍakena chinnatālapaṇṇādīhi kata’’nti vuttaṃ. Idha pana chattadhārakapuggalavasena vuttaṃ, tasmā agilānassa bhikkhuno chattaṃ dhāretuṃ na vaṭṭati. Sesaṃ suviññeyyameva.
40 于指甲论中,由蓄长指甲之因缘所生起的事中,依“诸比丘,不应蓄长指甲,若蓄者,犯恶作”(小品 274)之语,蓄者得恶作罪。又依“他们用指甲剪指甲,用口咬指甲,又在墙上磨,手指疼痛。他们将此事禀告世尊,世尊说:诸比丘,我允许指甲剪”(小品 274)之语,允许持有指甲剪。在下文注疏(巴拉基咖注 1.85)中说:“指甲剪仅作带有褶纹的,因此是允许的。”《疑惑消除》(疑惑消除疏 1.85)中说:“‘有褶纹的’,是指为了在剪指甲时能牢固握持,只作带有褶纹的,因此是允许的。”“以肉之量”,是指以指端肉为量。“二十处”,是指在二十个手足指甲上作磨光。其余极易了知。显示巴利原文
40. Nakhakathāyaṃ dīghanakhadhāraṇapaccayā uppanne vatthusmiṃ ‘‘na, bhikkhave, dīghā nakhā dhāretabbā, yo dhāreyya, āpatti dukkaṭassā’’ti (cūḷava. 274) vacanato dhārentassa āpatti. ‘‘Nakhenapi nakhaṃ chindanti, mukhenapi nakhaṃ chindanti, kuṭṭepi ghaṃsanti, aṅguliyo dukkhā honti. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ – anujānāmi, bhikkhave, nakhacchedana’’nti (cūḷava. 274) vacanato nakhacchedanasatthakaṃ dhāretuṃ vaṭṭati. Heṭṭhā ca ‘‘nakhacchedanaṃ valitakaṃyeva karonti, tasmā taṃ vaṭṭatī’’ti aṭṭhakathāyaṃ (pārā. aṭṭha. 1.85) vuttaṃ. ‘‘Valitakanti nakhacchedanakāle daḷhaggahaṇatthaṃ valīhi yuttameva karonti, tasmā taṃ vaṭṭatī’’ti vimativinodaniyaṃ (vi. vi. ṭī. 1.85) vuttaṃ. Maṃsappamāṇenāti aṅgulaggamaṃsappamāṇena. Vīsatimaṭṭhanti vīsatipi hatthapādanakhe likhitamaṭṭhe karonti. Sesaṃ suviññeyyameva.
于“毛之论”中,因有此事发生:有人令人剃除密处毛,众人非难、呵责、讥嫌说:“如同在家享受欲乐者。”由此,依“诸比丘……乃至……恶作”(《小品》275)之语,令人剃者,犯恶作。复有因缘:某比丘密处有疮,药不能停留。因此缘起,依“诸比丘,因病缘故,我允许令人剃除密处毛”(《小品》275)之语,为令药停留而令人剃除密处毛者,无罪。“如同毕舍遮女”,因众人非难之缘,依“诸比丘,不应蓄长鼻毛,若蓄者,犯恶作”(《小品》275)之语,蓄之者犯。依“诸比丘,我允许用镊子”之语,为保护故允许用镊子,因此允许用镊子令人拔除鼻毛。“白发”,指白色头发。因作意“莫令我有老相”而拔除者,不允许。若因带来不悦而令人拔除,无论白发或非白发,皆允许。显示巴利原文
Lomakathāyaṃ ‘‘sambādhelomaṃ saṃharāpenti. Manussā ujjhāyanti khīyanti vipācenti seyyathāpi gihī kāmabhogino’’ti vatthusmiṃ uppanne ‘‘na, bhikkhave…pe… dukkaṭassā’’ti (cūḷava. 275) vacanato saṃharāpentassa āpatti. Aññatarassa bhikkhuno sambādhe vaṇo hoti, bhesajjaṃ na tiṭṭhatīti imissā aṭṭhuppattiyā ‘‘anujānāmi, bhikkhave, ābādhapaccayā sambādhe lomaṃ saṃharāpetu’’nti (cūḷava. 275) vacanato ābādhapaccayā bhesajjapatiṭṭhāpanatthāya sambādhe lomaṃ harāpentassa anāpatti. ‘‘Seyyathāpi pisācillikā’’ti manussānaṃ ujjhāyanapaccayā ‘‘na, bhikkhave, dīghaṃ nāsikālomaṃ dhāretabbaṃ, yo dhāreyya, āpatti dukkaṭassā’’ti (cūḷava. 275) vacanato dhāraṇapaccayā āpatti. ‘‘Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, saṇḍāsa’’nti anurakkhaṇatthāya saṇḍāso anuññāto, tasmā nāsikālomaṃ saṇḍāsena harāpetuṃ vaṭṭati. Palitanti paṇḍarakesaṃ. Gāhetuṃ na vaṭṭati ‘‘mā me jarābhāvo hotū’’ti manasi katattā. Bībhacchaṃ hutvāti virūpaṃ hutvā. Palitaṃ vā apalitaṃ vāti paṇḍaraṃ vā apaṇḍaraṃ vā. Gāhāpetuṃ vaṭṭati appasādāvahattāti.
腰带之论显示巴利原文
Kāyabandhanakathā
41 41. 于腰带之论中:“未系腰带”,即腰带未绑缚。“比丘”,余文可补。或“未系腰带”指处于未绑缚腰带之状态,此处以工具格表示情状,如言“头破血流地向邻居投诉”。故云:“未绑缚便出行者,凡其记忆所及之处,须于彼处绑缚腰带。”腰带者有六种:多绳带、水蛇头形带、鼓形带、揉弦琴形带、布带、猪耳带。其中,“多绳带”者,以多绳编成。“水蛇头形带”者,形如水蛇之头。“鼓形带”者,缠绕如鼓框而制成。“揉弦琴形带”者,形如腕套。如此诸带,即便一条亦不可用,何况多条。故此前四种为不得用之腰带;而“布带”与“猪耳带”二种,乃世尊所开许,是得用之腰带。其中,布带唯素面布或鱼骨纹编织者可用,大象脚印纹等图案者不可。“猪耳带”者,形如钥匙套,单绳制成;另,指环形腰带亦与猪耳带相类。连同此二种,共有八种腰带。“诸比丘,我开许鼓形带与揉弦琴形带”,此开许唯限于十种饰边之情形;腕套形之四种饰边以上者,不可用。“装饰饰边”者,显示巴利原文
41. Kāyabandhanakathāyaṃ akāyabandhanenāti abandhitakāyabandhanena. Bhikkhunāti seso. Atha vā akāyabandhanenāti abandhitakāyabandhano hutvāti itthambhūtatthe karaṇavacanaṃ yathā ‘‘bhinnena sīsena paggharantena lohitena paṭivisake ujjhāpesī’’ti. Tenāha ‘‘abandhitvā nikkhamantena yattha sarati, tattha bandhitabba’’nti. Kāyabandhanaṃ nāma cha kāyabandhanāni kalābukaṃ, deḍḍubhakaṃ, murajaṃ, maddavīṇaṃ, paṭṭikaṃ, sūkarantakanti. Tattha kalābukaṃ nāma bahurajjukaṃ. Deḍḍubhakaṃ nāma udakasappasīsasadisaṃ. Murajaṃ nāma murajavaṭṭisaṇṭhānaṃ veṭhetvā kataṃ. Maddavīṇaṃ nāma pāmaṅgasaṇṭhānaṃ. Īdisañhi ekampi na vaṭṭati, pageva bahūni. Tasmā paṭikkhittāni akappiyakāyabandhanāni nāma cattāri honti, paṭṭikaṃ, sūkarantakanti imāni dve kāyabandhanāni bhagavatā anuññātāni kappiyakāyabandhanāni nāma, tassa pakativītā vā macchakaṇṭakavāyimā vā paṭṭikā vaṭṭati, sesā kuñjaracchikādibhedā na vaṭṭati. Sūkarantakaṃ nāma kuñcikakosakasaṇṭhānaṃ hoti, ekarajjukaṃ, pana muddikakāyabandhanañca sūkarantakaṃ anulometi. Imehi pana dvīhi saddhiṃ aṭṭha kāyabandhanāni honti. ‘‘Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, murajaṃ maddavīṇa’’nti idaṃ dasāsuyeva anuññātanti pāmaṅgadasā cettha catunnaṃ upari na vaṭṭati. Sobhakaṃ nāma veṭhetvā mukhavaṭṭisibbanaṃ. Guṇakaṃ nāma mudiṅgasaṇṭhānena sibbanaṃ. Evaṃ sibbitā hi anto thirā hontīti vuccati. Pavanantoti pāsanto vuccati. Vajirabuddhiṭīkāyaṃ (vajira. ṭī. cūḷavagga 277-278) pana ‘‘muddikakāyabandhanaṃ nāma caturassaṃ akatvā sajjitaṃ . Pāmaṅgadasā caturassā. Mudiṅgasaṇṭhānenāti saṅghāṭiyā mudiṅgasibbanākārena varakasīsākārena. Pavanantoti pāsanto, ‘dasāmūla’nti ca likhitaṃ. Akāyabandhanena sañcicca vā asañcicca vā gāmappavesane āpatti. Saritaṭṭhānato bandhitvā pavisitabbaṃ, nivattitabbaṃ vāti likhita’’nti vuttaṃ.
下衣与上衣之论显示巴利原文
Nivāsanapārupanakathā
42 42. 于下衣与上衣之论中:“不应以象鼻式等在家人着衣方式着下衣。”此处所谓“象鼻式”者,即从脐根处将布垂挂成象鼻形状穿着,如织布女工穿着下衣之方式。“鱼尾式”者,一端垂前、一端垂后而穿着。“四角式”者,上方两角、下方两角各显,共成四角而穿着。“棕榈扇式”者,将布料悬挂如棕榈扇形而穿着。“百褶式”者,将长布多次折叠,绕成筒状穿着,或于左右两侧连续显露皱褶者。若自膝部起仅现一两道皱褶,则可。所谓“卷绑式穿着”者,如角力手艺人等绑结于腋下而穿着,如此穿法,病人或行路之人亦不可用。“不应以白布覆身等在家人覆身方式覆上衣。”此处,凡白布覆身、游方者覆身、单衣覆身、酒徒覆身、内宫女子覆身、大长老覆身、入小屋覆身、婆罗门覆身、供食比丘覆身等,一切不符“端正圆满”相之覆身方式,皆称在家人覆身方式。因此:不应如白布覆身者及半遮尼乾子般覆身;不应如某些游方者敞开胸膛,将衣置于两肩峰上;不应如单衣者,以所穿布料一端覆背,将两角搭于两肩峰上;不显示巴利原文
42. Nivāsanapārupanakathāyaṃ hatthisoṇḍādivasena gihinivatthaṃ na nivāsetabbanti ettha hatthisoṇḍakaṃ (cūḷava. aṭṭha. 280; kaṅkhā. aṭṭha. parimaṇḍalasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā) nāma nābhimūlato hatthisoṇḍasaṇṭhānaṃ olambakaṃ katvā nivatthaṃ coḷikaitthīnaṃ nivāsanaṃ viya. Macchavāḷakaṃ nāma ekato dasantaṃ ekato pāsantaṃ olambitvā nivatthaṃ. Catukaṇṇakaṃ nāma uparito dve, heṭṭhato dveti evaṃ cattāro kaṇṇe dassetvā nivatthaṃ. Tālavaṇṭakaṃ nāma tālavaṇṭākārena sāṭakaṃ olambitvā nivāsanaṃ. Satavalikaṃ nāma dīghasāṭakaṃ anekakkhattuṃ obhujitvā ovaṭṭikaṃ karontena nivatthaṃ, vāmadakkhiṇapassesu vā nirantaraṃ valiyo dassetvā nivatthaṃ. Sace pana jāṇuto paṭṭhāya ekaṃ vā dve vā valiyo paññāyanti, vaṭṭati. Saṃvelliyaṃ nivāsentīti mallakammakārādayo viya kacchaṃ bandhitvā nivāsenti, evaṃ nivāsetuṃ gilānassapi maggappaṭipannassapi na vaṭṭati. Setapaṭapārutādivasena na gihipārutaṃ pārupitabbanti ettha yaṃ kiñci setapaṭapārutaṃ paribbājakapārutaṃ ekasāṭakapārutaṃ soṇḍapārutaṃ antepurikapārutaṃ mahājeṭṭhakapārutaṃ kuṭipavesakapārutaṃ brāhmaṇapārutaṃ pāḷikārakapārutanti evamādi parimaṇḍalalakkhaṇato aññathā pārutaṃ sabbametaṃ gihipārutaṃ nāma, tasmā yathā setapaṭā aḍḍhapālakanigaṇṭhā pārupanti, yathā ca ekacce paribbājakā uraṃ vivaritvā dvīsu aṃsakūṭesu pāvuraṇaṃ ṭhapenti, yathā ca ekasāṭakā manussā nivatthasāṭakassa ekena antena piṭṭhiṃ pārupitvā ubho kaṇṇe ubhosu aṃsakūṭesu ṭhapenti, yathā ca surāsoṇḍādayo sāṭakena gīvaṃ parikkhipitvā ubho ante ure vā olambenti, piṭṭhiyaṃ vā khipenti, yathā ca antepurikāyo akkhitārakamattaṃ dassetvā oguṇṭhikaṃ pārupanti, yathā ca mahājeṭṭhā dīghasāṭakaṃ nivāsetvā tasseva ekena antena sakalasarīraṃ pārupanti, yathā ca kassakā khettakuṭiṃ pavisantā sāṭakaṃ paliveṭhetvā upakacchake pakkhipitvā tasseva ekena antena sarīraṃ pārupanti, yathā ca brāhmaṇā ubhinnaṃ upakacchakānaṃ antare sāṭakaṃ pavesetvā aṃsakūṭesu pārupanti, yathā ca pāḷikārako bhikkhu ekaṃsapārupanena pārutaṃ vāmabāhuṃ vivaritvā cīvaraṃ aṃsakūṭe āropeti. Evaṃ apārupitvā sabbepi ete aññe ca evarūpe pārupanadose vajjetvā nibbikāraṃ parimaṇḍalaṃ pārupitabbaṃ. Tathā apārupitvā ārāme vā antaraghare vā anādarena yaṃ kiñci vikāraṃ karontassa dukkaṭaṃ.
43 关于担杠的论述:「如国王出行时负责携带物品的随从」,这是它的意思。「两端担杠」是在同一根担杠的前后两端各挂负荷物来担;「单端担杠」是只在一端(即后端)挂负荷物来担;「中段担杠」是把负荷物挂在中间,由两人抬行。「头顶负重」等,是指用头等部位承载的负荷物等;「手提」是用手悬挂而持的负荷物。在这些方式中,唯有「两端担杠」不得使用,其余皆可使用。显示巴利原文
43. Kājakathāyaṃ muṇḍaveṭhīti yathā rañño kuhiñci gacchanto parikkhārabhaṇḍaggahaṇamanussāti adhippāyo. Ubhatokājanti ekasmiṃyeva kāje purato ca pacchato ca ubhosu bhāgesu laggetvā vahitabbabhāraṃ. Ekatokājanti ekato pacchatoyeva laggetvā vahitabbabhāraṃ. Antarākājanti majjhe laggetvā dvīhi vahitabbabhāraṃ. Sīsabhārādayo sīsādīhi vahitabbabhārādayo eva. Olambakanti hatthena olambitvā vahitabbabhāraṃ. Etesu ubhatokājameva na vaṭṭati, sesā vaṭṭanti.
齿木论显示巴利原文
Dantakaṭṭhakathā
44 关于齿木的论述:世尊先说明了不嚼齿木的五种过失与嚼齿木的五种功德,而后为比丘开许了齿木。其中,五种过失是:对眼无益、口有臭味、味蕾不清净、胆汁与痰液包裹食物、食物不令其感到可口。其中,「对眼无益」是指对眼睛没有好处,反而导致衰退;「不令其感到可口」是指不觉得食物好吃。五种功德,应当从五种过失的反面来理解。随后规定:嚼用过长的齿木或过于细小的齿木,均犯恶作,并开许最长八指节、最短四指节的齿木。其中,「最长八指节」是指齿木的最大长度为八指节;「最短四指节」是指齿木的最小长度为四指节;「过于细小」是指极为细小。八指节的称为大齿木,四指节的称为小齿木,五、六、七指节的称为中等齿木,因此有「以两种水、三种齿木」的说法。注疏说:「『最长八指节』是以人的标准指节量取八指节,作为最大量。」显示巴利原文
44. Dantakaṭṭhakathāyaṃ dantakaṭṭhassa akhādane pañca dose, khādane pañcānisaṃse ca dassetvā bhagavatā bhikkhūnaṃ dantakaṭṭhaṃ anuññātaṃ. Tattha pañca dosā nāma acakkhussaṃ, mukhaṃ duggandhaṃ, rasaharaṇiyo na visujjhanti, pittaṃ semhaṃ bhattaṃ pariyonandhati, bhattamassa nacchādetīti. Tattha acakkhussanti cakkhūnaṃ hitaṃ na hoti, parihāniṃ janeti. Nacchādetīti na ruccati. Pañcānisaṃsā vuttapaṭipakkhato veditabbā. Tato dīghadantakaṭṭhakhādane ca atimadāhakadantakaṭṭhakhādane ca dukkaṭaṃ paññapetvā aṭṭhaṅgulaparamaṃ caturaṅgulapacchimaṃ dantakaṭṭhaṃ anuññātaṃ. Tattha aṭṭhaṅgulaṃ paramaṃ etassa dantakaṭṭhassāti aṭṭhaṅgulaparamaṃ. Caturaṅgulaṃ pacchimaṃ pamāṇaṃ etassa dantakaṭṭhassāti caturaṅgulapacchimaṃ. Atimadāhakanti atikhuddakaṃ. Aṭṭhaṅgulaṃ mahādantakaṭṭhaṃ nāma, caturaṅgulaṃ khuddakadantakaṭṭhaṃ nāma, pañcachasattaṅgulaṃ majjhimadantakaṭṭhaṃ nāma. Tena vuttaṃ ‘‘duvidhena udakena tividhena dantakaṭṭhenā’’ti. ‘‘Aṭṭhaṅgulaparamanti manussānaṃ pamāṇaṅgulena aṭṭhaṅgulaparama’’nti aṭṭhakathāya (cūḷava. aṭṭha. 282) māha.
在此,有人把「标准指节」当作「自然指节」,认为超过人自然指节八指节量的齿木不得使用,并以此为准来嚼用。然而,注疏中所说的只是「人的标准指节」,并非「自然指节」。因此,应当理解的意思是:人们依照木匠之手量取一指节作为测量房屋等所用的标准指节,也就是木匠的一指节;以这个「人的标准指节」量取八指节,便是最大量。《萨拉他灯注》中说:「『标准指节』是就木匠的指节而说。」《除疑注》中说:「『标准指节』就是木匠的指节。然而有人说『自然指节』,此说与『最短四指节』的说法相符。以自然指节量取四指节的齿木,实在难以不卡到喉咙而嚼用。」显示巴利原文
Ettha ca pamāṇaṅgulenāti idaṃ pakatiaṅgulenāti gahetvā manussānaṃ pakatiaṅgulena aṭṭhaṅgulato adhikappamāṇaṃ dantakaṭṭhaṃ na vaṭṭatīti vadanti. Tattakameva ca katvā khādanti. Aṭṭhakathāyaṃ pana ‘‘manussānaṃ pamāṇaṅgulena’’ icceva vuttaṃ, na ‘‘pakatiaṅgulenā’’ti. Tasmā yaṃ vaḍḍhakihatthato aṅgulaṃ pamāṇaṃ katvā manussā gehādīni minanti, tena manussānaṃ pamāṇaṅgulabhūtena vaḍḍhakiaṅgulena aṭṭhaṅgulaparamanti attho gahetabbo. Vuttañhi sāratthadīpaniyaṃ (sārattha. ṭī. cūḷavagga 3.280-282) ‘‘pamāṇaṅgulenāti vaḍḍhakiaṅgulaṃ sandhāya vutta’’nti. Vimativinodaniyañca (vi. vi. ṭī. cūḷavagga 2.282) ‘‘pamāṇaṅgulenāti vaḍḍhakiaṅgulena, keci pana ‘pakatiaṅgulenā’ti vadanti, taṃ caturaṅgulapacchimavacanena sameti. Na hi pakatiaṅgulena caturaṅgulappamāṇaṃ dantakaṭṭhaṃ kaṇṭhe avilaggaṃ khādituṃ sakkā’’ti.
攀树论显示巴利原文
Rukkharohanakathā
45 45. 在攀树之论中:“其树与一人等量”,即“一人量”之树,意指该树的高度与人举手直立时的身量相等——约五肘高的一段树木。此是以部分代称整体,犹如说“见了大海”。“危险”,意为“游行、运转”,指诸多险难。“只要比丘于此树上尚有事务,即得攀登”,是说树上仍有事待办、有因缘未了;“事”字表目的与用途。意为:只要比丘于彼树上尚有事务因缘,便得攀登。其余义理,易懂可知。显示巴利原文
45. Rukkhārohanakathāyaṃ puriso pamāṇo yassa rukkhassāti poriso, uddhaṃ ukkhipitahatthena saddhiṃ manussakāyappamāṇo pañcahatthamattaucco rukkhapadeso, taṃ porisaṃ rukkhaṃ, avayave samudāyavohāro yathā ‘‘samuddo diṭṭho’’ti, ābhuso padanti gacchanti pavattantīti āpadā, parissayā. Yāva attho atthi etasmiṃ rukkheti yāvadattho, rukkho, attha-saddo payojanavācako. Yāva tasmiṃ rukkhe bhikkhussa attho payojanaṃ atthi, tāva abhiruhitabboti adhippāyo. Sesaṃ suviññeyyameva.
欲求强加论显示巴利原文
Chandāropanakathā
46 46. 在“强加欲求”之论中:“诸欲”是就梵语而言。“不应强加”,即不应强行套用其言说之道。“以自己的语言”,指依摩揭陀语。其中,“由圣者们所作”者为梵语,意为由阿塔咖、瓦玛咖等已平伏诸恶的仙人们所作。又或“应受尊敬、应受礼敬”故为梵语,因其能带来人间的利益与安乐,为有所求者所当礼敬。“被说”故为语言,梵语亦是语言,故合称梵语。三吠陀中所传的语言,“此是其自己的”,指世尊的言教。“于摩揭陀生起”故为摩揭陀语,意谓于最初劫时在摩揭陀国生起。“被取出而说”故为语,即从三藏中取出而宣说。此是古人所言:“显示巴利原文
46. Chandāropanakathāyaṃ chandasoti sakkaṭabhāsāya. Na āropetabbanti vācanāmaggaṃ na āropetabbaṃ. Sakāya niruttiyāti māgadhabhāsāya. Tattha santehi katāti sakkaṭā, aṭṭhakavāmakādīhi samitapāpehi isīhi katāti attho. Atha vā sakkaritabbā pūjitabbāti sakkaṭā manussānaṃ hitasukhāvahanato, tadatthikehi manussehi pūjitabbāti attho. Bhāsīyateti bhāsā, sakkaṭā ca sā bhāsā cāti sakkaṭabhāsā. Vedattayagatā nirutti, sassa esāti sakā, bhagavato vacanantyattho. Magadhe jātā māgadhikā, ādikappakāle magadharaṭṭhe jātāti attho. Uccateti utti, nīharitvā utti nirutti, piṭakattayato nīharitvā kathīyatetyattho. Vuttañhetaṃ porāṇehi –
“彼摩揭陀语是根本语言,
非如最初劫所行者;
诸梵天亦与未闻者交谈;
诸正自觉者亦作照耀。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Sā māgadhī mūlabhāsā; Narā yāyādikappikā; Brahmāno cāssutālāpā; Sambuddhā cāpi bhāsare’’ti.
其余部分,极易了知。显示巴利原文
Sesaṃ suviññeyyameva.
47 于“顺世论”中:“世间”:因诸福、非福及其果报安立于此,故为世间,即有情世间。“努力处”:因有情于此处精勤努力,故为努力处;世间之努力处即是“顺世”,意为有情精勤用力之处。此是何物?即外道教法。一切皆是残食,何以故?因曾被鸟等所食故。一切皆非残食,因为剩余食物未曾被任何者所食故。白乌鸦,因其骨白;黑鹭,因其足黑。“此中无义”故为无义,无义即为因,即是无义因。与彼相应者,即与无义因相应。“于此渡越”故为渡处,即码头;如渡处般,故为渡处,即见解。他们有此故为外道,即颠倒见者。“于此教导自己弟子”故为教法,外道之教法即外道教法。“不应学习畜生明”:此中,畜生明者,指任何外在、不具义利者。“不应学习”,即不应自己学习;“不应教授”,即不应教授他人。余者易知。显示巴利原文
47. Lokāyatakathāyaṃ lokiyanti patiṭṭhahanti puññāpuññāni tabbipāko cāti loko, sattaloko. Ābhuso yatanti vīriyaṃ karonti etthāti āyataṃ, lokassa āyataṃ lokāyataṃ, sattānaṃ bhuso vīriyakaraṇaṭṭhānantyattho. Kiṃ taṃ? Titthiyasatthaṃ. Sabbaṃ ucchiṭṭhaṃ, kasmā? Sakuṇādīhi paribhuttapubbattā. Sabbaṃ anucchiṭṭhaṃ imassa avasesabhojanassa kenaci aparibhuttapubbattā. Seto kāko aṭṭhissa setattā, kāḷo bako pādassa kāḷattāti. Natthi attho etthāti niratthakaṃ, niratthakameva kāraṇaṃ niratthakakāraṇaṃ. Tena paṭisaṃyuttaṃ niratthakakāraṇapaṭisaṃyuttaṃ. Taranti etthāti titthaṃ, paṭṭanaṃ. Titthaṃ viyāti titthaṃ, laddhi, taṃ etesaṃ atthīti titthiyā, viparītadassanā. Sāsanti attano sāvake etthāti satthaṃ, titthiyānaṃ satthaṃ titthiyasatthaṃ. Na tiracchānavijjā pariyāpuṇitabbāti ettha tiracchānavijjā nāma yā kāci bāhirakā anatthasañhitā. Na pariyāpuṇitabbāti attanā na pariyāpuṇitabbā. Na vācetabbāti paresaṃ na vācetabbā. Sesaṃ suviññeyyameva.
48 于“投掷”的讨论中,“被投掷”故为“被投掷者”。“khipi”是不规则音的词根。由于状态以状态为特征,故“tasmiṃ khipite”(于彼投掷时)是带格位词尾的。因彼是具有特征者,故应补充“于任何个人”。“命”者,“jīva”是持命的词根,格位词尾脱落。其连接为:当任何个人被投掷时,比丘不应说“命”之语;当比丘被投掷时,若在家人说“尊者,请活命”,比丘言“长命”是允许的。然而,于“被说”之中,由于特征词表示业,故应补充与彼同格的、作为业的“于比丘”这一具特征之业。如何理解?如“当牛被挤时,人来了”。而其他诸师,在如是处补入“存在时”之词,认为此即特征词;而“当牛被挤时”等词,则于“存在时”中依本性与变化而为作者。应审察后取之。显示巴利原文
48. Khipitakathāyaṃ khipīyitthāti khipito. Khipi abyattasaddeti dhātu. Bhāvenabhāvalakkhaṇattā tasmiṃ khipiteti vibhatyantaṃ. ‘‘Yasmiṃ kismiñci puggale’’ti lakkhaṇavantakattā ajjhāharitabbo. Jīvāti jīva pāṇadhāraṇeti dhātu, vibhattilopo. Yasmiṃ kismiñci puggale khipite bhikkhunā ‘‘jīvā’’ti vacanaṃ na vattabbaṃ, bhikkhusmiṃ khipite gihinā ‘‘jīvatha bhante’’ti vuccamāne sati ‘‘ciraṃ jīvā’’ti bhikkhunā vattuṃ vaṭṭatīti yojanā. ‘‘Vuccamāne’’ti ettha pana lakkhaṇassa kammavācakattā tena samānādhikaraṇaṃ kammabhūtaṃ ‘‘bhikkhusmi’’nti lakkhaṇavantakammaṃ ajjhāharitabbaṃ yathā kiṃ ‘‘gosu duyhamānāsu puriso āgato’’ti . Apare pana ācariyā īdisesu ṭhānesu ‘‘santesū’’ti padaṃ ajjhāharitvā idameva lakkhaṇapadaṃ, ‘‘gosu duyhamānāsū’’ti padadvayaṃ pana ‘‘santesū’’ti ettha pakativikativasena kattā evāti vadanti, vīmaṃsitvā gahetabbaṃ.
49 在关于蒜的讨论中,“‘蒜者,摩揭陀产’这句话,在经文中已有出现。而在注疏中说:‘摩揭陀产,即生于摩揭陀。此处所说的蒜,正是指摩揭陀国所产的蒜,而且只指球茎蒜,并非独瓣、两瓣或三瓣的蒜。然而在《库伦地》中说:“不提及产地,但称为摩揭陀产的球茎蒜。”’如果将两瓣、三瓣聚合在一起吞食,犯一个波逸提。但若破开后一瓣一瓣食用,则依行为次数计为多个波逸提。这些戒条对比丘尼而言是波逸提,对比丘则是恶作。显示巴利原文
49. Lasuṇakathāyaṃ ‘‘lasuṇaṃ nāma māgadhaka’’nti (pāci. 795) pāḷiyaṃ āgataṃ. Aṭṭhakathāyaṃ (pāci. aṭṭha. 795) pana ‘‘māgadhakanti magadhesu jātaṃ. Magadharaṭṭhe jātalasuṇameva hi idha lasuṇanti adhippetaṃ, tampi bhaṇḍikalasuṇameva, na ekadvitimiñjakaṃ. Kurundiyaṃ pana ‘jātidesaṃ avatvā ‘māgadhakaṃ nāma bhaṇḍikalasuṇa’nti vutta’’nti vuttaṃ. Sace dve tayo bhaṇḍike ekatoyeva saṅkharitvā ajjhoharati, ekaṃ pācittiyaṃ. Bhinditvā ekekaṃ miñjaṃ khādantiyā pana payogagaṇanāya pācittiyāni, idaṃ bhikkhunīnaṃ vasena pācittiyaṃ, bhikkhussa pana dukkaṭaṃ.
应以颜色或瓣的差异来区分葱韭等。先就颜色而言:葱是黄色,韭是红色,青蒜是青色。再就瓣数而言:葱有一瓣,韭有两瓣,青蒜有三瓣,野蒜则无瓣,只有芽而已。然而在《大注疏》等中说:‘葱有三瓣,韭有两瓣,青蒜有一瓣。’这些葱韭等就其本身即被允许,但在汤羹等中,即使是摩揭陀产的蒜也被允许。即在煮绿豆汤等时,或在鱼肉制品中,或在油等中,或在枣酸酱等中,或在酸煮等中,或在更精致的烹调中,无论哪里,乃至投入粥钵中也允许,如此说。‘就其本身’是指不需要借助汤羹等。‘枣酸酱’是将枣果干燥后磨粉所制作的嚼食制品,《义灯》中如此说。显示巴利原文
Palaṇḍukādīnaṃ vaṇṇena vā miñjāya vā nānattaṃ veditabbaṃ. Vaṇṇena tāva palaṇḍuko nāma paṇḍuvaṇṇo hoti. Bhañjanako lohitavaṇṇo, haritako haritavaṇṇo, miñjāya pana palaṇḍukassa ekā miñjā hoti, bhañjanakassa dve, haritakassa tisso, cāpalasuṇo amiñjako. Aṅkuramattameva hi tassa hoti. Mahāpaccariyādīsu pana ‘‘palaṇḍukassa tīṇi miñjāni, bhañjanakassa dve, haritakassa eka’’nti vuttaṃ. Ete palaṇḍukādayo sabhāveneva vaṭṭanti, sūpasampākādīsu pana māgadhakampi vaṭṭati. Tañhi paccamānesu muggasūpādīsu vā macchamaṃsavikatiyā vā telādīsu vā badarasāḷavādīsu vā ambilapākādīsu vā uttaribhaṅge vā yattha katthaci antamaso yāgupattepi pakkhipituṃ vaṭṭatīti vuttaṃ. ‘‘Sabhāvenevāti sūpasampākādiṃ vināva. Badarasāḷavaṃ nāma badaraphalāni sukkhāpetvā cuṇṇetvā kattabbā khādanīyavikatī’’ti sāratthadīpaniyaṃ (sārattha. ṭī. pācittiya 3.793-797) vuttaṃ.
不可越度等论显示巴利原文
Naakkamitabbādikathā
50 在“不应踏等”的讨论中:“‘围绕装饰地’是指用细黏土做成的黑色等地面。‘住处’是指床椅等。‘同样地允许使用’是指可以按照其他住寺比丘已使用的方式来使用。‘如果常住者是为了不损坏地面,本性如此而放置,他们也无罪’,在结文中这样说。以‘门等’所说的门窗等,即使没有加工也不应倚靠。‘于毛’是指触毛时”,《义灯》中如此说。《度疑》中也说:“‘围绕装饰地’是指用黑色等细黏土所做的地面等。‘住处’是指床椅等。‘同样地允许使用’这句话显示:只有在以洗足等方式使用的场合,如果常住者故意以未洗足等方式使用,才制定为罪;由于提到‘门等’是通泛的说法,所以门窗等即使未经加工也不应倚靠。不知情而倚靠者,在这里也依毛的数目计算有罪。”在《金刚智疏》中说:“‘如果常住者是为了不损坏地面,本性如此而放置,他们也无罪’,如此书写;‘门窗等即使未经加工也不应倚靠’,如此书写。”显示巴利原文
50. Naakkamitabbādikathāyaṃ ‘‘paribhaṇḍakatabhūmi nāma saṇhamattikāhi katā kāḷavaṇṇādibhūmi . Senāsanaṃ mañcapīṭhādikāyeva. Tatheva vaḷañjetuṃ vaṭṭatīti aññehi āvāsikehi bhikkhūhi paribhuttanīhārena paribhuñjituṃ vaṭṭati. ‘Nevāsikā pakatiyā anatthatāya bhūmiyā ṭhapenti ce, tesampi anāpattiyevā’ti gaṇṭhipadesu vuttaṃ. ‘Dvārampī’tiādinā vuttadvāravātapānādayo aparikammakatāpi na apassayitabbā. Lomesūti lomesu phusantesū’’ti sāratthadīpaniyaṃ (sārattha. ṭī. cūḷavagga 3.324) vuttaṃ. Vimativinodaniyampi (vi. vi. ṭī. cūḷavagga 2.324) ‘‘paribhaṇḍakatabhūmi vāti kāḷavaṇṇādikatasaṇhabhūmi vā. Senāsanaṃ vāti mañcapīṭhādi vā. Tatheva vaḷañjetuṃ vaṭṭatīti iminā nevāsikehi dhotapādādīhi vaḷañjanaṭṭhāne sañcicca adhotapādādīhi vaḷañjantasseva āpatti paññattāti dasseti , ‘dvārampī’tiādinā sāmaññato vuttattā dvāravātapānādayo aparikammakatāpi na apassayitabbā. Ajānitvā apassayantassapi idha lomagaṇanāya āpattī’’ti vuttaṃ. Vajirabuddhiṭīkāyaṃ (vajira. ṭī. cūḷavagga 323-324) ‘‘nevāsikā pakatiyā anatthatāya bhūmiyā ṭhapenti ce, tesampi anāpattiyevāti likhitaṃ, dvāravātapānādayo aparikammakatāpi na apassayitabbāti likhita’’nti vuttaṃ.
不应礼敬者与应礼敬论显示巴利原文
Avandiyavandiyakathā
51 在不应礼与应礼之论中,此处的论师依《住处篇》经文列出了十种不应礼者与三种应礼者,而在注疏与复注中未作解说,因此此处当依前文所示之理来理解其义。然而在《附随》经文中(附随467以下),于优波离五法中,以五个五法宣说了二十五种不应礼者与五种应礼者。如何说明?“尊者,有几种不应礼者?”“优波离,有五种不应礼者。哪五种?入俗家者不应礼,行于道者不应礼,处暗者不应礼,未收摄者不应礼,睡眠者不应礼。优波离,这是五种不应礼者。优波离,又有五种不应礼者。哪五种?饮粥时不应礼,在食堂中不应礼,偏袒一肩者不应礼,心在他处者不应礼,裸者不应礼。优波离,这是五种不应礼者。优波离,又有五种不应礼者。哪五种?嚼食者不应礼,啖食者不应礼,大便者不应礼,小便者不应礼,被举罪者不应礼。优波离,这是五种不应礼者。优波离,又有五种不应礼者。哪五种?先受具足者不应礼后受具足者,未受具足者不应礼,异住而年长之说非法者不应礼,女人不应礼,般哒咖不应礼。优波离,这是五种不应礼者。优波离,又有五种不应礼者。哪五种?行别住者不应礼,应令退回原本者不应礼,显示巴利原文
51. Avandiyavandiyakathāyaṃ idha pakaraṇācariyena senāsanakkhandhakapāḷivasena dasa avandiyā, tayo vandiyā ca vuttā, aṭṭhakathāṭīkāsu ca na kiñci vuttā, tasmā idha āgatanayeneva attho daṭṭhabbo. Parivārapāḷiyaṃ (pari. 467 ādayo) pana upālipañcake pañcapañcakavasena pañcavīsati avandiyā, pañca vandiyā ca vuttā. Kathaṃ? ‘‘Kati nu kho, bhante, avandiyāti? Pañcime, upāli, avandiyā. Katame pañca? Antaragharaṃ paviṭṭho avandiyo, racchagato avandiyo, otamasiko avandiyo, asamannāharanto avandiyo, sutto avandiyo. Ime kho, upāli, pañca avandiyā. Aparepi, upāli, pañca avandiyā. Katame pañca? Yāgupāne avandiyo, bhattagge avandiyo, ekāvatto avandiyo, aññavihito avandiyo, naggo avandiyo. Ime kho, upāli, pañca avandiyā. Aparepi, upāli, pañca avandiyā. Katame pañca? Khādanto avandiyo, bhuñjanto avandiyo, uccāraṃ karonto avandiyo, passāvaṃ karonto avandiyo, ukkhittako avandiyo. Ime kho, upāli, pañca avandiyā. Aparepi, upāli, pañca avandiyā. Katame pañca? Pureupasampannena pacchāupasampanno avandiyo, anupasampanno avandiyo , nānāsaṃvāsako vuḍḍhataro adhammavādī avandiyo, mātugāmo avandiyo, paṇḍako avandiyo. Ime kho, upāli, pañca avandiyā. Aparepi, upāli, pañca avandiyā. Katame pañca? Pārivāsiko avandiyo, mūlāyapaṭikassanāraho avandiyo, mānattāraho avandiyo, mānattacāriko avandiyo, abbhānāraho avandiyo. Ime kho, upāli, pañca avandiyā’’ti.
“尊者,有几种应礼者?”“优波离,有五种应礼者。哪五种?后受具足者应礼先受具足者,异住而年长之说正法者应礼,老师应礼,戒师应礼,在有天、有魔、有梵的世间,在包括沙门婆罗门、天人的众生界中,如来、阿拉汉、正自觉者应礼。优波离,这是五种应礼者。”显示巴利原文
‘‘Kati nu kho, bhante, vandiyāti? Pañcime, upāli, vandiyā. Katame pañca? Pacchāupasampannena pureupasampanno vandiyo, nānāsaṃvāsako vuḍḍhataro dhammavādī vandiyo, ācariyo vandiyo, upajjhāyo vandiyo, sadevake loke samārake sabrahmake sassamaṇabrāhmaṇiyā pajāya sadevamanussāya tathāgato arahaṃ sammāsambuddho vandiyo. Ime kho, upāli, pañca vandiyā’’ti.
于注疏中(附随注467)也说:“‘处暗者’,即处于黑暗中。因为这样的人在礼敬时,额头可能会撞到床脚等处。‘未收摄者’,即因忙于事务而未能收摄心念以行礼敬。‘睡眠者’,即已入睡眠。‘偏袒一肩者’,即偏向一方、立于敌对派系、心怀怨怼、持不同见解的人,此为不应礼者。因为这种人被礼敬时,甚至可能用脚踢打对方。‘心在他处者’,即思虑他事。‘嚼食者’,即正在咀嚼硬果等食物的人。‘大便与小便者’,因处于不适当的处所,故为不应礼者。‘被举罪者’,即通过三种举罪甘马中任何一种被举罪的人,为不应礼者;但受呵责等羯磨的四众仍应被礼敬,他们亦可参与布萨与自恣。从最初所说的不应礼者中,只有礼敬裸者与被举罪者才有罪,其余各条则是因不适当及中间所说的理由而禁止礼敬。此后,后受具足者等十人,也只是就成罪的缘由而成为不应礼者,礼敬这些人必定有罪。如此,在这五个五法中,礼敬十三人无罪,礼敬十二人有罪。‘老师应礼’,指剃度师、授具足戒师、依止师、诵经师、教诫师,这五种老师均应礼敬。”显示巴利原文
Aṭṭhakathāyañca (pari. aṭṭha. 467) ‘‘otamasitoti andhakāragato. Tañhi vandantassa mañcapādādīsupi nalāṭaṃ paṭihaññeyya. Asamannāharantoti kiccappasutattā vandanaṃ asamannāharanto. Suttoti niddaṃ okkanto. Ekāvattoti ekato āvatto sapattapakkhe ṭhito verī visabhāgapuggalo vuccati, ayaṃ avandiyo. Ayañhi vandiyamāno pādenapi pahareyya. Aññavihitoti aññaṃ cintayamāno. Khādantoti piṭṭhakhajjakādīni khādanto. Uccārañca passāvañca karonto anokāsagatattā avandiyo. Ukkhittakoti tividhenapi ukkhepanīyakammena ukkhittako avandiyo, tajjanīyādikammakatā pana cattāro vanditabbā, uposathapavāraṇāpi tehi saddhiṃ labbhanti. Ādito paṭṭhāya ca vuttesu avandiyesu naggañca ukkhittakañca vandantasseva hoti āpatti , itaresaṃ pana asāruppaṭṭhena ca antarā vuttakāraṇena ca vandanā paṭikkhittā. Ito paraṃ pacchāupasampannādayo dasapi āpattivatthubhāveneva avandiyā. Te vandantassa hi niyameneva āpatti. Iti imesu pañcasu pañcakesu terasa jane vandantassa anāpatti, dvādasannaṃ vandanāya āpatti. Ācariyo vandiyoti pabbajjācariyo upasampadācariyo nissayācariyo uddesācariyo ovādācariyoti ayaṃ pañcavidhopi ācariyo vandiyo’’ti āgato.
「『中间所说之理由』,是指依据『礼敬时额头可能撞到床脚等』所说的理由」,此在《义明灯》(义明灯·附随3.467)中这样说。但在《疑惑消除》(疑惑消除·附随2.467)中说:「『额头可能撞到床脚等』,是指在黑暗中铺上皮革片俯身礼敬时,额头或眼睛撞到床等。由此说明礼敬者亦无罪过,且显示礼敬并非全然禁止。同样地,一切在其他经中未禁止的情形都是如此。但对于裸行者等,则不应礼敬。『偏向一方』,是指转向一方的瞋恨趣向,即已陷入其中。故而说『立于敌对派』。『被礼敬』,是指俯身而被礼敬。在应礼敬者中,诵经师与依止师也可能仍是新学,故说『唯有年长者才应受礼』。」在《金刚智疏》(金刚智疏·附随467)中说:「另有读作『偏袒一肩者』的,据说其义为愤怒、为瞋恨所制伏。也有人读作『单衣者』,据说其义为脱去上衣站立。这些都与注疏中所引的文句相违。因为『偏袒一肩者』是注疏所举出的原文,故不应取。『中间所说之理由』,是指因忙于事务未及收摄、『额头可能撞到』等所说的理由。」显示巴利原文
‘‘Antarāvuttakāraṇenāti tañhi vandantassa mañcapādādīsu nalāṭaṃ paṭihaññeyyātiādinā vuttakāraṇenā’’ti sāratthadīpaniyaṃ (sārattha. ṭī. parivāra 3.467) vuttaṃ. Vimativinodaniyaṃ (vi. vi. ṭi. parivāra 2.467) pana ‘‘mañcapādādīsupi nalāṭaṃ paṭihaññeyyāti andhakāre cammakhaṇḍaṃ paññapetvā vandituṃ onamantassa nalāṭaṃ vā akkhi vā mañcādīsu paṭihaññati. Etena vandatopi āpattiabhāvaṃ vatvā vandanāya sabbathā paṭikkhepābhāvañca dīpeti. Evaṃ sabbattha suttantarehi appaṭikkhittesu. Naggādīsu pana vandituṃ na vaṭṭatīti. Ekato āvattoti ekasmiṃ dosāgatipakkhe parivatto, paviṭṭhoti attho. Tenāha ‘sapattapakkhe ṭhito’ti. Vandiyamānoti onamitvā vandiyamāno. Vanditabbesu uddesācariyo nissayācariyo ca yasmā navakāpi honti, tasmā ‘te vuḍḍhā eva vandiyā’ti vanditabbā’’ti āgataṃ. Vajirabuddhiṭīkāyaṃ (vajira. ṭī. parivāra 467) ‘‘ekāvattotipi paṭhanti, tassa kuddho kodhābhibhūtoti kira attho. Ekavatthotipi keci, uttarāsaṅgaṃ apanetvā ṭhitoti kira attho. Taṃ sabbaṃ aṭṭhakathāyaṃ uddhaṭapāḷiyā virujjhati. Ekāvattoti hi uddhaṭaṃ, tasmā na gahetabbaṃ. Antarā vuttakāraṇenāti kiccappasutattā asamannāharanto ‘nalāṭaṃ paṭihaññeyyā’tiādivuttakāraṇenā’’ti āgataṃ.
在第二偈集的注释(附随注477)中说:「『十种人不应礼敬』,即《住处犍度》中所说的十种人。『不应合掌与恭敬』,是指不应向他们行合掌礼及恭敬仪轨。不应向他们示现犍度中所说的供水、取扇等义务,即不应向他们举掌合十。『十人有恶作』,是说若向这十人行这些事,则有恶作。」因此,对他们即使合掌的礼仪也不应行。显示巴利原文
Dutiyagāthāsaṅgaṇikaṭṭhakathāyaṃ (pari. aṭṭha. 477) ‘‘dasa puggalā nābhivādetabbāti senāsanakkhandhake vuttā dasa janā. Añjalisāmīcena cāti sāmīcikammena saddhiṃ añjali ca tesaṃ na kātabbo. Neva pānīyapucchanatālavaṇṭaggahaṇādi khandhakavattaṃ tesaṃ dassetabbaṃ, na añjali paggaṇhitabboti attho. Dasannaṃ dukkaṭanti tesaṃyeva dasannaṃ evaṃ karontassa dukkaṭaṃ hotī’’ti āgataṃ, tasmā añjalikammamattampi nesaṃ na kattabbanti.
“尊者,新学比丘在礼敬上座比丘足时,应于内心现起哪些法,而后礼足?”
“优波离,新学比丘在礼敬上座比丘足时,应于内心现起五法,而后礼足。哪五种?优波离,新学比丘礼敬上座比丘足时,应偏袒上衣、合掌、以双手掌抚摩双足、现起慈爱与恭敬,而后礼足。优波离,新学比丘礼敬上座比丘足时,应于内心现起这五法,而后礼足。”
在此处,正自觉者向具寿优波离教示了礼敬之法。显示巴利原文
‘‘Navakatarena, bhante, bhikkhunā vuḍḍhatarassa bhikkhuno pāde vandantena kati dhamme ajjhattaṃ upaṭṭhāpetvā pādā vanditabbāti? Navakatarenupāli, bhikkhunā vuḍḍhatarassa bhikkhuno pāde vandantena pañca dhamme ajjhattaṃ upaṭṭhāpetvā pādā vanditabbā. Katame pañca? Navakatarenupāli, bhikkhunā vuḍḍhatarassa bhikkhuno pāde vandantena ekaṃsaṃ uttarāsaṅgaṃ katvā añjaliṃ paggahetvā ubhohi pāṇitalehi pādāni parisambāhantena pemañca gāravañca upaṭṭhāpetvā pādā vanditabbā. Navakatarenupāli, bhikkhunā vuḍḍhatarassa bhikkhuno pāde vandantena ime pañca dhamme ajjhattaṃ upaṭṭhāpetvā pādā vanditabbā’’ti (pari. 469) imasmiṃ ṭhāne sammāsambuddhena āyasmato upālissa vandanānayova ācikkhito.
“以五处安立而礼敬”,此处也说明了五处安立的具体形式。如何?礼敬上座之足时,不得敞开两肩而礼敬,也不得覆盖两肩而礼敬,而应偏袒上衣而礼敬。以此显示,僧伽梨无论偏袒或未偏袒,皆无过失。“应举起十指并拢、光洁明净的手窝——即合掌——而礼敬,不应仅以摊开手掌或以拳等而礼敬”;“不应以单手仅触衣角等而礼敬,而应以双手掌抚摩双足而礼敬”;“如此礼敬时,不应起瞋心与不敬而礼敬,应先生起慈爱与恭敬,然后礼足。”这便是礼敬的教导方式。显示巴利原文
Pañcapatiṭṭhitena vanditvāti ettha pañcasarūpañca kathitaṃ. Kathaṃ? Vuḍḍhatarassa pāde vandantena ubho aṃse vivaritvā vanditabbā, na ca ubho aṃse pārupitvā vanditabbā, atha kho ekaṃsaṃ uttarāsaṅgaṃ karitvā vanditabbāti. Etena saṅghāṭi pana ekaṃsaṃ katāpi akatāpi natthi dosoti pakāsito hoti. ‘‘Dasanakhasamodhānasamujjalaṃ karapuṭasaṅkhātaṃ añjaliṃ paggahetvāva vanditabbā, na hatthatalapakāsanamattena vā na hatthamuṭṭhipakāsanādinā vā vanditabbā’’ti ca ‘‘na ekena hatthena cīvarakaṇṇachupanādimattena vanditabbā, atha kho ubhohi pāṇitalehi pādāni parisambāhantena vanditabbā’’ti ca ‘‘evaṃ vandantehi na duṭṭhacittañca anādarañca upaṭṭhāpetvā vanditabbā, atha kho pemañca gāravañca upaṭṭhāpetvā pādā vanditabbā’’ti ca evaṃ vandanānayo ācikkhito hoti.
如何说明五处安立的具体形式?在此,偏袒上衣是一处,合掌是一处,以双手掌抚摩双足是一处,现起慈爱是一处,现起恭敬是一处——如此便是五处安立的具体形式。因此说“内心现起五法之后,应礼足”。如此,以身业与意业的礼敬,为了生起大利益安乐,由法主——为一切世间作利益安乐者——所教导具寿优波离长老的礼敬方法而行礼敬,是为适宜。显示巴利原文
Kathaṃ pañcapatiṭṭhitasarūpaṃ kathitaṃ? Idha ekaṃsaṃ uttarāsaṅgaṃ karitvāti ekaṃ, añjaliṃ paggahetvāti ekaṃ, ubhohi pāṇitalehi pādāni parisambāhantenāti ekaṃ, pemañca upaṭṭhāpetvāti ekaṃ, gāravañca upaṭṭhāpetvāti ekaṃ, evaṃ pañcapatiṭṭhitasarūpaṃ kathitaṃ hoti. Tenāha ‘‘pañca dhamme ajjhattaṃ upaṭṭhāpetvā pādā vanditabbā’’ti. Evaṃ sakalalokassa hitasukhakārakena dhammassāminā kāyapaṇāmamanopaṇāmavasena mahato hitasukhassa pavattanatthaṃ āyasmato upālittherassa ācikkhitena vandanānayena vandituṃ vaṭṭati.
然而,现今诸阿阇梨教导新来者、年少者及沙弥的礼敬方法时,不取此佛亲说的圣典而教导,而是取传承而来的方法而教导。如何?若站立而礼敬,应将两脚掌平齐安立于地,两手掌平齐相触后安立于额,面向应礼敬者俯身而礼敬。此方法与“如是大士犹如金芭蕉树,面向波罗奈城俯身礼敬父母”这本生注疏之语,以及“举起十指合拢、光洁明亮的合掌,安立于头”等注疏之语相顺。在此,说两脚掌、两手掌、额,为五处安立的具体形式。若坐而礼敬,首先将两脚掌平齐安立于地,两膝盖平齐竖起,两肘平齐置于两膝之上,两手掌平齐相触,将名为合掌的手窝安立于名为头的额上而礼敬。然后俯身,将两膝盖及两肘平齐安立于地,伸展两手掌平齐置于地,将头置于两手背之上安立于地而礼敬。在此,将两脚掌合为一,同样两膝盖合为一,两肘合为一,两手掌合为一,头合为一,而说五处安立的具体形式。此方法在圣典、注疏、复注中未见。显示巴利原文
Idāni pana ācariyā abhinavaāgatānaṃ daharānañca sāmaṇerānañca vandanānayaṃ sikkhantā na imaṃ āhaccabhāsitaṃ pāḷiṃ gahetvā sikkhanti, atha kho paveṇīāgatanayaṃyeva gahetvā sikkhanti. Kathaṃ? Yadi ṭhatvā vandatha, dve pādatalāni samaṃ bhūmiyaṃ patiṭṭhāpetvā dve hatthatalāni samaṃ phusāpetvā nalāṭe patiṭṭhāpetvā vanditabbābhimukhaṃ onamitvā vandathāti, ayaṃ nayo ‘‘evaṃ mahāsatto suvaṇṇakadali viya bārāṇasinagarābhimukhaṃ onamitvā mātāpitaro vanditvā’’ti imaṃ jātakaṭṭhakathāvacanañca ‘‘dasanakhasamodhānasamujjalaṃ añjaliṃ paggayha sirasmiṃ patiṭṭhāpetvā’’tiādiaṭṭhakathāvacanañca anulometi. Idha pana dve pādatalāni, dve hatthatalāni, nalāṭañcāti pañcasu patiṭṭhitānīti sarūpaṃ vadanti. Yadi nisīditvā vandatha, paṭhamaṃ dve pādatalāni bhūmiyaṃ samaṃ patiṭṭhāpetvā dve jāṇumaṇḍalāni samaṃ ussāpetvā dve kapparāni dvinnaṃ jāṇūnaṃ upari samaṃ ṭhapetvā dve hatthatalāni samaṃ phusitāni katvā añjalisaṅkhātaṃ karapuṭaṃ sirasaṅkhāte nalāṭe patiṭṭhāpetvā vandatha. Tato onamitvā dve jāṇumaṇḍalāni ca dve kapparāni ca bhūmiyaṃ samaṃ patiṭṭhāpetvā dve hatthatalāni pasāretvā samaṃ bhūmiyaṃ ṭhapetvā sīsaṃ ubhinnaṃ hatthapiṭṭhīnaṃ upari katvā bhūmiyaṃ patiṭṭhāpetvā vandathāti. Ettha tu dve pādatalāni ekaṃ katvā, tathā dve jāṇumaṇḍalāni ekaṃ, dve kapparāni ekaṃ, dve hatthatalāni ekaṃ, sīsaṃ ekaṃ katvā pañcapatiṭṭhitasarūpaṃ kathenti. Esa nayo pāḷiaṭṭhakathāṭīkāsu na diṭṭho.
然而,在近前礼足时,有些人会先用手触摸自己的头,再以此双手在长老的衣上抚摩其膝。有些人则会先触摸长老覆着衣的膝,再以此双手触摸自己的头。有些人仅作触碰。这些方法在任何处都未见记载。然而,拉玛念地方比丘近前礼敬时,即使未见到长老的足尖,也会寻找并从衣中取出,以手反复抚摩其足尖,以头触、以面亲、以舌舔,如同见到久别归来的可爱、可意的戒师或阿阇梨一般礼敬。此行为似乎可与《附随》圣典中所说的‘以双手掌抚摩双足,生起慈爱与恭敬后,应当礼足’之圣典相合。他们也并非全都见过圣典,只是依传承而行。因此,为利益一切人,我们提出了圣典的方法。因为相较于传承的方法,圣典的方法更为有力,因此,重视世尊教令的善人们应当奉行圣典的方法,这是我们的见解。应善加审察后采纳。显示巴利原文
Samīpaṃ gantvā pādānaṃ vandanakāle pana ekacce paṭhamaṃ attano sīsaṃ hatthena parāmasitvā tena hatthadvayena therānaṃ jāṇumaṇḍalaṃ cīvarassa upariyeva sambāhanti. Ekacce paṭhamaṃ therānaṃ jāṇumaṇḍalaṃ sacīvaraṃyeva parāmasitvā teneva hatthadvayena attano sīsaṃ parāmasanti. Ekacce chupanamattameva karonti. Esapi nayo na kismiñci diṭṭho. Rāmaññadesiyā pana bhikkhū evaṃ samīpaṃ gantvā vandanakāle therānaṃ pādaggaṃ apassantāpi pariyesitvā cīvarato nīharitvā pādaggameva punappunaṃ hatthena sambāhitvā sīsena pavaṭṭetvā cumbitvā lehitvā cirappavāsāgatapiyamanāpaupajjhāyaṃ vā ācariyaṃ vā passantā viya katvā vandanti. Taṃ kiriyaṃ parivārapāḷiyaṃ ‘‘ubhohi pāṇitalehi pādāni parisambāhantena pemañca gāravañca upaṭṭhāpetvā pādā vanditabbā’’ti āgatapāḷiyā saṃsandati viya dissati. Tepi na sabbe pāḷiṃ passanti, paveṇīvaseneva karonti, tasmā sabbesaṃ hitatthaṃ pāḷinayo amhehi uddhaṭo. Paveṇīāgatanayato hi pāḷinayo balavataro, tasmā bhagavato āṇaṃ garuṃ karontehi sappurisehi pāḷinayo samāsevitabboti amhākaṃ khanti, vīmaṃsitvā gahetabbaṃ.
55 五十五、关于座具等的论说中,‘四方座’,是指正四方形的座具。‘八指足是适当的’,意为只有八指高的座足才适当。‘超过量度也适当’,是仅针对正四方形座具而说。然而,长四方形、七指或五指的高足座则不合适。用藤条编成四方等形状的称为善座,故说为‘藤制座’。‘在木板之上’,是指在如同框架般安立的木板层之下。因为将其插入时头朝上而作足,故说为‘之上’。因其足如山羊的后二足般呈弯曲状而安立,故此称为‘山羊足座’。显示巴利原文
55. Āsandādikathāyaṃ caturassapīṭhanti samacaturassaṃ. Aṭṭhaṅgulapādaṃ vaṭṭatīti aṭṭhaṅgulapādakameva vaṭṭati. Pamāṇātikkantopi vaṭṭatīti samacaturassameva sandhāya vuttaṃ. Āyatacaturassā pana sattaṅgapañcaṅgāpi uccapādā na vaṭṭanti. Vetteheva caturassādiākārena kataṃ bhaddapīṭhanti āha ‘‘vettamayapīṭha’’nti. Dārupaṭṭikāya uparīti aṭaniākārena ṭhitadārupaṭalassa heṭṭhā. Uddhaṃ pādaṃ katvā pavesanakālañhi sandhāya ‘‘uparī’’ti vuttaṃ. Eḷakassa pacchimapādadvayaṃ viya vaṅkākārena ṭhitattā panetaṃ ‘‘eḷakapādapīṭha’’nti (vi. vi. ṭī. cūḷavagga 2.297) vuttaṃ.
高床大床之论显示巴利原文
Uccāsayanamahāsayanakathā
56 五十六、关于高床大床的论说中,‘兽形’是指带来的各种兽形图案。‘以不如法图形组成的、混杂不如法的床榻’,这是《义理集》中所说的。‘长毛大黑羊毛毯’,是毛长超过四指的黑羊毛毯。因有‘据说其毛超过四指’的说法,故他们说四指以下是适当的。‘杂色羊毛敷具’,是指以壁面切割等方式形成杂色的羊毛敷具。‘密花羊毛敷具’,是指羊毛制的深红色敷具。‘纯棉褥’,是指充满树棉、藤棉、茧棉这三种棉中任一种的床褥。‘乌达罗弥’,是两边有毛的羊毛敷具。‘埃咖德罗弥’,是一边有毛的羊毛敷具,此说见于《长部注疏》。然而,《义理集》中说:‘乌达罗弥’是一边有突起花纹的,‘埃咖德罗弥’是两边有突起花纹的。‘国谢亚咖提萨玛亚’,是指国谢亚丝所制,此说由达摩巴喇长老所传。‘纯国谢亚’,是指不缝缀宝石的。然而,《长部注疏》中此处则说:‘除棉褥外,一切缝缀宝石的羊毛毯等都不适当’。其中,‘除棉褥’一语,是为了显示无宝石缝缀的棉褥也不适当。而‘缝缀宝石者不适当’一语,则显示凡是缝缀宝石的,作为地敷具或如理作意后带到床上使用是适当的,应如此了知。在此处,因为触及律的范围,应依从重者;此处的决断,应凭借此处所说之法来了解。然而,在经典的教示中,也因……显示巴利原文
56. Uccāsayanamahāsayanakathāyaṃ ‘‘vāḷarūpānīti āharimāni vāḷarūpāni, ‘akappiyarūpākulo akappiyamañco pallaṅko’ti sārasamāse vuttaṃ. Dīghalomako mahākojavoti caturaṅgulādhikalomo kāḷakojavo. ‘Caturaṅgulādhikāni kira tassa lomānī’ti vacanato caturaṅgulato heṭṭhā vaṭṭatīti vadanti. Vānacitro uṇṇāmayattharaṇoti bhitticchedādivasena vicitro uṇṇāmayattharaṇo. Ghanapupphako uṇṇāmayattharaṇoti uṇṇāmayalohitattharaṇo . Pakatitūlikāti rukkhatūlalatātūlapoṭakītūlasaṅkhātānaṃ tiṇṇaṃ tūlānaṃ aññatarapuṇṇā tūlikā. ‘Uddalomīti ubhatodasaṃ uṇṇāmayattharaṇaṃ. Ekantalomīti ekatodasaṃ uṇṇāmayattharaṇa’nti dīghanikāyaṭṭhakathāyaṃ vuttaṃ. Sārasamāse pana ‘uddalomīti ekatouggatapupphaṃ. Ekantalomīti ubhatouggatapuppha’nti vuttaṃ. ‘Koseyyakaṭṭissamayanti koseyyakasaṭamaya’nti ācariyadhammapālattherena vuttaṃ. Suddhakoseyyanti ratanaparisibbanarahitaṃ. Dīghanikāyaṭṭhakathāyaṃ panettha ‘ṭhapetvā tūlikaṃ sabbāneva gonakādīni ratanaparisibbitāni na vaṭṭantī’ti vuttaṃ. Tattha ‘ṭhapetvā tūlika’nti etena ratanaparisibbanarahitāpi tūlikā na vaṭṭatīti dīpeti. ‘Ratanaparisibbitāni na vaṭṭantī’ti iminā pana yāni ratanaparisibbitāni, tāni bhūmattharaṇavasena yathānurūpaṃ mañcādīsu ca upanetuṃ vaṭṭatīti dīpitanti veditabbaṃ. Ettha ca vinayapariyāyaṃ patvā garuke ṭhātabbattā idha vuttanayenevettha vinicchayo veditabbo. Suttantikadesanāya pana gahaṭṭhānampi vasena vuttattā tesaṃ saṅgaṇhanatthaṃ ‘ṭhapetvā tūlikaṃ…pe… vaṭṭatī’ti vuttanti apare.
「以羚羊皮」:即用羚羊兽皮。据称这些兽皮极为细软,因此缝制时叠为双叠或三叠,故说「羚羊皮连缀」。「覆盖上方部分」:上覆,即帐幕。此处特指红色帐幕,故说「以上系红色帐幕」。「在红色帐幕中,袈裟色是如法的,唯以红花等染成纯红色者不如法」,此语出自《结使足》。「大枕」:指超出规定尺寸的枕头。关于此,虽然《长部注疏》未加分别地说:「非红色的两种枕确实如法,超过尺寸后应施与他人;若不能施与,则横铺于床上,加上上覆具后亦可躺卧。」然而,《房舍篇章释义》中说:「对无病者,唯有头枕与足枕两种如法。对病者,铺设枕头后,于其上给覆具而躺卧,亦如法。」因此应知,唯有病者方可横铺于床而卧。「倚靠而坐」:即不靠背而坐。这些决断见于《义理灯》中。显示巴利原文
Ajinacammehīti ajinamigacammehi. Tāni kira cammāni sukhumatarāni, tasmā dupaṭṭatipaṭṭāni katvā sibbanti. Tena vuttaṃ ‘ajinappaveṇī’ti. Uttaraṃ uparibhāgaṃ chādetīti uttaracchado, vitānaṃ, tañca lohitavitānaṃ idhādhippetanti āha ‘uparibaddhena rattavitānenā’ti, ‘rattavitānesu ca kāsāvaṃ vaṭṭati, kusumbhādirattameva na vaṭṭatī’ti gaṇṭhipadesu vuttaṃ. Mahāupadhānanti pamāṇātikkantaṃ upadhānaṃ. Ettha ca kiñcāpi dīghanikāyaṭṭhakathāyaṃ ‘alohitakāni dvepi vaṭṭantiyeva, tato uttari labhitvā aññesaṃ dātabbāni. Dātumasakkonto mañce tiriyaṃ attharitvā uparipaccattharaṇaṃ datvā nipajjitumpi labhatī’ti avisesena vuttaṃ, senāsanakkhandhakavaṇṇanāyaṃ (cūḷava. aṭṭha. 297) pana ‘agilānassa sīsūpadhānañca pādūpadhānañcāti dvayameva vaṭṭati. Gilānassa bimbohanāni santharitvā upari ca paccattharaṇaṃ datvā nipajjitumpi vaṭṭatī’ti vuttattā gilānoyeva mañce tiriyaṃ attharitvā nipajjituṃ vaṭṭatīti veditabbaṃ. Abhinissāya nisīditunti apassāya nisīditu’’nti ettako vinicchayo sāratthadīpaniyaṃ āgato.
《疑惑消除复注》(《疑惑消除复注·大品》2.254)——「诸兽形」:指所取来的兽形之物。「超过四指」:这是为了显示与伍达罗米、艾甘德罗米的差别。据说,不足四指者可归入伍达罗米等之中。「杂色羊毛敷具」:以种种颜色的羊毛线,通过壁面分割等方式编织而成的杂色敷具。「密花」:即浓厚染色。「本来絮垫」:即填满棉絮的垫子。「变形者」:指作成狮子等形状,如同杂色物一般被采用。在《长部注疏》中说:「『伍达罗米』:两面有毛的羊毛敷具。『艾甘德罗米』:单面有毛的羊毛敷具。」「国谢亚咖提萨玛亚」:指在国谢亚线之间掺入金线编织而成,据说金线被称为咖提萨或咖萨德。因此,阿阇梨达摩巴拉长老释为「国谢亚咖萨德玛亚」,正是此义。「宝石镶边」:即涂以金。「纯国谢亚」:即无宝石镶边。显示巴利原文
Vimativinodaniyaṃ (vi. vi. ṭī. mahāvagga 2.254) – pana vāḷarūpānīti āharimāni vāḷarūpāni. Caturaṅgulādhikānīti uddalomīekantalomīhi visesadassanaṃ. Caturaṅgulato hi ūnāni kira uddalomīādīsu pavisanti. Vānacitro uṇṇāmayattharaṇoti nānāvaṇṇehi uṇṇāmayasuttehi bhitticchedādivasena vāyitvā katacittattharaṇo. Ghanapupphakoti bahalarāgo. Pakatitūlikāti tūlapuṇṇā bhisi. Vikatikāti sīharūpādivasena vānacitrāva gayhati. ‘‘Uddalomīti ubhatodasaṃ uṇṇāmayattharaṇaṃ. Ekantalomīti ekantadasaṃ uṇṇāmayattharaṇa’’nti dīghanikāyaṭṭhakathāyaṃ vuttaṃ. Koseyyakaṭṭissamayanti kosiyasuttānaṃ antarā suvaṇṇamayasuttāni pavesetvā vītaṃ, suvaṇṇasuttaṃ kira kaṭṭissaṃ kasaṭanti ca vuccati. Teneva ‘‘koseyyakasaṭamaya’’nti ācariyadhammapālattherena vuttanti vadanti. Ratanaparisibbitanti suvaṇṇalittaṃ. Suddhakoseyyanti ratanaparisibbanarahitaṃ.
因鹿皮极其微细,故说以二重或三重缝制,称为「鹿皮条」。「以全红帐幕」,谓以全部红色的帐幕。但若是杂色的、有彩绘的或涂色的,则允许。在两边红色枕垫中,也是此理。「或杂色」,此乃从一切允许性而说,并非从两边枕垫的不允许性。因为红色一词不适用于杂色。由于以「覆帐」一词,也应包含杂色敷具。但「袈裟」不入于红色肢体的用语,故在帐幕中及两边枕垫中皆允许。「若合于尺度」等,为显示其他超过尺度的枕头之被禁止而说,并非为显示高床大床之性质,因未如是说。但该枕垫,对守布萨的在家人允许。因为彼时对他们,唯高床大床不允许。虽然在《长部注疏》等中说:「除絮垫外,一切果纳咖等镶宝石者皆不允许」,但在律注疏中,应取允许与不允许之尺度。「依靠」,谓说为「不靠」。显示巴利原文
Ajinamigacammānaṃ atisukhumattā dupaṭṭatipaṭṭāni katvā sibbantīti vuttaṃ ‘‘ajinappaveṇī’’ti. Rattavitānenāti sabbarattena vitānena. Yaṃ pana nānāvaṇṇaṃ vānacittaṃ vā lepacittaṃ vā, taṃ vaṭṭati. Ubhatolohitakūpadhānepi eseva nayo. Citraṃ vāti idaṃ pana sabbathā kappiyattā vuttaṃ, na pana ubhatoupadhānesu akappiyattā. Na hi lohitakasaddo citte vaṭṭati. Paṭaliggahaṇeneva cittakassapi attharaṇassa saṅgahetabbappasaṅgato. Kāsāvaṃ pana lohitaṅgavohāraṃ na gacchati, tasmā vitānepi ubhatoupadhānepi vaṭṭati. Sace pamāṇayuttantiādi aññassa pamāṇātikkantassa bimbohanassa paṭikkhittabhāvadassanatthaṃ vuttaṃ, na pana uccāsayanamahāsayanabhāvadassanatthaṃ tathā avuttattā, taṃ pana upadhānaṃ uposathikānaṃ gahaṭṭhānaṃ vaṭṭati. Uccāsayanamahāsayanameva hi tadā tesaṃ na vaṭṭati. Dīghanikāyaṭṭhakathādīsu kiñcāpi ‘‘ṭhapetvā tūlikaṃ sabbāneva gonakādīni ratanaparisibbitāni na vaṭṭantī’’ti vuttaṃ, vinayaṭṭhakathā eva pana kappiyākappiyabhāve pamāṇanti gahetabbaṃ. Abhinissāyāti apassāyāti vuttaṃ.
楼阁使用论显示巴利原文
Pāsādaparibhogakathā
关于楼阁受用之说,《义理阐明复注》与《金刚智复注》均未作任何说明。而《疑惑消除复注》(疑惑消除复注·小品 2.320)中说:“‘金银等杂色者’,是就僧团住所而言。但若属于个人的金银等杂色物,比丘连接受都不允许,因为‘不应以任何方式受用生金银’(大品 299)。因此,此注疏(小品注疏 320)中说‘在僧团住处或个人住处’,仅是就果纳咖等不被允许的物品范围而说,因为即便有比丘取用它们,也无过失。”显示巴利原文
Pāsādaparibhogakathāyaṃ sāratthadīpaniyaṃ vajirabuddhiṭīkāyañca na kiñci vuttaṃ. Vimativinodaniyaṃ (vi. vi. ṭī. cūḷavagga 2.320) pana ‘‘suvaṇṇarajatādivicitrānīti saṅghikasenāsanaṃ sandhāya vuttaṃ. Puggalikaṃ pana suvaṇṇādivicitraṃ bhikkhussa sampaṭicchitumeva na vaṭṭati ‘na kenaci pariyāyena jātarūparajataṃ sāditabba’nti (mahāva. 299) vuttattā. Tenevettha aṭṭhakathāyaṃ (cūḷava. aṭṭha. 320) ‘saṅghikavihāre vā puggalikavihāre vā’ti vuttaṃ. Gonakādiakappiyabhaṇḍavisaye eva vuttaṃ ekabhikkhussapi tesaṃ gahaṇe dosābhāvā’’ti vuttaṃ.
关于鞋履之说,《义理阐明复注》(义理阐明复注·大品 3.246)中说:“‘阿达利德咖色’,即新鲜阿利德果之色,也有说是‘以水浸泡的乌鸦翅色’。‘以羊毛制鞋’,即以羊毛制成毛毡,或单以羊毛制成的鞋。‘黑狮’,即黑面猴王。其余内容,从巴利原文和注疏来看,都极容易了知。”《疑惑消除复注》(疑惑消除复注·大品 2.246)则说:“‘阿达利德咖色’,即湿阿利德果色,也有说是‘浸泡的乌鸦翅色’。‘染色’,是指涂上的蓝色等颜色,因此说‘以布擦拭’,如此擦拭后便会消失。但为去除皮革恶臭而以黑红等染料染色而成的黑红等色,则是布等无法去除的,此乃皮革本性,故应视为允许。‘卡喇咖’,指覆盖整个脚踵的皮革,为防止磨损,仅允许覆盖踵的上部并加以系缚。‘杂色’,意指形状杂色的布片,并非颜色,因为在应完全去除的卡喇咖等中已经包含。由于面似猫,大猫头鹰被称为‘鸟猫’,其皮即翅毛。‘以羊毛制鞋’,此中包含以羊毛毡所制的鞋。‘黑狮’,即黑面猴王。‘皮革不允许’,是指不允许作坐具、敷具,但若作地面敷具等受用,则为允许。”显示巴利原文
Upāhanakathāyaṃ ‘‘addāriṭṭhakavaṇṇāti abhinavāriṭṭhaphalavaṇṇā, udakena tintakākapattavaṇṇātipi vadanti. Uṇṇāhi katapādukāti uṇṇālomamayakambalehi, uṇṇālomehi eva vā katapādukā. Kāḷasīhoti kāḷamukhavānarajāti. Sesamettha pāḷito ca aṭṭhakathāto ca suviññeyyamevā’’ti sāratthadīpaniyaṃ (sārattha. ṭī. mahāvagga 3.246) vuttaṃ. Vimativinodaniyaṃ (vi. vi. ṭī. mahāvagga 2.246) pana ‘‘addāriṭṭhakavaṇṇāti allāriṭṭhaphalavaṇṇā, tintakākapakkhavaṇṇātipi vadanti. Rajananti uparilittanīlādivaṇṇaṃ sandhāya vuttaṃ. Tenāha ‘coḷakena puñchitvā’ti. Tañhi tathā puñchite vigacchati. Yaṃ pana cammassa duggandhāpanayanatthaṃ kāḷarattādirajanehi rañjitattā kāḷarattādivaṇṇaṃ hoti, taṃ coḷādīhi apanetuṃ na sakkā cammagatikameva, tasmā taṃ vaṭṭatīti daṭṭhabbaṃ. Khallakanti sabbapaṇhipidhānacammaṃ aparigaḷanatthaṃ paṇhiyā uparibhāge apidhāya āropanabandhanamattaṃ vaṭṭati. Vicitrāti saṇṭhānato vicitrapaṭṭā adhippetā, na vaṇṇato sabbaso apanetabbesu khallakādīsu paviṭṭhattā. Biḷālasadisamukhattā mahāulūkā pakkhibiḷālāti vuccanti, tesaṃ cammaṃ nāma pakkhalomameva. Uṇṇāhi katapādukāti ettha uṇṇāmayakambalehi katapādukā saṅgayhanti. Kāḷasīhoti kāḷamukhavānarajāti. Cammaṃ na vaṭṭatīti nisīdanattharaṇaṃ kātuṃ na vaṭṭati, bhūmattharaṇādivasena paribhogo vaṭṭatevā’’ti vuttaṃ.
而《金刚智复注》(金刚智复注·大品 259)中说:“‘弥咖玛都咖’是其名,‘瓦德弥咖’也是其名。书中有写作‘黑狮、黑面、猴’。‘皮革不允许’,至于以何种方式皮革才被允许,将在后文中说明。又说‘以个人方式持用被禁止’。‘诸比丘,不应持任何皮革’,由此已成立,而‘诸比丘,不应持牛皮’,此后文‘诸比丘,我允许在一切边地国土,持用诸皮革敷具’(大品 259),应理解为是顾虑到有允许的意趣而作的开许。”显示巴利原文
Vajirabuddhiṭīkāyaṃ (vajira. ṭī. mahāvagga 259) pana ‘‘migamātukoti tassa nāmaṃ, vātamigoti ca tassa nāmaṃ. ‘Kāḷasīho kāḷamukho kapī’ti likhitaṃ. Cammaṃ na vaṭṭatīti yena pariyāyena cammaṃ vaṭṭissati, so parato āvibhavissati. ‘Attano puggalikavasena paccāhāro paṭikkhitto’ti vuttaṃ. ‘Na, bhikkhave, kiñci cammaṃ dhāretabba’nti ettāvatā siddhe ‘na, bhikkhave, gocamma’nti idaṃ parato ‘anujānāmi, bhikkhave, sabbapaccantimesu janapadesu cammāni attharaṇānī’ti (mahāva. 259) ettha anumatippasaṅgabhayā vuttanti veditabba’’nti vuttaṃ.
在车乘之说中,「诸比丘,我允许人拉的车、手推的车」(大品 253),此中「我允许,诸比丘,人拉的车;我允许,诸比丘,手推的车」,意指各别语句的完结,故说「人拉的车,无论女御者……乃至……男子,都允许」。《义理阐明复注》(义理阐明复注·大品 3.253)说:「『椅轿』,即椅车。『巴丹金』,是轿子的同义词。」《疑惑消除复注》(疑惑消除复注·大品 2.253)说:「『椅轿』,即以木板等制成的椅车。『巴德波德离咖』,是轿子。一切车乘,对于连穿着鞋履行走都无能力的病人,都已允许。」显示巴利原文
Yānakathāyaṃ ‘‘anujānāmi, bhikkhave, purisayuttaṃ hatthavaṭṭaka’’nti (mahāva. 253) ettha anujānāmi, bhikkhave, purisayuttaṃ, anujānāmi, bhikkhave, hatthavaṭṭakanti evaṃ paccekaṃ vākyaparisamāpanaṃ adhippetanti āha ‘‘purisayuttaṃ itthisārathi vā…pe… purisā vā, vaṭṭatiyevā’’ti. ‘‘Pīṭhakasivikanti pīṭhakayānaṃ. Pāṭaṅkinti andolikāyetaṃ adhivacana’’nti sāratthadīpaniyaṃ (sārattha. ṭī. mahāvagga 3.253) vuttaṃ, ‘‘pīṭhakasivikanti phalakādinā kataṃ pīṭhakayānaṃ. Paṭapotalikaṃ andolikā. Sabbampi yānaṃ upāhanenapi gantuṃ asamatthassa gilānassa anuññāta’’nti vimativinodaniyaṃ (vi. vi. ṭī. mahāvagga 2.253).
57 在衣的论述中:「未经捶打的合适布料」是指洗过一次的。「从时节取出的」是指从时节、从长时间取出并已捶打过的布料,也就是所说的碎布。「市场的」是指在市场里捡拾的碎布衣。「应作努力」是指应作寻求。然而这里没有限量,即使一百片也允许。这一切都是就接受净施的比丘而说。「缝补破洞」:其中,提起后用来贴补的布片为「破洞」,用线缝合为「缝补」,卷起而作为「圆补」。「印记」是指封印。「补片作业」:注疏中说「不提起而直接作为依托,用以贴补的布片」。然而在《义理明灯》中说:「应当涂抹」是指应当安置。「已捶打过的布料」是指过时的布料。「提起后用以贴补的布片」是指除去脆弱部分后用以贴补的布片。「双层僧伽梨」是指双层的僧伽梨。「单层的」是指单层的上层衣。「应贴补破洞」是指应在破旧处贴补碎布片。显示巴利原文
57. Cīvarakathāyaṃ ‘‘ahatakappānanti ekavāradhotānaṃ. Utuddhaṭānanti ututo dīghakālato uddhaṭānaṃ hatavatthakānaṃ, pilotikānanti vuttaṃ hoti. Pāpaṇiketi antarāpaṇato patitapilotikacīvare. Ussāho karaṇīyoti pariyesanā kātabbā. Paricchedo panettha natthi, paṭṭasatampi vaṭṭati. Sabbamidaṃ sādiyantassa bhikkhuno vasena vuttaṃ. Aggaḷaṃ tunnanti ettha uddharitvā allīyāpanakhaṇḍaṃ aggaḷaṃ, suttena saṃsibbitaṃ tunnaṃ, vaṭṭetvā karaṇaṃ ovaṭṭikaṃ. Kaṇḍupakaṃ vuccati muddikā. Daḷīkammanti anuddharitvāva upassayaṃ katvā allīyāpanakaṃ vatthakhaṇḍa’’nti aṭṭhakathāyaṃ āgataṃ. Sāratthadīpaniyaṃ (sārattha. ṭī. mahāvagga 3.348) pana ‘‘acchupeyyanti patiṭṭhapeyyaṃ. Hatavatthakānanti kālātītavatthānaṃ. Uddharitvā allīyāpanakhaṇḍanti dubbalaṭṭhānaṃ apanetvā allīyāpanavatthakhaṇḍa’’nti vuttaṃ. Diguṇaṃ saṅghāṭinti dupaṭṭaṃ saṅghāṭiṃ. Ekacciyanti ekapaṭṭaṃ aggapaṭṭaṃ. Aggaḷaṃ ajjhāpessanti jiṇṇaṭṭhāne pilotikakhaṇḍaṃ laggāpeyyaṃ.
破衣之论显示巴利原文
Chinnacīvarakathā
在断衣的论述中:然而在三衣之中,割断两件或一件后应作,此中,根据「诸比丘,我允许割截的僧伽梨、割截的郁多罗僧、割截的安陀会」这一言教,应当以五条、七条等方式割截后作,不得未加割截,这是其义。若布不足,应给予外来布:其中,若割截后制作,三衣均不足一块布,则应作两件割截衣,一件不割截衣。若割截两件后制作时布仍不足,则应作两件不割截衣,一件割截衣。乃至仅割截一件后制作时布也不足,如是则不应割截而应给予外来布,这是其义。为以经文证明此义,故说「此已说」等。其中「即使加上额外的也可附加」:如此不足时,我也允许附加外来布,这是其义。显示巴利原文
Chinnacīvarakathāyaṃ tīsu pana cīvaresu dve vā ekaṃ vā chinditvā kātabbanti ettha ‘‘anujānāmi, bhikkhave, chinnakaṃ saṅghāṭiṃ chinnakaṃ uttarāsaṅgaṃ chinnakaṃ antaravāsaka’’nti (mahāva. 345) vacanato pañcakhaṇḍasattakhaṇḍādivasena chinditvāva kātabbaṃ, na acchinditvāti attho. Sace nappahoti, āgantukapaṭṭaṃ dātabbanti ettha yadi chinditvā kate tiṇṇampi cīvarānaṃ atthāya sāṭako nappahoti, dve cīvarāni chinnakāni kātabbāni, ekaṃ cīvaraṃ acchinnakaṃ kattabbaṃ. Dvīsu cīvaresu chinditvā katesu sāṭako nappahoti, dve cīvarāni acchinnakāni, ekaṃ cīvaraṃ chinnakaṃ kātabbaṃ. Ekasmimpi cīvare chinditvā kate sāṭako nappahoti, evaṃ sati acchinditvā āgantukapaṭṭaṃ dātabbanti attho. Tamatthaṃ pāḷiyā sādhetuṃ ‘‘vuttañheta’’ntiādimāha. Tattha anvādhikampi āropetunti evaṃ appahonte sati āgantukapaṭṭampi āropetuṃ anujānāmīti attho.
不许可之衣论显示巴利原文
Akappiyacīvarakathā
在不许可衣的论述中:世尊禁止了裸形、草衣、树皮衣、木板衣、发毯、毛毯、猫头鹰翅、兽皮,因为它们是外道的受持,属于偷兰遮的事项。其中,“裸形”指裸体、无衣的状态。“草衣”指用草编织而成的衣。“树皮衣”指苦行者的树皮衣。“木板衣”指将木板形状的木片缝合而成的衣。“发毯”指以头发为经线织成的毯子。“毛毯”指用牦牛尾毛织成的毯子。“猫头鹰翅”指用猫头鹰翅膀制作的下衣。“兽皮”指带毛带蹄的兽皮,如鹿皮等。这些是外道的标志,因为它们显然并非衣,所以论师在此未作说明。然而,布袋并不显眼,因此在说了布袋之后,又说了全蓝色等构成恶作的种种事项。由于佛陀说过‘应给与在三层衣之间’,所以受持三层衣是被允许的,这一点已确定。这是为了显示在三层等诸多层衣之间,应当安设这样不相衬颜色的补丁布片。“紧身衣”是指从头部套下而穿在身上的衣服,因此说‘撕开、染色后使用是允许的’。“缠布”是指头巾,“冠”是指王冠。为了显示二者的差别,所以说‘然而冠’等。显示巴利原文
Akappiyacīvarakathāyaṃ ‘‘naggiyaṃ kusacīraṃ phalakacīraṃ kesakambalaṃ vāḷakambalaṃ ulūkapakkhikaṃ ajinakkhipa’’nti imāni titthiyasamādānattā thullaccayavatthūnīti bhagavatā paṭikkhittāni . Tattha naggiyanti naggabhāvo acelakabhāvo. Kusacīranti kusena ganthetvā katacīvaraṃ. Vākacīranti tāpasānaṃ vakkalaṃ. Phalakacīranti phalakasaṇṭhānāni phalakāni sibbitvā katacīvaraṃ. Kesakambalanti kesehi tante vāyitvā katakambalaṃ. Vālakambalanti cāmarīvālehi vāyitvā katakambalaṃ. Ulūkapakkhikanti ulūkasakuṇassa pakkhehi katanivāsanaṃ . Ajinakkhipanti salomaṃ sakhuraṃ ajinamigacammaṃ. Tāni titthiyaddhajabhūtāni acīvarabhāvena pākaṭānīti ācariyena idha na vuttāni. Potthako pana apākaṭoti taṃ vatvā sabbanīlakādīni dukkaṭavatthukāni vuttāni. ‘‘Tipaṭṭacīvarassa vā majjhe dātabbānī’’ti vuttattā tipaṭṭacīvaraṃ dhāretuṃ vaṭṭatīti siddhaṃ. Tipaṭṭādīnañca bahupaṭṭacīvarānaṃ antare īdisāni asāruppavaṇṇāni paṭapilotikāni kātabbānīti dasseti. Kañcukaṃ nāma sīsato paṭimuñcitvā kāyāruḷhavatthaṃ. Tenāha ‘‘phāletvā rajitvā paribhuñjituṃ vaṭṭatī’’ti. Veṭhananti sīsaveṭhanaṃ. Tirīṭanti makuṭaṃ. Tassa visesaṃ dassetuṃ ‘‘tirīṭakaṃ panā’’tiādimāha.
衣之审察论显示巴利原文
Cīvaravicāraṇakathā
在衣的审察与处理之论中:依据‘比丘们,阿难是智者;比丘们,阿难是大慧者。因为他将理解我简略所说的详细义理,他将制作角形,也将制作半角形,也将制作圆形,也将制作半圆形,也将制作展开形,也将制作随展开形,也将制作颈部用布,也将制作小腿用布,还将制作外边;它将是割截而成的,将是粗糙的、适合沙门的、为敌对者所不喜的’这一言教,具寿阿难在听了世尊简略所说的话语——‘阿难,你看见摩揭陀的田地以井为界、以线为界、以边界为界、以十字路口为界了吗?’之后,便依世尊的意趣为众多比丘准备了衣。现在也应当这样准备衣。显示巴利原文
Cīvaravicāraṇakathāyaṃ ‘‘paṇḍito, bhikkhave, ānando, mahāpañño, bhikkhave, ānando. Yatra hi nāma mayā saṃkhittena bhāsitassa vitthārena atthaṃ ājānissati, kusimpi nāma karissati, aḍḍhakusimpi nāma karissati, maṇḍalampi nāma karissati, aḍḍhamaṇḍalampi nāma karissati, vivaṭṭampi nāma karissati, anuvivaṭṭampi nāma karissati, gīveyyakampi nāma karissati, jaṅgheyyakampi nāma karissati, bāhantampi nāma karissati, chinnakaṃ bhavissati, satthalūkhaṃ samaṇasāruppaṃ paccatthikānañca anabhicchita’’nti (mahāva. 345) vacanato ‘‘passasi tvaṃ, ānanda, magadhakhettaṃ acchibaddhaṃ pāḷibaddhaṃ mariyādabaddhaṃ siṅghāṭakabaddha’’nti bhagavato saṃkhittena vuttavacanaṃ sutvā āyasmā ānando bhagavato ajjhāsayānurūpaṃ sambahulānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ cīvaraṃ saṃvidahi. Tathā idānipi evarūpaṃ cīvaraṃ saṃvidahitabbaṃ.
其中,“被井所缚”是指被四方形田地所围束。“被界所缚”是指从长度和宽度两方面被长界限所围束。“被界限所缚”是指在中间被短界限所围束。“被十字路口所缚”是指在界限与界限相互贯穿之处被十字路口形状所围束,也就是四方形。所谓“因为他”的意思就是“他确实”。在“角形”等当中,“角”是指长宽均等的布块的名称。“半角”是指中间短布的布块名称。“圆形”是在五片衣的每一片中的大圆形布块。“半圆形”是指小圆形布块。“展开形”是将圆形和半圆形合缝在一起的中间片。“随展开形”是在其两边的两片。“颈部用”是在颈部缠绕处为了加固而用另外的线缝合上去的外来布。“小腿用”是在小腿相应处同样缝合的布,在颈部处和小腿处的布就是它们的名称。“外边”是在随展开形之外的每一片。以上是从五片衣的角度所作的分析。或者,“随展开形”是从展开形一侧的两片、另一侧的两片,亦即四片布块的名称。“外边”是指穿着合身尺寸之衣的人收拢后搭在手臂上时,两端向外而立的布块,这就是它们的名称。这个方法确实出自大注疏,并由注疏传述而来。显示巴利原文
Tattha ‘‘acchibaddhanti caturassakedārabaddhaṃ. Pāḷibaddhanti āyāmato ca vitthārato ca dīghamariyādabaddhaṃ. Mariyādabaddhanti antarantarā rassamariyādabaddhaṃ. Siṅghāṭakabaddhanti mariyādāya mariyādaṃ vinivijjhitvā gataṭṭhāne siṅghāṭakabaddhaṃ, catukkasaṇṭhānanti attho. Yatra hi nāmāti yo nāma. Kusimpi nāmātiādīsu kusīti āyāmato ca vitthārato ca anuvātādīnaṃ dīghapaṭṭānametaṃ adhivacanaṃ. Aḍḍhakusīti antarantarārassapaṭṭānaṃ nāmaṃ. Maṇḍalanti pañcakhaṇḍikassa cīvarassa ekekasmiṃ khaṇḍe mahāmaṇḍalaṃ. Aḍḍhamaṇḍalanti khuddakamaṇḍalaṃ. Vivaṭṭanti maṇḍalañca aḍḍhamaṇḍalañca ekato katvā sibbitaṃ majjhimakhaṇḍaṃ. Anuvivaṭṭanti tassa ubhosu passesu dve khaṇḍāni. Gīveyyakanti gīvāveṭhanaṭṭhāne daḷhīkaraṇatthaṃ aññasuttasaṃsibbitaṃ āgantukapaṭṭaṃ. Jaṅgheyyakanti jaṅghapāpuṇanaṭṭhāne tatheva saṃsibbitaṃ paṭṭaṃ. Gīvāṭṭhāne ca jaṅghaṭṭhāne ca paṭṭānametaṃ nāmanti. Bāhantanti anuvivaṭṭānaṃ bahi ekekaṃ khaṇḍaṃ. Iti pañcakhaṇḍikacīvarenetaṃ vicāritanti. Atha vā anuvivaṭṭanti vivaṭṭassa ekapassato dvinnaṃ ekapassato dvinnanti catunnampi khaṇḍānametaṃ nāmaṃ. Bāhantanti suppamāṇaṃ cīvaraṃ pārupantena saṃharitvā bāhāya upari ṭhapitā ubho antā bahimukhā tiṭṭhanti, tesaṃ etaṃ nāmaṃ. Ayameva hi nayo mahāaṭṭhakathāyaṃ vutto’’ti aṭṭhakathāyaṃ (mahāva. aṭṭha. 345) āgato.
缝衣论显示巴利原文
Cīvarasibbanakathā
关于杖咖提那缝衣的论述:那时,诸比丘在各处钉桩,绑缚后缝衣,衣服变得歪斜。他们将此事禀告世尊。世尊说:“诸比丘,我允许使用咖提那和咖提那绳,于各处绑缚后再缝衣。”他们在不平处铺展咖提那衣,咖提那衣破裂……乃至……世尊说:“诸比丘,不应在不平处铺展咖提那衣,若铺展者,犯恶作。”显示巴利原文
Daṇḍakathinenacīvarasibbanakathāyaṃ – tena kho pana samayena bhikkhū tattha tattha khīlaṃ nikkhanitvā sambandhitvā cīvaraṃ sibbenti, cīvaraṃ vikaṇṇaṃ hoti. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ – anujānāmi, bhikkhave, kathinaṃ kathinarajjuṃ, tattha tattha obandhitvā cīvaraṃ sibbetunti. Visame kathinaṃ pattharanti, kathinaṃ paribhijjati…pe… na, bhikkhave, visame kathinaṃ pattharitabbaṃ, yo patthareyya, āpatti dukkaṭassāti.
他们在地上铺展咖提那衣,咖提那衣沾满尘土。世尊说:“诸比丘,我允许铺设草垫。”咖提那衣的边缘磨损。世尊说:“诸比丘,我允许缝上顺风边的镶边。”咖提那衣不够用。世尊说:“诸比丘,我允许使用杖咖提那、劈片、木条、缝合绳、缝合线,绑缚后缝制衣服。”线间空隙不均匀。世尊说:“诸比丘,我允许压线板。”线弯曲。世尊说:“诸比丘,我允许空线器。”显示巴利原文
Chamāya kathinaṃ pattharanti, kathinaṃ paṃsukitaṃ hoti. Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, tiṇasanthārakanti. Kathinassa anto jīrati. Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, anuvātaṃ paribhaṇḍaṃ āropetunti. Kathinaṃ nappahoti. Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, daṇḍakathinaṃ bidalakaṃ salākaṃ vinandhanarajjuṃ vinandhanasuttakaṃ vinandhitvā cīvaraṃ sibbetunti. Suttantarikāyo visamā honti. Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, kaḷimbhakanti. Suttā vaṅkā honti. Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, moghasuttakanti.
那时,有些比丘用未洗的脚踩踏咖提那衣,咖提那衣被弄脏。诸比丘将此事禀告世尊。世尊说:“诸比丘,不应以未洗的脚踩踏咖提那衣,若踩踏者,犯恶作。”显示巴利原文
Tena kho pana samayena bhikkhū adhotehi pādehi kathinaṃ akkamanti, kathinaṃ dussati. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ – na, bhikkhave, adhotehi pādehi kathinaṃ akkamitabbaṃ, yo akkameyya, āpatti dukkaṭassāti.
那时,比丘们以湿脚踏咖提那衣,咖提那衣因此污损。比丘们将此事禀告世尊。世尊说:“诸比丘,不应以湿脚踏咖提那衣,若踏者,犯恶作。”显示巴利原文
Tena kho pana samayena bhikkhū allehi pādehi kathinaṃ akkamanti, kathinaṃ dussati. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ – na, bhikkhave, allehi pādehi kathinaṃ akkamitabbaṃ, yo akkameyya, āpatti dukkaṭassāti.
那时,比丘们穿着鞋踏咖提那衣,咖提那衣因此污损。比丘们将此事禀告世尊。世尊说:“诸比丘,不应穿鞋踏咖提那衣,若踏者,犯恶作。”显示巴利原文
Tena kho pana samayena bhikkhū saupāhanā kathinaṃ akkamanti, kathinaṃ dussati. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ – na, bhikkhave, saupāhanena kathinaṃ akkamitabbaṃ. Yo akkameyya, āpatti dukkaṭassāti.
那时,比丘们缝衣时以手指顶针,手指因此疼痛。比丘们便将此事禀告世尊。世尊说:“诸比丘,我允许使用顶针。”显示巴利原文
Tena kho pana samayena bhikkhū cīvaraṃ sibbantā aṅguliyā paṭiggaṇhanti, aṅguliyo dukkhā honti. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ – anujānāmi, bhikkhave, paṭiggahanti.
那时,六群比丘持有各种顶针,有金制的、银制的。人们不满、指责并传播恶名:“就像在家的欲乐享受者。”比丘们将此事禀告世尊。世尊说:“诸比丘,不应持有各种顶针。若持有者,犯恶作。诸比丘,我允许骨制……乃至螺贝制的顶针。”显示巴利原文
Tena kho pana samayena chabbaggiyā bhikkhū uccāvace paṭiggahe dhārenti suvaṇṇamayaṃ rūpiyamayaṃ. Manussā ujjhāyanti khīyanti vipācenti ‘‘seyyathāpi gihī kāmabhogino’’ti. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ – na, bhikkhave, uccāvacā paṭiggahā dhāretabbā, yo dhāreyya, āpatti dukkaṭassāti. Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, aṭṭhimayaṃ…pe… saṅkhanābhimayanti.
那时,针、刀、顶针都有遗失。比丘们将此事禀告世尊。世尊说:“诸比丘,我允许使用针筒。”针筒内物件杂乱。比丘们将此事禀告世尊。世尊说:“诸比丘,我允许使用顶针袋。”没有肩带……世尊说:“诸比丘,我允许肩带和系绳。”显示巴利原文
Tena kho pana samayena sūciyopi satthakāpi paṭiggahāpi nassanti. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ – anujānāmi, bhikkhave, āvesanavitthakanti. Āvesanavitthake samākulā honti. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ – anujānāmi, bhikkhave, paṭiggahathavikanti. Aṃsabaddhako na hoti…pe… anujānāmi, bhikkhave, aṃsabaddhakaṃ bandhanasuttakanti.
那时,比丘们在露地缝衣,备受寒冷和炎热之苦。比丘们将此事禀告世尊。世尊说:“诸比丘,我允许建咖提那堂、咖提那棚。”咖提那堂地基低洼,被水浸泡。比丘们将此事禀告世尊。世尊说:“诸比丘,我允许作高地基。”砌体崩塌。世尊说:“诸比丘,我允许砌三种砌体:砖砌体、石砌体、木砌体。”登高时受阻。世尊说:“诸比丘,我允许作三种阶梯:砖阶梯、石阶梯、木阶梯。”登高时跌落。世尊说:“诸比丘,我允许设扶手。”咖提那堂中草屑散落。世尊说:“诸比丘,我允许将草编织后涂抹内外,并作白色、黑色、赭土装饰、花纹装饰、藤蔓装饰、鱼齿纹、五条纹及衣绳。”显示巴利原文
Tena kho pana samayena bhikkhū abbhokāse cīvaraṃ sibbantā sītenapi uṇhenapi kilamanti. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ – anujānāmi, bhikkhave, kathinasālaṃ kathinamaṇḍapanti. Kathinasālā nīcavatthukā hoti, udakena ottharīyati. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ – anujānāmi, bhikkhave, uccavatthukaṃ kātunti. Cayo paripatati. Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, cinituṃ tayo caye iṭṭhakacayaṃ, silācayaṃ, dārucayanti. Ārohantā vihaññanti. Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, tayo sopāne iṭṭhakasopānaṃ, silāsopānaṃ, dārusopānanti. Ārohantā paripatanti. Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, ālambanabāhanti. Kathinasālāya tiṇacuṇṇaṃ paripatati . Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, ogumphetvā ullittāvalittaṃ kātuṃ setavaṇṇaṃ kāḷavaṇṇaṃ gerukaparikammaṃ mālākammaṃ latākammaṃ makaradantakaṃ pañcapaṭikaṃ cīvararajjunti.
那时,诸比丘缝好衣服后,便那样丢弃缝衣架而去;缝衣架被老鼠和白蚁啃咬。他们将此事禀告世尊。世尊说:“诸比丘,我允许你们收卷缝衣架。”缝衣架破损。世尊说:“诸比丘,我允许用牛皮绳来收卷缝衣架。”缝衣架散开。世尊说:“诸比丘,我允许系上绳子。”显示巴利原文
Tena kho pana samayena bhikkhū cīvaraṃ sibbetvā tatheva kathinaṃ ujjhitvā pakkamanti, undūrehipi upacikāhipi khajjati. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ – anujānāmi, bhikkhave, kathinaṃ saṅgharitunti. Kathinaṃ paribhijjati. Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, goghaṃsikāya kathinaṃ saṅgharitunti. Kathinaṃ viniveṭhiyati. Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, bandhanarajjunti.
那时,诸比丘将缝衣架挂在墙上或柱上便离去,缝衣架掉落下来而破损。他们将此事禀告世尊。世尊说:“诸比丘,我允许你们挂在壁钉或象牙钩上。”此为《小事犍度》中所出的圣典文。显示巴利原文
Tena kho pana samayena bhikkhū kuṭṭepi thambhepi kathinaṃ ussāpetvā pakkamanti, paripatitvā kathinaṃ bhijjati. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ – anujānāmi, bhikkhave, bhittikhīle vā nāgadante vā laggetunti. Ayaṃ khuddakavatthukhandhake āgato pāḷipāṭho.
所说的“缝衣架”,指的是梯架,或者在那上面应当铺展的木板、床、席之中的任何一种。“缝衣架绳”,是指缝制双层衣时,用来把衣服系在缝衣架上的绳子。“缝衣架不够长”,意思是依身材高大的比丘的身量而做的缝衣架,当矮小比丘的衣服铺展开时,长度不够,只够到内缘,而够不到两端的支杆。“杆式缝衣架”,我允许在它的中央依矮小比丘的身量,另外系上一个小的梯架,这就是它的意思。“折叠”,是指依照杆式缝衣架的长度,在木板边缘将衣料折回,做成双层。“签”,是指插在双层衣之间的签条。“系绳”,是指把小梯架和大梯架绑在一起的绳子。“系线”,是指把衣服系在小梯架上的线。“系缚后缝衣”是说,用那条线将衣服系在那里之后再进行缝纫。“不平”,是指某些地方小、某些地方大。“标记”,是指任何用来作量度记号的贝叶等物。“墨线”,是指像木匠在木料上弹墨线那样,用姜黄线来作标记。“以指承受”,是说用手指顶住针尖。“针筒”,是指指套。“针筒袋”,是指任何如小篮子一般的容器。“高地基”,是指堆土作成高台,这是我允许的,这就是它的意思。“抖落覆盖后涂抹内外”,是指抖掉覆盖物,做好密实的骨架后,用泥涂抹里外两面。“以牛皮绳”,指在缝衣架内放入竹竿或木杆,与它一起收卷起来。“系绳”,是指为如此收卷起来的缝衣架所系的绳子。显示巴利原文
‘‘Kathinanti nisseṇimpi, tattha attharitabbakaṭasārakakilañjānaṃ aññatarampi. Kathinarajjunti yāya dupaṭṭacīvaraṃ sibbantā kathine cīvaraṃ vibandhanti. Kathinaṃ nappahotīti dīghassa bhikkhuno pamāṇena kataṃ kathinaṃ ittarassa bhikkhuno cīvaraṃ patthariyamānaṃ nappahoti, antoyeva hoti, daṇḍake na pāpuṇātīti attho. Daṇḍakathinanti tassa majjhe ittarassa bhikkhuno pamāṇena aññaṃ nisseṇiṃ bandhituṃ anujānāmīti attho. Bidalakanti daṇḍakathinappamāṇena kaṭasārakassa pariyante paṭisaṃharitvā duguṇakaraṇaṃ. Salākanti dupaṭṭacīvarassa antare pavesanasalākaṃ. Vinandhanarajjunti mahānisseṇiyā saddhiṃ khuddakanisseṇiṃ vinandhituṃ rajjuṃ. Vinandhanasuttakanti khuddakanisseṇiyā cīvaraṃ vinandhituṃ suttakaṃ. Vinandhitvā cīvaraṃ sibbitunti tena suttakena tattha cīvaraṃ vinandhitvā sibbetuṃ. Visamā hontīti kāci khuddakā honti, kāci mahantā. Kaḷimbhakanti pamāṇasaññākaraṇaṃ yaṃ kiñci tālapaṇṇādiṃ. Moghasuttakanti vaḍḍhakīnaṃ dārūsu kāḷasuttena viya haliddisuttena saññākaraṇaṃ. Aṅguliyā paṭiggaṇhantīti sūcimukhaṃ aṅguliyā paṭicchanti. Paṭiggahanti aṅgulikosakaṃ. Āvesanavitthakaṃ nāma yaṃ kiñci pāticaṅkoṭakādi. Uccavatthukanti paṃsuṃ ākiritvā uccavatthukaṃ kātuṃ anujānāmīti attho. Ogumphetvā ullittāvalittaṃ kātunti chadanaṃ odhunitvā ghanadaṇḍakaṃ katvā anto ceva bahi ca mattikāya limpitunti attho. Goghaṃsikāyāti veḷuṃ vā rukkhadaṇḍakaṃ vā anto katvā tena saddhiṃ saṃharitunti attho. Bandhanarajjunti tathā saṃharitassa bandhanarajju’’nti ayaṃ aṭṭhakathāpāṭho (cūḷava. aṭṭha. 256).
“顺风围绕”:于席等上制作,这在难句处已有说明。“折叠”:这是对“作成双层”这一特殊操作的同义表达。何为作成双层?即以席等铺设了大咖提那衣之后,再将其做成双层。应依杆咖提那的量度在边缘收拢后做成双层。“针筒”:指套。“钵”:指一种仿针筒形状制成的容器类别。“不认可”:意为不足。“砌低地基”:指在外墙周沿做好低地基后再行砌筑。”此为义疏。显示巴利原文
‘‘Anuvātaṃ paribhaṇḍanti kilañjādīsu karotīti gaṇṭhipadesu vuttaṃ. Bidalakanti duguṇakaraṇasaṅkhātassa kiriyāvisesassa adhivacanaṃ. Kassa duguṇakaraṇaṃ? Yena kilañjādinā mahantaṃ kathinaṃ atthataṃ, tassa. Tañhi daṇḍakathinappamāṇena pariyante saṃharitvā duguṇaṃ kātabbaṃ. Paṭiggahanti aṅgulikañcukaṃ. Pāti nāma paṭiggahasaṇṭhānena kato bhājanaviseso. Na sammatīti nappahoti. Nīcavatthukaṃ cinitunti bahikuṭṭassa samantato nīcavatthukaṃ katvā cinitu’’nti sāratthadīpaniyaṃ (sārattha. ṭī. cūḷavagga 3.260-262).
“尼谢尼”:即以四根杆做成与衣量相应的长方形,再绑缚而成的框架。于此,将衣角齐整绑缚后,便可随意缝制衣服。“于其上应铺展”:为支撑衣服之故,应铺展于该尼谢尼之上。名为咖提那的尼谢尼,其绑缚衣服的绳索即是咖提那绳;此为省略中间词的复合词,故有“以何”等说。在此,若两层布中有一层过松,则该处会起皱,故应了知:将双层衣的两层布均匀绑缚的绳索,即咖提那绳。律文中说“咖提那内部破损”,疑惑解除中说“绑于咖提那之衣的边缘破损”。显示巴利原文
‘‘Nisseṇimpīti catūhi daṇḍehi cīvarappamāṇena āyatacaturassaṃ katvā baddhapaṭalampi. Ettha hi cīvarakoṭiyo samakaṃ bandhitvā cīvaraṃ yathāsukhaṃ sibbanti. Tattha attharitabbanti tassā nisseṇiyā upari cīvarassa upatthambhanatthāya attharitabbaṃ. Kathinasaṅkhātāya nisseṇiyā cīvarassa bandhanakarajju kathinarajjūti majjhimapadalopī samāsoti āha ‘‘yāyā’’tiādi. Tattha yasmā dvinnaṃ paṭalānaṃ ekasmiṃ adhike jāte tattha valiyo honti, tasmā dupaṭṭacīvarassa paṭaladvayampi samakaṃ katvā bandhanakarajju kathinarajjūti veditabbaṃ. Pāḷiyaṃ (cūḷava. 256) kathinassa anto jīratīti kathine baddhassa cīvarassa pariyanto jīratī’’ti vimativinodaniyaṃ vuttaṃ.
“折叠”:这是对“作成双层”这一特殊操作的同义表达。何为作成双层?即对于以席等铺设的大咖提那衣,应依杆咖提那的量度在边缘收拢而做成双层;否则在对小衣进行顺风围绕等操作时,手便没有活动空间。有签条时,能轻易了知两件衣中何者已缝、何者未缝。制作杆咖提那时,无需众多帮手。文中写有“不皱缩而衣平整,角亦平整”,因又说“以姜黄线作标记”,故“以姜黄线缝衣亦可”得以成立。于此,有人认为这是不净的。“针筒”:指套。“钵”:指套的形状。“针筒袋”:指套袋。”此为金刚智复注中所传。显示巴利原文
‘‘Bidalakaṃ nāma diguṇakaraṇasaṅkhātassa kiriyāvisesassa adhivacanaṃ. Kassa diguṇakaraṇaṃ? Yena kilañjādinā mahantaṃ kathinaṃ atthataṃ, tassa. Tañhi daṇḍakathinappamāṇena pariyante saṃharitvā diguṇaṃ kātabbaṃ, aññathā khuddakacīvarassa anuvātaparibhaṇḍādividhānakaraṇe hatthassa okāso na hoti. Salākāya sati dvinnaṃ cīvarānaṃ aññataraṃ ñatvā sibbitāsibbitaṃ sukhaṃ paññāyati. Daṇḍakathine kate na bahūhi sahāyehi payojanaṃ. ‘Asaṃkuṭitvā cīvaraṃ samaṃ hoti, koṇāpi samā hontī’ti likhitaṃ, ‘haliddisuttena saññākaraṇa’nti vuttattā ‘haliddisuttena cīvaraṃ sibbetumpi vaṭṭatī’ti siddhaṃ. Tattha hi keci akappiyasaññino. Paṭiggaho nāma aṅgulikoso. Pātīti paṭiggahasaṇṭhānaṃ. Paṭiggahathavikanti aṅgulikosathavika’’nti vajirabuddhiṭīkāyaṃ (vajira. ṭī. cūḷavagga 256) āgataṃ.
居士衣等论显示巴利原文
Gahapaticīvarādikathā
在“居士衣”等的论说中,根据“诸比丘,我允许居士衣。乐欲者,可作粪扫衣者;乐欲者,可受用居士衣。诸比丘,无论以何种,我皆赞叹知足。”这一教示,未受持头陀支的比丘,若愿穿著粪扫衣,即可为粪扫衣者;若愿受用居士所施的居士衣,即可为居士衣受用者。然而,已受持头陀支的比丘,因决意“我拒绝居士衣,我受持粪扫衣支”,故不应受用居士衣。“居士衣”是指居士所施之衣。“无论以何种”,即或廉价、或昂贵、或以任何,此为义。显示巴利原文
Gahapaticīvarādikathāyaṃ ‘‘anujānāmi, bhikkhave, gahapaticīvaraṃ, yo icchati, paṃsukūliko hotu, yo icchati, gahapaticīvaraṃ sādiyatu, itarītarenapāhaṃ, bhikkhave, santuṭṭhiṃ vaṇṇemī’’ti (mahāva. 337) vacanato asamādinnadhutaṅgo yo bhikkhu paṃsukūlaṃ dhāretuṃ icchati, tena paṃsukūlikena bhavitabbaṃ . Yo pana gihīhi dinnaṃ gahapaticīvaraṃ sādiyituṃ icchati, tena gahapaticīvarasādiyakena bhavitabbaṃ. Samādinnadhutaṅgo pana bhikkhu ‘‘gahapaticīvaraṃ paṭikkhipāmi, paṃsukūlikaṅgaṃ samādiyāmī’’ti adhiṭṭhahanato gahapaticīvaraṃ sādiyituṃ na vaṭṭati. Gahapaticīvaranti gahapatīhi dinnaṃ cīvaraṃ. Itarītarenapīti appagghenapi mahagghenapi yena kenacīti attho.
“无论以何种”:即以此或以彼。“ita”(彼)一词为不定语,连说两次时,与“任何”一词同义,因此说“或廉价、或昂贵、或以任何”,此义出自《义利光明》。又依“诸比丘,我允许覆布;诸比丘,我允许丝覆布;诸比丘,我允许憍奢耶”等语,覆布等亦可接受。在此,“覆布”指有毛的棉等种类。“诸比丘,我允许憍奢耶”,此处唯指普通的憍奢耶,大背憍奢耶则不可。“憍奢耶”指羊毛所制、类似覆布之物。“大背憍奢耶”是因应铺展于象背而得名“大背”,指四指花纹的憍奢耶。此义出自《义利光明》。《疑惑解除》中也说:“大背憍奢耶,是因应铺展于象背上而得名‘大背’的羊毛制铺具。”然而,《金刚智复注》中说:“大背憍奢耶,据说即超过四指花纹者。”又根据“诸比丘,我允许毛毯”一语,半迦尸价等昂贵的毛毯也可使用。“半迦尸”:此处“迦尸”谓千数,指其价值的迦尸。而此物值五百,故说为半迦尸。显示巴利原文
‘‘Itarītarenāti itarena itarena. Itara-saddo pana aniyamavacano dvikkhattuṃ vuccamāno yaṃkiñci-saddehi samānattho hotīti vuttaṃ appagghenapi mahagghenapi yena kenacī’’ti sāratthadīpaniyaṃ (sārattha. ṭī. mahāvagga 3.337), ‘‘anujānāmi, bhikkhave, pāvāraṃ, anujānāmi, bhikkhave, koseyyapāvāraṃ, anujānāmi, bhikkhave, kojava’’nti (mahāva. 337) vacanato pāvārādīnipi sampaṭicchituṃ vaṭṭati. Tattha pāvāroti salomako kappāsādibhedo. Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, kojavanti ettha pakatikojavameva vaṭṭati, mahāpiṭṭhiyakojavaṃ na vaṭṭati. Kojavanti uṇṇāmayo pāvārasadiso. ‘‘Mahāpiṭṭhi kojavanti hatthipiṭṭhīsu attharitabbatāya ‘mahāpiṭṭhiya’nti laddhasamaññaṃ caturaṅgulapupphaṃ kojava’’nti sāratthadīpaniyaṃ (sārattha. ṭī. mahāvagga 3.337) vuttaṃ. Vimativinodaniyampi (vi. vi. ṭī. mahāvagga 2.337) ‘‘mahāpiṭṭhiyakojavanti hatthipiṭṭhiyaṃ attharitabbatāya ‘mahāpiṭṭhiya’nti laddhasamaññaṃ uṇṇāmayattharaṇa’’nti vuttaṃ. Vajirabuddhiṭīkāyaṃ (vajira. ṭī. mahāvagga 337) pana ‘‘mahāpiṭṭhiyakojavaṃ nāma atirekacaturaṅgulapupphaṃ kirā’’ti vuttaṃ. ‘‘Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, kambala’’nti (mahāva. 338) vacanato aḍḍhakāsiyādīni mahagghānipi kambalāni vaṭṭanti . Aḍḍhakāsiyanti ettha kāsīti sahassaṃ vuccati, taṃagghanako kāsiyo. Ayaṃ pana pañca satāni agghati, tasmā aḍḍhakāsiyoti vutto.
在“六衣”的论说中,根据“诸比丘,我允许六种衣:麻、棉、丝、毛毯、粗麻、混合”这一教示,麻等六种衣,以及杜拘罗等六种随顺衣,皆可使用。其中,“麻”是以麻线织成的麻布衣。“棉”是以棉花所生的线织成。“丝”是以织工虫所生之线织成。“毛毯”是羊毛制成的衣。“粗麻”是以粗麻线制成的衣。“混合”是混合麻线等一切,或混和某些而制成的衣。有些人说,混合亦仅是树皮所制。“杜拘罗、帕敦那、须摩罗布、支那布、神变生、天施”,这六种衣是它们的随顺,故不另作说明。杜拘罗为粗麻的随顺,因是树皮所制。帕敦那地方所产的布为帕敦那。辞典中说:“帕敦那是丝的别种。”须摩拉地方、支那地方所产的布,称为须摩罗布、支那布。帕敦那等三种为丝的随顺,因为是虫所作之线制成的。神变生,是诸来比丘以福德神变力所生起的衣,它属于麻等中的任一种,故是它们的随顺。天人所施之衣为天施。劫树所生,如同天女阇隶尼施与阿耨楼陀长老之衣,那也属于麻等的随顺,因为也是他们中之任一种。此义出自《义利光明》。显示巴利原文
Chacīvarakathāyaṃ ‘‘anujānāmi, bhikkhave, cha cīvarāni khomaṃ kappāsikaṃ koseyyaṃ kambalaṃ sāṇaṃ bhaṅga’’nti (mahāva. 339) vacanato khomādīni cha cīvarāni dukūlādīni cha anulomacīvarāni ca vaṭṭanti. Tattha ‘‘khomanti khomasuttehi vāyitaṃ khomapaṭṭacīvaraṃ. Kappāsikanti kappāsato nibbattasuttehi vāyitaṃ. Koseyyanti kosakārakapāṇakehi nibbattasuttehi vāyitaṃ. Kambalanti uṇṇāmayacīvaraṃ. Sāṇanti sāṇasuttehi katacīvaraṃ. Bhaṅganti khomasuttādīni sabbāni, ekaccāni vā missetvā katacīvaraṃ. Bhaṅgampi vākamayamevāti keci. Dukūlaṃ paṭṭuṇṇaṃ somārapaṭaṃ cīnapaṭaṃ iddhijaṃ devadinnanti imāni pana cha cīvarāni etesaṃyeva anulomānīti visuṃ na vuttāni. Dukūlañhi sāṇassa anulomaṃ vākamayattā. Paṭṭuṇṇadese sañjātavatthaṃ paṭṭuṇṇaṃ. ‘Paṭṭuṇṇakoseyyaviseso’ti hi abhidhānakose vuttaṃ. Somāradese cīnadese ca jātavatthāni somāracīnapaṭāni. Paṭṭuṇṇādīni tīṇi koseyyassa anulomāni pāṇakehi katasuttamayattā. Iddhijaṃ ehibhikkhūnaṃ puññiddhiyā nibbattacīvaraṃ, taṃ khomādīnaṃ aññataraṃ hotīti tesaṃ eva anulomaṃ. Devatāhi dinnaṃ cīvaraṃ devadinnaṃ. Kapparukkhe nibbattaṃ jāliniyā devakaññāya anuruddhattherassa dinnavatthasadisaṃ, tampi khomādīnaṃyeva anulomaṃ hoti tesu aññatarabhāvato’’ti sāratthadīpaniyaṃ (sārattha. ṭī. 2.462-463) vuttaṃ.
而《疑惑解除》中说:“麻衣,是以麻线织成的麻布衣;有人说那是树皮所制。以棉线织成的为棉衣,其余依此类推。毛毯,是以羊等动物的毛纺线所织成的布。混合衣,是混合麻线等全部或部分线所织成的衣;也有人说混合衣仅是树皮所制。至于杜拘罗衣、帕敦那衣、须摩罗布、支那布、神变生衣、天施衣,这六种是随顺前述诸衣的,故不另行说明。其中,杜拘罗衣随顺粗麻一类,因其为树皮所制。《辞典》说‘帕敦那是丝的特殊品种’。产于须摩拉地方、支那地方的布,称为须摩罗布、支那布。帕敦那等三种为丝类的随顺,因为是虫吐丝所成之线织成。神变生衣,是诸方比丘以福德神变力所化现之衣,或在劫树上所生。天施衣则是麻等类中的任一种。因此,这六种都属于前述一切衣类的随顺。”显示巴利原文
Vimativinodaniyaṃ (vi. vi. ṭī. 1.463) pana ‘‘khomanti khomasuttehi vāyitaṃ khomapaṭacīvaraṃ, taṃ vākamayanti vadanti. Kappāsasuttehi vāyitaṃ kappāsikaṃ. Evaṃ sesānipi. Kambalanti eḷakādīnaṃ lomamayasuttena vāyitaṃ paṭaṃ. Bhaṅganti khomasuttādīni sabbāni, ekaccāni vā missetvā vāyitaṃ cīvaraṃ, bhaṅgampi vākamayamevāti keci . Dukūlaṃ paṭṭuṇṇaṃ somārapaṭaṃ cīnapaṭaṃ iddhijaṃ devadinnanti imāni cha cīvarāni etesaññeva anulomānīti visuṃ na vuttāni. Dukūlañhi sāṇassa anulomaṃ vākamayattā. ‘Paṭṭuṇṇaṃ koseyyaviseso’ti abhidhānakose vuttaṃ. Somāradese cīnadese ca jātavatthāni somāracīnapaṭāni. Paṭṭuṇṇādīni tīṇi koseyyassa anulomāni pāṇakehi katasuttamayattā. Iddhijanti ehibhikkhūnaṃ puññiddhiyā nibbattacīvaraṃ, kapparukkhehi nibbattaṃ, devadinnañca khomādīnaṃ aññataraṃ hotīti tesaṃ sabbesaṃ anulomānī’’ti vuttaṃ.
在染料品中,根据“诸比丘,我允许六种染料:根染、干染、树皮染、叶染、花染、果染”的教示,应以此六种染料之一来染衣,不得用牛粪或黄土染。用这些染出的衣服颜色暗淡。六种染料的特征在前文资具品中已作说明。其中,“以牛粪”就是指用牛粪,“以黄土”是用赤色土。又据“诸比丘,我允许染锅与染灶”之语,不应以冷水染衣,用冷水染出的衣服会有恶臭。这里“冷水”是指未煮的染料。根据“诸比丘,我允许系上隔环”之语,系隔环是被允许的。其中“隔环”是指一个圆形支架,安置于染锅中央,围绕该支架放入染料皮——这是我所允许的。这样做时,染料就不会溢出。所谓“置于染料锅中央”,即安放在锅的内部中央。当这样把圆形支架放入染锅时,中央有水,支架外侧的锅边四周则有染料皮。“投入”是指投入染料皮,这在《义明灯》中如此说道。而《疑惑消除》中说:“‘这样做’是指圆形支架内是染料水,外是染料皮,使之分离。‘不溢出’仅仅是因为水不起泡沫而不溢出。”在《金刚智注》中则说:“用牛粪本非有罪,但因令颜色恶劣而被禁止。有人说:红花也不允许。”显示巴利原文
Rajanādikathāyaṃ ‘‘anujānāmi, bhikkhave, cha rajanāni mūlarajanaṃ khandharajanaṃ tacarajanaṃ pattarajanaṃ puppharajanaṃ phalarajana’’nti vacanato imesu chasu rajanesu ekakena cīvaraṃ rajitabbaṃ, na chakaṇena vā paṇḍumattikāya vā rajitabbaṃ. Tāya rajitacīvaraṃ dubbaṇṇaṃ hoti. Charajanānaṃ sarūpaṃ heṭṭhā parikkhārakathāyaṃ vuttameva. Tattha chakaṇenāti gomayena. Paṇḍumattikāyāti tambamattikāya. ‘‘Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, rajanaṃ pacituṃ cullaṃ rajanakumbhi’’nti (mahāva. 344) vacanato sītudakāya cīvaraṃ na rajitabbaṃ. Tāya hi rajitacīvaraṃ duggandhaṃ hoti. Tattha sītudakāti apakkarajanaṃ vuccati. ‘‘Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, uttarāḷumpaṃ bandhitu’’nti vacanato uttarāḷumpaṃ bandhituṃ vaṭṭati. Tattha uttarāḷumpanti vaṭṭādhārakaṃ, rajanakumbhiyā majjhe ṭhapetvā taṃ ādhārakaṃ parikkhipitvā rajanaṃ pakkhipituṃ anujānāmīti attho. Evañhi kate rajanaṃ na uttarati. Tattha ‘‘rajanakumbhiyā majjhe ṭhapetvāti antorajanakumbhiyā majjhe ṭhapetvā. Evaṃ vaṭṭādhārake antorajanakumbhiyā pakkhitte majjhe udakaṃ tiṭṭhati, vaṭṭādhārakato bahi samantā antokumbhiyaṃ rajanacchalli. Pakkhipitunti rajanacchalliṃ pakkhipitu’’nti sāratthadīpaniyaṃ (sārattha. ṭī. mahāvagga 3.344) vuttaṃ. Vimativinodaniyaṃ (vi. vi. ṭī. mahāvagga 2.344) pana ‘‘evañhi kateti vaṭṭādhārassa anto rajanodakaṃ, bahi challikañca katvā viyojane kate. Na uttaratīti kevalaṃ udakato pheṇuṭṭhānābhāvā na uttaratī’’ti vuttaṃ. Vajirabuddhiṭīkāyaṃ (vajira. ṭī. mahāvagga 344) pana ‘‘gomaye āpatti natthi, virūpattā vāritaṃ. Kuṅkumapupphaṃ na vaṭṭatīti vadantī’’ti vuttaṃ.
据“诸比丘,我允许于水中或指甲上滴一点”的教示,如此测试后便应知晓染料是否煮熟。所谓“于水中或指甲上”,是指:如果染料已完全煮熟,滴入水钵中的液滴不会立即散开,放在指甲上也停留不流散。又据“诸比丘,我允许染料勺和棍勺”之语,观察染料时为保护染锅,应准备染料勺和棍勺。这里“染料勺”即舀染料用的勺,“棍勺”即木棍制成的勺。据“诸比丘,我允许染料缸、染料罐”之语,他们也应当备办。“染料缸”是指放置煮染料用的大罐。据“诸比丘,我允许染料槽”之语,若在钵中搓揉已得的衣而导致衣破损时,为保护衣物故,应备染料槽。据“诸比丘,我允许草席”之语,在地上摊晾衣服时,为避免衣服沾尘,应作草席。据“诸比丘,我允许衣竿、衣绳”之语,当草席被白蚁等咬食时,应将衣服摊在衣竿或衣绳上;因为若衣服中间悬挂着,染料便会向两边滴落。显示巴利原文
‘‘Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, udake vā nakhapiṭṭhikāya vā thevakaṃ dātu’’nti (mahāva. 344) vacanato tathā katvā rajanassa pakkāpakkabhāvo jānitabbo. Tattha udake vā nakhapiṭṭhikāya vāti sace paripakkaṃ hoti, udakapātiyā dinno thevo sahasā na visarati, nakhapiṭṭhiyampi avisaranto tiṭṭhati. ‘‘Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, rajanuḷuṅkaṃ daṇḍakathālaka’’nti (mahāva. 344) vacanato rajanassa olokanakāle kumbhiyā rakkhaṇatthaṃ uḷuṅkadaṇḍakathālikāni icchitabbāni. Tattha rajanuḷuṅkanti rajanauḷuṅkaṃ. Daṇḍakathālakanti daṇḍameva daṇḍakaṃ. ‘‘Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, rajanakolambaṃ rajanaghaṭa’’nti (mahāva. 344) vacanato tānipi icchitabbāni. Tattha rajanakolambanti rajanakuṇḍaṃ. Tattha rajanakuṇḍanti pakkarajanaṭṭhapanakaṃ mahāghaṭaṃ. ‘‘Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, rajanadoṇika’’nti (mahāva. 344) vacanato pātiyampi patte cīvare maddante cīvarassa paribhijjanato cīvararakkhaṇatthaṃ rajanadoṇikā icchitabbā. ‘‘Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, tiṇasantharaka’’nti (mahāva. 344) vacanato chamāya cīvare patthariyamāne cīvarassa paṃsukitattā tato rakkhaṇatthaṃ tiṇasantharaṃ kātabbaṃ. ‘‘Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, cīvaravaṃsaṃ cīvararajju’’nti (mahāva. 344) vacanato tiṇasanthārake upacikādīhi khajjamāne cīvaravaṃse vā cīvararajjuyā vā cīvaraṃ pattharitabbaṃ majjhena cīvare laggite rajanassa ubhato gaḷitattā.
世尊曾开许:“诸比丘,我允许系在衣角。”因此应将衣系在衣角;但若系于衣角时衣角破损,世尊又开许:“诸比丘,我允许用衣角绳。”故应以衣角绳来系。如此系时,因染料会向一侧滴落,世尊便开许:“诸比丘,我允许反复翻转染衣,在滴点未断时不应离去。”所以应如此染衣,只要染料滴点尚未断,就不应离开去他处。世尊开许:“诸比丘,我允许浸入水中。”因此变得僵硬的衣服应浸入水中。这里的“僵硬”是指因过度染色而变硬;“浸入水中”是指投入水中放置。当染料渗出后,应倒掉那水然后揉搓衣服。世尊开许:“诸比丘,我允许用手拍打。”因此粗硬的衣服应用手拍打。世尊又规定:“诸比丘,不应持用未截断的衣,若持者犯恶作。”因此不应持用未截断的衣及齿色袈裟。其中“齿色袈裟”是指仅染过一次或两次而带齿色的袈裟。显示巴利原文
‘‘Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, kaṇṇe bandhitu’’nti (mahāva. 344) vacanato kaṇṇe bandhitabbaṃ cīvarassa kaṇṇe bandhiyamāne kaṇṇassa jiṇṇattā. ‘‘Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, kaṇṇasuttaka’’nti (mahāva. 344) vacanato kaṇṇasuttakena bandhitabbaṃ evaṃ bandhante rajanassa ekato gaḷitattā. ‘‘Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, samparivattakaṃ samparivattakaṃ rajetuṃ, na ca acchinne theve pakkamitu’’nti (mahāva. 344) vacanato tathā rajitabbaṃ. Yāva rajanabindu gaḷitaṃ na chijjati, tāva na aññatra gantabbaṃ. ‘‘Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, udake osāretu’’nti (mahāva. 344) vacanato patthinnaṃ cīvaraṃ udake osāretabbaṃ. Tattha patthinnanti atirajitattā thaddhaṃ. Udake osāretunti udake pakkhipitvā ṭhapetuṃ. Rajane pana nikkhante taṃ udakaṃ chaḍḍetvā cīvaraṃ madditabbaṃ. ‘‘Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, pāṇinā ākoṭetu’’nti (mahāva. 344) vacanato pharusaṃ cīvaraṃ pāṇinā ākoṭetabbaṃ. ‘‘Na, bhikkhave, acchinnakāni cīvarāni dhāretabbāni, yo dhāreyya, āpatti dukkaṭassā’’ti (mahāva. 344) vacanato acchinnakāni cīvarāni dantakāsāvāni na dhāretabbāni. Tattha dantakāsāvānīti ekaṃ vā dve vā vāre rajitvā dantavaṇṇāni dhārenti.
过量衣之论显示巴利原文
Atirekacīvarakathā
在关于长衣的讨论中,世尊曾制定:“诸比丘,不应持有多余衣,若持者应如法处理。”因此,在衣已作成、咖提那已出之后,超过十日仍持有多余衣者,即犯舍堕。世尊又开许:“诸比丘,我允许最多持有多余衣十日。”因此,即使咖提那已出,十日内持有多余衣者无罪;对于已作咖提那功德者,在咖提那未出期间可持至五月,此后亦十日内无罪;对于未作咖提那功德者,十日内持亦无罪。世尊再开许:“诸比丘,我允许将多余衣作净施。”故超过十日后,通过净施而持有多余衣是许可的。那么,应净施多少衣呢?世尊说:“诸比丘,我允许净施最小之衣:长八善逝指、宽四指。”这是最低限定。其中所谓善逝指,按工匠中人之指计为三指,按常人手指计为四指半。因此,长度按工匠肘计为一肘,按自然肘计为一肘半;宽度按工匠指计为一拃,按自然指计为一拃六指之量。允许净施的最小衣量即此,小于此量则不允许,大于此量须知是允许的。显示巴利原文
Atirekacīvarakathāyaṃ ‘‘na, bhikkhave, atirekacīvaraṃ dhāretabbaṃ, yo dhāreyya, yathādhammo kāretabbo’’ti (mahāva. 347) vacanato niṭṭhitacīvarasmiṃ ubbhatasmiṃ kathine dasāhato paraṃ atirekacīvaraṃ dhārentassa nissaggiyaṃ pācittiyaṃ. ‘‘Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, dasāhaparamaṃ atirekacīvaraṃ dhāretu’’nti (mahāva. 347) vacanato ubbhatepi kathine dasāhabbhantare dhārentassa atthatakathinānaṃ anubbhatepi kathine pañcamāsabbhantare tato parampi dasāhabbhantare anatthatakathinānampi dasāhabbhantare atirekacīvaraṃ anāpatti. ‘‘Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, atirekacīvaraṃ vikappetu’’nti (mahāva. 347) vacanato dasāhato paraṃ vikappetvā atirekacīvaraṃ dhāretuṃ vaṭṭati. Kittakaṃ pana cīvaraṃ vikappetabbanti? ‘‘Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, āyāmena aṭṭhaṅgulaṃ sugataṅgulena caturaṅgulavitthataṃ pacchimaṃ cīvaraṃ vikappetu’’nti (mahāva. 358) vacanato sabbantimena paricchedena sugataṅgulena aṭṭhaṅgulāyāmaṃ caturaṅgulavitthāraṃ cīvaraṃ vikappetuṃ vaṭṭati. Tattha sugataṅgulaṃ nāma majjhimapurisaṅgulasaṅkhātena vaḍḍhakīaṅgulena tivaṅgulaṃ hoti, manussānaṃ pakatiaṅgulena aḍḍhapañcakaṅgulaṃ, tasmā dīghato vaḍḍhakīhatthena ekahatthaṃ pakatihatthena diyaḍḍhahatthaṃ vitthārato vaḍḍhakīhatthena vidatthippamāṇaṃ pakatihatthena chaḷaṅgulādhikavidatthippamāṇaṃ pacchimaṃ cīvaraṃ vikappetuṃ vaṭṭati, tato ūnappamāṇaṃ na vaṭṭati, adhikappamāṇaṃ pana vaṭṭatīti daṭṭhabbaṃ.
八指衣之论显示巴利原文
Aṭṭhavarakathā
在八种物论中,世尊曾开许:“诸比丘,我允许雨浴衣、客比丘食、行路比丘食、病比丘食、看护病者食、病者药、常粥、比丘尼僧团之水浴衣。”因此,接受这八种布施是允许的。其中,由于比丘们脱下衣服任由雨淋,裸体不净、令人厌恶、令人反感,故允许雨浴衣。客比丘不熟悉道路与乞食处,托钵时身心疲倦,故允许客比丘食。行路比丘若自己寻求食物,恐会错过商队,或于非时方抵目的地,导致行路疲惫,故允许行路比丘食。病比丘若得不到适宜的食物,病势将增重乃至命终,故允许病比丘食。看护病者的比丘若自寻食物,便会在过午时才取出病者的饮食,故允许看护病者食。病比丘若不得适宜药物,病势将增重乃至命终,故允许病者药。因世尊在暗林中见到十种利益而允许施粥,故设常粥。因女人裸体不净、令人厌恶、令人反感,故允许比丘尼僧团水浴衣。显示巴利原文
Aṭṭhavarakathāyaṃ ‘‘anujānāmi, bhikkhave, vassikasāṭikaṃ āgantukabhattaṃ gamikabhattaṃ gilānabhattaṃ gilānupaṭṭhākabhattaṃ gilānabhesajjaṃ dhuvayāguṃ bhikkhunisaṅghassa udakasāṭika’’nti vacanato imāni aṭṭha dānāni sampaṭicchituṃ vaṭṭati. Tattha nikkhittacīvarā hutvā kāyaṃ ovassantānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ naggiyaṃ asuci jegucchaṃ paṭikūlaṃ hoti, tasmā vassikasāṭikā anuññātā. Āgantuko bhikkhu na vīthikusalo hoti, na gocarakusalo, kilanto piṇḍāya carati, tasmā āgantukabhattaṃ anuññātaṃ, gamiko bhikkhu attano bhattaṃ pariyesamāno satthā vā vihāyissati , yattha vā vāsaṃ gantukāmo bhavissati, tattha vikālena upagacchissati, kilanto addhānaṃ gamissati, tasmā gamikabhattaṃ. Gilānassa bhikkhuno sappāyāni bhojanāni alabhantassa ābādho vā abhivaḍḍhissati, kālakiriyā vā bhavissati, tasmā gilānabhattaṃ. Gilānupaṭṭhāko bhikkhu attano bhattaṃ pariyesamāno gilānassa ussūre bhattaṃ nīharissati, tasmā gilānupaṭṭhākabhattaṃ. Gilānassa bhikkhuno sappāyāni bhesajjāni alabhantassa ābādho vā abhivaḍḍhissati, kālakiriyā vā bhavissati, tasmā gilānabhesajjaṃ. Yasmā bhagavatā andhakavinde dasānisaṃse sampassamānena yāgu anuññātā, tasmā dhuvayāgu. Yasmā mātugāmassa naggiyaṃ asuci jegucchaṃ paṭikūlaṃ hoti, tasmā bhikkhunisaṅghassa udakasāṭikā anuññātā.
坐具等之论显示巴利原文
Nisīdanādikathā
在坐具等论中,根据“诸比丘,我允许为保护身、为保护衣、为保护住所而持用坐具”这段开示,为了防止身体等被不净流出等所染污,允许持用坐具。其制作规格前已说过。根据“诸比丘,我允许随所希望的大小制作覆布”这段开示,因为太小的坐具不足以保护住所,所以允许制作大覆布。根据“诸比丘,我允许患有疥癣、疮、流脓或粗疥癣病者使用疥癣布”这段开示,当有这些病时,为了保护衣物等,疥癣布是允许的。其尺寸前已说过。根据“诸比丘,我允许使用拭面布”这段开示,为了清洁面部,拭面布是允许的。这点前也已说过。根据“诸比丘,我允许使用资具布”这段开示,当三衣已经具足,而有滤水囊、袋等需放置时,资具布是允许的。根据“诸比丘,我允许:三衣受持后作不净施,雨浴衣在雨季四个月中受持,过后作净施;坐具受持后作不净施;覆布受持后作不净施;疥癣布乃至病愈前受持,过后作净施;拭面布受持后作不净施;资具布受持后作不净施”这段开示,应当依照所说方式作受持与净施。这是此处的略说,详细内容前已说过。显示巴利原文
Nisīdanādikathāyaṃ ‘‘anujānāmi, bhikkhave, kāyaguttiyā cīvaraguttiyā senāsanaguttiyā nisīdana’’nti (mahāva. 353) vacanato kāyādīnaṃ asucimuccanādito gopanatthāya nisīdanaṃ dhāretuṃ vaṭṭati. Tassa vidhānaṃ heṭṭhā vuttameva. ‘‘Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, yāvamahantaṃ paccattharaṇaṃ ākaṅkhati, tāvamahantaṃ paccattharaṇaṃ kātu’’nti vacanato atikhuddakena nisīdanena senāsanassa agopanattā mahantampi paccattharaṇaṃ kātuṃ vaṭṭati. ‘‘Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, yassa kaṇḍu vā pīḷakā vā assāvo vā thullakacchu vā ābādho, kaṇḍupaṭicchādi’’nti vacanato īdisesu ābādhesu santesu cīvarādiguttatthāya kaṇḍupaṭicchādi vaṭṭati. Tattha pamāṇaṃ heṭṭhā vuttameva. ‘‘Anujānāmi, bhikkhave , mukhapuñchanacoḷa’’nti (mahāva. 355) vacanato mukhasodhanatthāya mukhapuñchanacoḷaṃ vaṭṭati. Tampi heṭṭhā vuttameva. ‘‘Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, parikkhāracoḷaka’’nti vacanato ticīvare paripuṇṇe parissāvanathavikādīhi atthe sati parikkhāracoḷaṃ vaṭṭati. ‘‘Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, ticīvaraṃ adhiṭṭhātuṃ na vikappetuṃ, vassikasāṭikaṃ vassānaṃ cātumāsaṃ adhiṭṭhātuṃ tato paraṃ vikappetuṃ, nisīdanaṃ adhiṭṭhātuṃ na vikappetuṃ, paccattharaṇaṃ adhiṭṭhātuṃ na vikappetuṃ, kaṇḍupaṭicchādiṃ yāva ābādhā adhiṭṭhātuṃ tato paraṃ vikappetuṃ, mukhapuñchanacoḷaṃ adhiṭṭhātuṃ na vikappetuṃ, parikkhāracoḷaṃ adhiṭṭhātuṃ na vikappetu’’nti (mahāva. 358) vacanato vuttanayena adhiṭṭhānañca vikappanā ca kātabbā. Ayamettha saṅkhepo, vitthāro pana heṭṭhā vuttova.
非法羯磨论显示巴利原文
Adhammakammakathā
58 五十八、在非法羯磨的解说中,“诸比丘,不应……乃至……恶作罪”这段,是接续《布萨犍度》中出现的经文而说。那里说:“那时,六群比丘在僧团中作非法羯磨。比丘们将这事禀告世尊。世尊说:‘诸比丘,不应作非法羯磨,如果作了,犯恶作罪。’”“我允许……乃至……反对”这段,同样是引用的经文:“比丘们将这事禀告世尊。世尊说:‘诸比丘,我允许在非法羯磨正进行时提出反对。’”这里的“正作时”,意思是:即使正在践踏已制定的学处而作非法羯磨时。“我允许……乃至……反对”这段,意为:在非法羯磨正进行时,善良的比丘应这样反对:“这非法羯磨不能成立,此羯磨是恶作,此羯磨应当重作。”不应以默然来忍受,这是它的意思。“依此语”这句,是就前文“不应作非法羯磨”而说“依此语”;也是就后文“正进行的非法羯磨应由比丘们制止”而说“依此语”,应当作这两种连结。显示巴利原文
58. Adhammakammakathāyaṃ na, bhikkhave…pe… dukkaṭassāti idaṃ ‘‘tena kho pana samayena chabbaggiyā bhikkhū saṅghamajjhe adhammakammaṃ karonti. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ – na, bhikkhave, adhammakammaṃ kātabbaṃ, yo kareyya, āpatti dukkaṭassā’’ti (mahāva. 154) imaṃ uposathakkhandhake āgatapāṭhaṃ sandhāya vuttaṃ. Anujānāmi…pe… paṭikkositunti tatheva āgataṃ ‘‘bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ – anujānāmi, bhikkhave, adhammakamme kayiramāne paṭikkositu’’nti imaṃ. Tattha karontiyevāti paññattampi sikkhāpadaṃ madditvā adhammakammaṃ karontiyevāti attho. ‘‘Anujānāmi…pe… paṭikkositu’’nti evaṃ adhammakamme kayiramāne sati ‘‘pesalehi bhikkhūhi taṃ adhammakammaṃ akataṃ, kammaṃ dukkaṭaṃ kammaṃ puna kātabba’’nti evaṃ paṭikkositabbaṃ, na tuṇhībhāvena khamitabbanti attho. Iti vacanatoti idaṃ pana pubbapāṭhaṃ gahetvā iti vacanato. Adhammakammaṃ na kātabbanti aparapāṭhaṃ gahetvā iti vacanato kayiramānañca adhammakammaṃ bhikkhūhi nivāretabbanti dvidhā yojanā kātabbā.
从“制止者等”以下,则是结合这些经文而说:“那时,善良的比丘们在六群比丘正作非法羯磨时提出反对,六群比丘心生愤怒、不喜,并以打击来威胁。比丘们将这事禀告世尊。世尊说:‘诸比丘,我允许也表明自己的见解。’”以及:“在他们面前表明见解后,六群比丘心生愤怒、不喜,并以打击来威胁。比丘们将这事禀告世尊。世尊说:‘诸比丘,我允许以四人或五人进行反对,以两人或三人表明见解,或由一人决意:对此我不认可。’”这些是引用的经文。“依语”这一表达,在圣典中采用了三个与格,应分别与三个动词连结。这一切都是围绕“无难”而说,并非说明罪的自性,这是它们的连结方式。如何可能无难呢?因为不能对僧团作折伏羯磨,也是为了制止其他的难。因此在《金刚慧复注》中说:“对他们而言无难,因为僧团不对僧团作羯磨,而且对其他众人有难,所以这样说。”显示巴利原文
Nivārentehi cātiādi pana ‘‘tena kho pana samayena pesalā bhikkhū chabbaggiyehi bhikkhūhi adhammakamme kayiramāne paṭikkosanti, chabbaggiyā bhikkhū labhanti āghātaṃ, labhanti appaccayaṃ, vadhena tajjenti. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ – anujānāmi, bhikkhave, diṭṭhimpi āvikātu’’nti (mahāva. 154) pāṭhañca ‘‘tesaṃyeva santike diṭṭhiṃ āvikaronti, chabbaggiyā bhikkhū labhanti āghātaṃ, labhanti appaccayaṃ, vadhena tajjenti. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ – anujānāmi, bhikkhave, catūhi pañcahi paṭikkosituṃ, dvīhi tīhi diṭṭhiṃ āvikātuṃ, ekena adhiṭṭhātuṃ na metaṃ khamatī’’ti ime pāṭhe sandhāya vuttaṃ. Vacanatoti idaṃ pana pāḷiyaṃ tīṇi sampadānāni gahetvā tīhi kiriyāpadehi visuṃ visuṃ yojetabbaṃ. Sabbañcetaṃ anupaddavatthāya vuttaṃ, na āpattisabbhāvatoti yojanā. Kathaṃ anupaddavasambhavoti? Niggahakammaṃ kātuṃ asakkuṇeyyabhāvato, aññassa upaddavassa ca nivāraṇato. Tena vuttaṃ vajirabuddhiṭīkāyaṃ (vajira. ṭī. mahāvagga 154) ‘‘tesaṃ anupaddavatthāyāti saṅgho saṅghassa kammaṃ na karoti, aññopi upaddavo bahūnaṃ hoti, tasmā vutta’’nti.
求许可之论显示巴利原文
Okāsakatakathā
59 五十九、有关求听的论述中,“诸比丘,不应未求听者”等语,与下文相连:“那时,六群比丘对未作求听的比丘以罪诘责。众比丘将此事禀告世尊——‘诸比丘,不应对未作求听的比丘以罪诘责,若诘责者,犯恶作罪。我允许比丘们,令作求听后,再以罪诘责:具寿请作求听,我欲对你说。’”“于诸意趣中”:“驱摈意趣”,指欲从教法中驱摈。“辱骂意趣”,指欲辱骂他人、欲呵责。“羯磨意趣”,指欲作呵责等羯磨。“出罪意趣”,指欲令从罪中出离。“停止布萨与自恣意趣”,指欲停止布萨或自恣。“审察意趣”,指欲详细考察。“说法意趣”,指欲说法。如是,诘责他人的比丘们之意趣有多种差别,这是其中的含义。“于前四意趣中”,即驱摈意趣、辱骂意趣、羯磨意趣、出罪意趣,若不令作求听,犯恶作罪。即使令作求听后,若于面前诘责,随其所应,有桑喀地谢沙、波逸提、恶作等罪;若不于面前,则唯有恶作罪。这是其中的总义。其余极易了知。显示巴利原文
59. Okāsakatakathāyaṃ na, bhikkhave, anokāsakatotiādi ‘‘tena kho pana samayena chabbaggiyā bhikkhū anokāsakataṃ bhikkhuṃ āpattiyā codenti. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ – na, bhikkhave, anokāsakato bhikkhu āpattiyā codetabbo, yo codeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, okāsaṃ kārāpetvā āpattiyā codetuṃ, karotu āyasmā okāsaṃ, ahaṃ taṃ vattukāmo’’ti (mahāva. 153) idaṃ pāṭhaṃ sandhāya vuttaṃ. Adhippāyesu cāvanādhippāyoti, sāsanato cāvetukāmo. Akkosādhippāyoti paraṃ akkositukāmo paribhāsitukāmo. Kammādhippāyoti tajjanīyādikammaṃ kattukāmo. Vuṭṭhānādhippāyoti āpattito vuṭṭhāpetukāmo. Uposathappavāraṇaṭṭhapanādhippāyoti uposathaṃ, pavāraṇaṃ vā ṭhapetukāmo. Anuvijjanādhippāyoti upaparikkhitukāmo. Dhammakathādhippāyoti dhammaṃ desetukāmo. Iti paraṃ codentānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ adhippāyabhedo anekavidho hotīti attho. Purimesu catūsu adhippāyesūti cāvanādhippāyaakkosādhippāyakammādhippāyavuṭṭhānādhippāyesu okāsaṃ akārāpentassa dukkaṭaṃ. Kārāpetvāpi sammukhā codentassa yathānurūpaṃ saṅghādisesapācittiyadukkaṭāni, asammukhā pana dukkaṭamevāti ayamettha piṇḍattho. Sesaṃ suviññeyyameva.
说“应知停止之领域”后,为说明此事而说“请听我”等。“审察者”的关联是:以审察意趣而说者,没有求听羯磨。“说法者”不指定对象而说羯磨者,也没有求听羯磨。然而,若指定对象而说,则有罪,因此应先作说明后再离去,这是应如此关联的。其余极易了知。显示巴利原文
‘‘Ṭhapanakkhettaṃ pana jānitabba’’nti vatvā taṃ dassento ‘‘suṇātu me’’tiādimāha. Anuvijjakassa anuvijjanādhippāyena vadantassa okāsakammaṃ natthīti yojanā. Dhammakathikassa anodissa kammaṃ kathentassa okāsakammaṃ natthi. Sace pana odissa katheti, āpatti, tasmā taṃ dassetvā gantabbanti yojetabbaṃ. Sesaṃ suviññeyyameva.
信施损坏之论显示巴利原文
Saddhādeyyavinipātanakathā
60 六十、有关损坏信施的论述中,依据“诸比丘,若说‘父母’,我等应说何?我允许比丘们布施给父母。然而,诸比丘,不应损坏信施,若损坏者,犯恶作罪”这一圣言,施主以信心布施给比丘的物品,不应损坏后转给在家人。“然而,诸比丘,不应损坏信施”,在此处,将信施转给其他亲属者即构成损坏。但是,若是父母,即使他们贵为国王而有所希求,亦应布施,因注疏中如是说故。亦不应将信施给与兄弟姊妹等亲属。诚然,老师法施长老在《小学》中说——显示巴利原文
60. Saddhādeyyavinipātanakathāyaṃ ‘‘mātāpitaroti kho, bhikkhave, vadamāne kiṃ vadeyyāma. Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, mātāpitūnaṃ dātuṃ, na ca, bhikkhave, saddhādeyyaṃ vinipātetabbaṃ, yo vinipāteyya, āpatti dukkaṭassā’’ti (mahāva. 361) vacanato dāyakehi saddhāya bhikkhussa dinnaṃ vinipātetvā gihīnaṃ dātuṃ na vaṭṭati. ‘‘Na ca, bhikkhave, saddhādeyyanti ettha sesañātīnaṃ dento vinipātetiyeva. Mātāpitaro pana sace rajje ṭhitāpi patthayanti, dātabba’’nti aṭṭhakathāyaṃ (mahāva. aṭṭha. 361) vuttattā bhātubhaginīādīnaṃ ñātakānampi dātuṃ na vaṭṭati. Vuttañhi ācariyadhammasirittherena khuddasikkhāyaṃ –
信施之衣,不得损坏;
可从父母处获得,而其余诸亲族则不可得。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Na labbhaṃ vinipātetuṃ, saddhādeyyañca cīvaraṃ; Labbhaṃ pitūnaṃ sesānaṃ, ñātīnampi na labbhatī’’ti.
在“买卖成就学处”的注释中,《律藏注》(2.595)说:“对母亲或父亲说‘给我这个’,不构成不如法求取;说‘拿这个’,不构成信施物的损坏。对非亲族说‘给我这个’,则构成不如法求取;说‘拿这个’,则构成信施物的损坏。说‘用这个换那个’而完成买卖者,犯尼萨耆罪。”对此,《疑惑消除》(1.593-595)中说:“为显示在其余亲族中有信施物损坏的情况,以及在无彼损坏之处,故举‘对母亲或父亲’而说。”显示巴利原文
Kayavikkayasamāpattisikkhāpadavaṇṇanāyampi ‘‘mātaraṃ pana pitaraṃ vā ‘imaṃ dehī’ti vadato viññatti na hoti, ‘imaṃ gaṇhāhī’ti vadato saddhādeyyavinipātanaṃ na hoti. Aññātakaṃ ‘imaṃ dehī’ti vadato viññatti hoti, ‘imaṃ gaṇhāhī’ti vadato saddhādeyyavinipātanaṃ hoti. ‘Iminā imaṃ dehī’ti kayavikkayaṃ āpajjato nissaggiyaṃ hotī’’ti aṭṭhakathāyaṃ (pārā. aṭṭha. 2.595) vuttaṃ. Tattha ‘‘sesañātakesu saddhādeyyavinipātasambhavato tadabhāvaṭṭhānampi dassetuṃ ‘mātaraṃ pana pitaraṃ vā’ti vutta’’nti vimativinodaniyaṃ (vi. vi. ṭī. 1.593-595) vuttaṃ.
具内衣与上衣者论显示巴利原文
Santaruttarakathā
61 六十一、“具内衣与上衣者”论中,antara 一词是“中间”义。vāsaka 意为“依戒而住”(衣),本应说 antaravāsaka(中间的衣,即内衣),但如同“色有”称作“色”那样,因省略后词而成复合词,故只说 antara。uttara 一词是“上方”义,āsaṅga 意为“充分系缚”(衣),本应说 uttarāsaṅga(上方的衣,即上衣),依上述方式只说 uttara。antara 与 uttara 合称 antaruttara(内衣与上衣)。若说“与内衣及上衣一同而行”者,即是 santaruttara(具内衣与上衣者),这是以 saha 为前词、异所依的二词多财释复合词;或可视为三词多财释复合词。除僧伽梨外,仅持内衣与上衣便欲入村,是不得入村的,这是此处的义旨。如“见游方者持三杖”等例中,此是表如是状态的工具格。因此,应以三层覆身整齐穿着内衣,系好腰带,将僧伽梨与上衣折为二重披好,方可入村。显示巴利原文
61. Santaruttarakathāyaṃ antara-saddo majjhavācako. Vasati sīlenāti vāsako, ‘‘antare vāsako antaravāsako’’ti vattabbe ‘‘rūpabhavo rūpa’’ntiādīsu viya uttarapadalopīsamāsavasena ‘‘antaro’’ti vutto. Uttarasaddo uparivācako, ābhuso sajjatīti āsaṅgo, ‘‘uttare āsaṅgo uttarāsaṅgo’’ti vattabbe vuttanayena ‘‘uttaro’’ti vutto, antaro ca uttaro ca antaruttarā, saha antaruttarehi yo vattatīti santaruttaro, sahapubbapadabhinnādhikaraṇadvipadabahubbīhisamāso. Atha vā saha antarena ca uttarena ca yo vattatīti santaruttaro, tipadabahubbīhisamāso. Saṅghāṭiṃ ṭhapetvā antaravāsakauttarāsaṅgamattadharo hutvā gāmo na pavisitabboti attho. ‘‘Paribbājakamadakkhi tidaṇḍakenā’’tiādīsu viya itthambhūtalakkhaṇe cetaṃ karaṇavacanaṃ, tasmā antaravāsakaṃ timaṇḍalaṃ paṭicchādentena parimaṇḍalaṃ nivāsetvā kāyabandhanaṃ bandhitvā saṅghāṭiñca uttarāsaṅgañca diguṇaṃ katvā pārupitvā gāmo pavisitabbo.
衣存放之论显示巴利原文
Cīvaranikkhepakathā
62 六十二、在衣存放论中,‘被收集’者为僧伽帝,‘彼僧伽帝的’,业用格中的属格。‘为了存放’,为了放置,不取僧伽帝而置于精舍中前往,有五种原因,此为义。‘或为病者’,取而不能前往的病者或为。‘或为雨季约定’,‘此为雨季时’之约定或已作。‘或为河对岸去’,去河的对岸而应食。‘或为门闩守护精舍’,即使给予门闩亦应给的善守护精舍或为。‘或为已展咖提那衣’,在彼精舍中咖提那衣已展或为,因已展咖提那衣者有不受持行。其余极易了知。然而,对住林者,精舍不善守护,因比丘少故,及因为盗贼等的来去之处故。‘在储藏室中’,在衣等放置的储藏室中。其余易了知。显示巴利原文
62. Cīvaranikkhepakathāyaṃ saṃharīyateti saṅghāṭi, tassā saṅghāṭiyā, bhāvayoge kammatthe chaṭṭhī. Nikkhepāyāti ṭhapanāya, saṅghāṭiṃ aggahetvā vihāre ṭhapetvā gamanāya pañca kāraṇāni hontīti attho. Gilāno vā hotīti gahetvā gantuṃ asamattho gilāno vā hoti. Vassikasaṅketaṃ vā hotīti ‘‘vassikakālo aya’’nti saṅketaṃ vā kataṃ hoti. Nadīpāragataṃ vā hotīti nadiyā pāraṃ gantvā bhuñjitabbaṃ hoti. Aggaḷaguttivihāro vā hotīti aggaḷaṃ datvāpi dātabbo suguttavihāro vā hoti. Atthatakathinaṃ vā hotīti tasmiṃ vihāre kathinaṃ atthataṃ vā hoti atthatakathinānaṃ asamādānacārasambhavato. Sesaṃ suviññeyyameva. Āraññikassa pana vihāro na sugutto hotīti appabhikkhukattā corādīnaṃ gamanaṭṭhānato ca. Bhaṇḍukkhalikāyāti cīvarādiṭṭhapanabhaṇḍukkhalikāya. Sesaṃ suviññeyyaṃ.
刀治与灌肠疗法论显示巴利原文
Satthakammavatthikammakathā
63 六十三、“刀治与灌肠疗法”论中,“刀治或灌肠疗法”:于此,凡用刀等工具进行的切割等,即名为刀治;凡用皮革等器具进行灌肠挤压,即名为灌肠疗法。“于隐处施烧灼疗法,因无禁止故得许”,此说见于《义灯》(义灯·大品3.279)。而《疑惑消除》(疑惑消除·大品2.279)中说:“灌肠挤压,即如以手按摩灌肠器具,使灌肠中的油等上升进入体内。”显示巴利原文
63. Satthakammavatthikammakathāyaṃ satthakammaṃ vā vatthikammaṃ vāti ettha yena kenaci satthādinā chindanādi satthakammaṃ nāma hoti. Yena kenaci cammādinā vatthipīḷanaṃ vatthikammaṃ nāma. ‘‘Sambādhe dahanakammaṃ paṭikkhepābhāvā vaṭṭatī’’ti sāratthadīpaniyaṃ (sārattha. ṭī. mahāvagga 3.279). Vimativinodaniyaṃ (vi. vi. ṭī. mahāvagga 2.279) pana ‘‘vatthipīḷananti yathā vatthigatatelādi antosarīre ārohanti, evaṃ hatthena vatthimaddana’’nti vuttaṃ.
然而,《金刚智复注》(大品279)中说:“'隐处',指大便道;对比丘及比丘尼,在小便道中亦可因应理而烧灼,因无禁止,故为允许。若问:是否因随顺刀治与灌肠疗法而不允许?并非如此。这是对已禁止之事的再禁止,以此显示应禁止者以此为限。这是什么意思呢?先前已禁止刀治,之后又说'诸比丘……乃至……土喇咤亚',二次作刀治的禁止。由此显示:从隐处周围二指宽处是应禁止的,而刀治与灌肠疗法不在此限。更何况,先前对隐处本身已禁止刀治,后来连隐处周围二指宽也予以禁止,因此,唯有此处的禁止,而非其他,此义已成立。其中,'刀,或应为彼寻求持刀者'等句,凡用以切割者,即是刀,以此说'以刺或'等。然而,在比丘尼的分别中,允许以锯处理指甲、口腔,这应当知道。但有些人将'或刀治'的读法改为灌肠疗法。所谓'灌肠'是什么?即火针,以火针切割称为灌肠疗法,他们这样解释义理。应当驳斥他们,指出'或应为彼寻求持刀者'这一句的分析。'阴囊肿胀'指风阴囊;'持取病'指不消化病。”如是所说。其余应依注疏中所说方式而知。显示巴利原文
Vajirabuddhiṭīkāyaṃ (vajira. ṭī. mahāvagga 279) pana ‘‘sambādheti vaccamagge, bhikkhussa bhikkhuniyā ca passāvamaggepi anulomato dahanaṃ paṭikkhepābhāvā vaṭṭati. Satthavatthikammānulomato na vaṭṭatīti ce? Na, paṭikkhittapaṭikkhepā, paṭikkhipitabbassa tapparamatādīpanato. Kiṃ vuttaṃ hoti? Pubbe paṭikkhittampi satthakammaṃ sampiṇḍetvā pacchā ‘na, bhikkhave…pe… thullaccayassā’ti dvikkhattuṃ satthakammassa parikkhepo kato. Tena sambādhassa sāmantā dvaṅgulaṃ paṭikkhipitabbaṃ nāma satthavatthikammato uddhaṃ natthīti dasseti. Kiñca bhiyyo – pubbe sambādheyeva satthakammaṃ paṭikkhittaṃ, pacchā sambādhassa sāmantā dvaṅgulampi paṭikkhittaṃ , tasmā tasseva paṭikkhepo, netarassāti siddhaṃ. Ettha ‘satthaṃ nāma satthahārakaṃ vāssa pariyeseyyā’tiādīsu (pārā. 167) viya yena chindati, taṃ sabbaṃ. Tena vuttaṃ ‘kaṇṭakena vā’tiādi. Khārudānaṃ panettha bhikkhunīvibhaṅge pasākhe pamukhe anuññātanti veditabbaṃ, eke pana ‘satthakammaṃ vā’ti pāṭhaṃ vikappetvā vatthikammaṃ karonti. Vatthīti kiṃ? Agghikā vuccati, tāya chindanaṃ vatthikammaṃ nāmāti ca atthaṃ vaṇṇayanti, te ‘satthahārakaṃ vāssa pariyeseyyā’ti imassa padabhājanīyaṃ dassetvā paṭikkhipitabbā. Aṇḍavuddhīti vātaṇḍakā, ādānavattīti anāhavattī’’ti vuttaṃ. Sesaṃ aṭṭhakathāyaṃ vuttanayeneva veditabbaṃ.
曾为理发师者论显示巴利原文
Nahāpitapubbakathā
64 六十四、在关于曾为理发师之事中,“理发师前”是指先前做过理发师,以前是理发师而现在成为比丘。由这位曾为理发师的比丘。“剃刀具”指剃刀等理发师的器具,这是一种标示法,如同“得达果的王子”等例子。世尊说:“诸比丘,出家者不应教唆不净事,若教唆者犯恶作。诸比丘,曾为理发师者不应持有剃刀具,若持者犯恶作。”这是两种制定,因此,无论是否曾为理发师,出家者都不应教唆不净事。然而,曾为理发师的比丘不应持有以剃刀为标志的剃刀具——剃刀盒、磨刀石、剃刀袋等。其余应依注疏所说之法而知。然而《金刚智疏》中说:“因为说'诸比丘,出家者不应教唆不净',这并非仅限于十学处,对未受具足戒者也是如此:凡是比丘所不净者,对他们也不净,这是意趣所在。”显示巴利原文
64. Nahāpitapubbakathāyaṃ nahāpito pubbeti nahāpitapubbo, pubbe nahāpito hutvā idāni bhikkhubhūtoti attho. Tena nahāpitapubbena bhikkhunā. Khurabhaṇḍanti khurādinahāpitabhaṇḍaṃ, ‘‘laddhātapatto rājakumāro’’tiādīsu viya upalakkhaṇanayoyaṃ. ‘‘Na, bhikkhave, pabbajitena akappiyaṃ samādapetabbaṃ, yo samādapeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Na ca, bhikkhave, nahāpitapubbena khurabhaṇḍaṃ pariharitabbaṃ, yo parihareyya, āpatti dukkaṭassā’’ti (mahāva. 303) ca dvidhā paññatti, tasmā nahāpitapubbena vā anahāpitapubbena vā pabbajitena nāma akappiyasamādapanaṃ na kātabbaṃ. Nahāpitapubbena pana bhikkhunā khurena abhilakkhitaṃ khurabhaṇḍaṃ, khurabhaṇḍakhurakosanisitapāsāṇakhurathavikādayo na pariharitabbā eva. Sesaṃ aṭṭhakathāyaṃ vuttanayeneva veditabbaṃ. Vajirabuddhiṭīkāyaṃ (vajira. ṭī. mahāvagga 300) pana ‘‘na, bhikkhave, pabbajitena akappiye samādapetabbanti vuttattā anupasampannassapi na kevalaṃ dasasu eva sikkhāpadesu, atha kho yaṃ bhikkhussa na kappati, tasmimpīti adhippāyo’’ti vuttaṃ.
65 六十五、在关于十分之一份事中,“僧团的”指属于僧团的种子。“个人的”指属于个人所有的土地。“施与份”指给予地主称为根本份的十分之一份。“应受用”是指那些种子的果实,应由种植者受用。其余很容易了解。据说这是赡部洲的古老习俗:在初劫时,最初劫的人们以菩萨为大平等王,所有人都将自己稻田所产的稻谷果实分成十份,将其中一份施与作为地主的大平等王而后受用。从此以后,便成为赡部洲人的惯例,所以这样说。因此,在名为《义明灯》的律疏中也说:“施与十分者,即施与十分之一。所以说:'分成十份后,一份应施与地主。'”显示巴利原文
65. Dasabhāgakathāyaṃ saṅghikānīti saṅghasantakāni bījāni. Puggalikāyāti puggalassa santakāya bhūmiyā. Bhāgaṃ datvāti mūlabhāgasaṅkhātaṃ dasamabhāgaṃ bhūmisāmikānaṃ datvā. Paribhuñjitabbānīti tesaṃ bījānaṃ phalāni ropakehi paribhuñjitabbānīti attho. Sesaṃ suviññeyyameva . Idaṃ kira jambudīpe porāṇakacārittanti ādikappakāle paṭhamakappikā manussā bodhisattaṃ mahāsammataṃ nāma rājānaṃ katvā sabbepi attano attano taṇḍulaphalasālikhettato pavattataṇḍulaphalāni dasa koṭṭhāse katvā ekaṃ koṭṭhāsaṃ bhūmisāmikabhūtassa mahāsammatarājino datvā paribhuñjiṃsu. Tato paṭṭhāya jambudīpikānaṃ manussānaṃ cāritattā vuttaṃ. Teneva sāratthadīpanīnāmikāyampi vinayaṭīkāyaṃ (vajira. ṭī. mahāvagga 304) ‘‘dasabhāgaṃ datvāti dasamabhāgaṃ datvā. Tenevāha ‘dasa koṭṭhāse katvā eko koṭṭhāso bhūmisāmikānaṃ dātabbo’ti’’ vuttaṃ.
66 六十六、在旅粮之语中,“我允许,诸比丘”等,是世尊于跋提城,应拥有无量受用的面达咖长者祈请而开许的。而此处,世尊首先开许了五种牛味:“我允许,诸比丘,五种牛味:乳、酪、酪浆、生酥、熟酥。”其后,又随顺长者的请求,进一步开许而说:“诸比丘,有道路为旷野”等。其余细节当依注疏所述之法了知。如此,在不得食时,即便从非亲里、未受请处乞而取之,亦由此显示:在这样的时节因缘下,依乞求为缘而无罪。然因说“于一日可行之道,应寻求一食之量”,故显示超过此量即不应乞求。以“于长途”等言,若于月行之道中,仅有七日行程的旷野,于彼处应寻求仅够七日维生的资粮;超过此量,由于依乞食等有丰富易得乞食之道,故不应寻求。显示巴利原文
66. Pātheyyakathāyaṃ ‘‘anujānāmi, bhikkhave’’tiādi bhaddiyanagare amitaparibhogabhūtena meṇḍakaseṭṭhinā abhiyācito hutvā anuññātaṃ, idha pana paṭhamaṃ ‘‘anujānāmi, bhikkhave, pañca gorase khīraṃ dadhiṃ takkaṃ navanītaṃ sappi’’nti (mahāva. 299) pañca gorasā anuññātā. Tato paraṃ seṭṭhino abhiyācanānurūpaṃ vatvā anujānituṃ ‘‘santi, bhikkhave, maggā kantārā’’tiādimāha. Sesaṃ aṭṭhakathāyaṃ vuttanayeneva veditabbaṃ. Tathā alabhantena aññātakaappavāritaṭṭhānato yācitvāpi gahetabbanti etena evarūpesu kālesu viññattipaccayā doso natthīti dasseti. ‘‘Ekadivasena gamanīye magge ekabhattatthāya pariyesitabba’’nti vuttattā pana tato upari yācanaṃ na vaṭṭatīti dassitaṃ. ‘‘Dīghe addhāne’’tiādinā sace māsagamanīye magge sattāhagamanīyo eva kantāro hoti, tattha sattāhayāpanīyamattameva pātheyyaṃ pariyesitabbaṃ, tato paraṃ piṇḍacārikādivasena subhikkhasulabhapiṇḍamaggattā na pariyesitabbanti.
大教法之论显示巴利原文
Mahāpadesakathā
67 六十七、在大教法之语中,为显示所谓大教法者共有四种——即未遮止者有二,未开许者有二,世尊因而说:“诸比丘,凡……”等。其中,即便是未遮止者,也可依不适合的随顺与适合的随顺而分为二种;未开许者也是如此。显示巴利原文
67. Mahāpadesakathāyaṃ mahāpadesā nāma appaṭikkhittā dve, ananuññātā dveti cattāroti dassento ‘‘yaṃ bhikkhave’’tiādimāha. Tesu appaṭikkhittepi akappiyānulomakappiyānulomavasena dve, tathā ananuññātepīti.
其中,“审察者”即详细检验者。“波咤厘那布”是产于波咤厘子地方的布。据辞典所说:“波咤厘那布为丝织品之一种。”“支那布”与“索玛拉布”则是产于支那地方与索玛拉地方的布。波咤厘那布等三种,由于是由众生之丝所成,故属于丝的随顺类。神变所成衣,是善来比丘以福德神变所化生的衣服,它属于苎麻等材质中的某一类,因此是它们的随顺类。天人所施之衣称为“天施衣”,例如由如意树所生、织女天女施与阿那律长老的衣服,它也同样属于苎麻等材质的随顺类,因为也是其中的某一类。那两种布是以地方名称来说的,这只是为了显示它们的类别,并非遮止其他,因为波咤厘那布也是以地方名称而说。“葫芦”指三种容器:果实葫芦即瓜瓢等,水葫芦即水容器。“吉兰遮伞”是以竹篾编织而成的伞,此据《义明灯》所说。显示巴利原文
Tattha ‘‘parimaddantāti upaparikkhantā. Paṭṭaṇṇudese sañjātavatthaṃ paṭṭuṇṇaṃ. ‘Paṭṭuṇṇaṃ koseyyaviseso’ti hi abhidhānakose vuttaṃ. Cīnadese somāradese ca sañjātavatthāni cīnasomārapaṭāni. Paṭṭuṇṇādīni tīṇi koseyyassa anulomāni pāṇakehi katasuttamayattā. Iddhimayaṃ ehibhikkhūnaṃ puññiddhiyā nibbattacīvaraṃ, taṃ khomādīnaṃ aññataraṃ hotīti tesaṃyeva anulomaṃ. Devatāhi dinnacīvaraṃ devadattiyaṃ, taṃ kapparukkhe nibbattaṃ jāliniyā devakaññāya anuruddhattherassa dinnavatthasadisaṃ, tampi khomādīnaṃyeva anulomaṃ hoti tesu aññatarabhāvato. Dve paṭāni desanāmena vuttānīti tesaṃ sarūpadassanamattametaṃ, nāññanivattanapadaṃ paṭṭuṇṇapaṭṭassapi desanāmeneva vuttattā. Tumbāti tīṇi bhājanāni. Phalakatumbo lābuādi. Udakatumbo udakukkhipanakuṭako. Kilañjacchattanti veḷuvilīvehi vāyitvā katachatta’’nti sāratthadīpaniyaṃ (sārattha. ṭī. mahāvagga 3.305) vuttaṃ.
“时限药之熟”:这是就熟(果)而说。然而,对于生的(果),由未受具足戒者在冷水中揉搓、滤过后授予的饮料,午后亦为净。此义在大注疏中未作明确说明,因此说“然于《古伦蒂》”等。“甘蔗汁、糖”:这是以可饮的共性而于夜分药之论中说,但它应作为七日药来持守。“此四种汁”:即果汁、叶汁、花汁、甘蔗汁,于《疑惑度脱》中如是说。“以地方名称为名的二种布”:即支那布、索玛拉布。“三种”:加波咤厘那布共为三种。“神变所成”:指善来比丘所生者。“天施”:指阿那律长老所得者,于《金刚智疏》中如是说。显示巴利原文
‘‘Yāvakālikapakkānanti pakke sandhāya vuttaṃ. Āmāni pana anupasampannehi sītudake madditvā parissāvetvā dinnapānaṃ pacchābhattampi kappati eva. Ayañca attho mahāaṭṭhakathāyaṃ sarūpato avuttoti āha ‘kurundiyaṃ panā’tiādi. Ucchuraso nikasaṭoti idaṃ pātabbatāsāmaññena yāmakālikakathāyaṃ vuttaṃ, taṃ pana sattāhakālikamevāti gahetabbaṃ. Ime cattāro rasāti phalapattapupphaucchurasā cattāro’’ti vimativinodaniyaṃ (vi. vi. ṭī. mahāvagga 2.300) vuttaṃ. ‘‘Dve paṭā desanāmenevāti cīnapaṭasomārapaṭāni. Tīṇīti paṭṭuṇṇena saha tīṇi. Iddhimayaṃ ehibhikkhūnaṃ nibbattaṃ. Devadattiyaṃ anuruddhattherena laddha’’nti vajirabuddhiṭīkāyaṃ (vajira. ṭī. mahāvagga 305).
在关于混合的论说中,“当日受取者,于时分允许”等一切,都是针对味道混合的情况而说。若是连壳一起,以完整的椰子果实受持了饮料,那么除去椰子后,即便在非时也允许(饮用)。在冷粥上面放置酥油团而施与时,可将未与粥混合的酥油取出,允许在七日之内受用。对于块状的蜂蜜、糖浆等,也是同样的方法。以荜澄茄、肉豆蔻等作为点缀而施予钵食时,将它们取出、洗净后,可终生受用。对于投入粥中施予的生姜等,以及投入油等中施予的甘草等,也是同样的方法。如此,但凡未(与食物)混合其味之物,即使一同受持,只要将其清净——即洗净或切除后,便可依各自相应的时限而允许受用。显示巴利原文
Saṃsaṭṭhakathāyaṃ tadahupaṭiggahitaṃ kāle kappatītiādi sabbaṃ sambhinnarasaṃ sandhāya vuttaṃ. Sace hi challimpi apanetvā sakaleneva nāḷikeraphalena saddhiṃ pānakaṃ paṭiggahitaṃ hoti, nāḷikeraṃ apanetvā taṃ vikālepi kappati. Upari sappipiṇḍaṃ ṭhapetvā sītalapāyāsaṃ denti, yaṃ pāyāsena asaṃsaṭṭhaṃ sappi, taṃ apanetvā sattāhaṃ paribhuñjituṃ vaṭṭati. Baddhamadhuphāṇitādīsupi eseva nayo. Takkolajātiphalādīhi alaṅkaritvā piṇḍapātaṃ denti, tāni uddharitvā dhovitvā yāvajīvaṃ paribhuñjitabbāni, yāguyaṃ pakkhipitvā dinnasiṅgiverādīsupi, telādīsu pakkhipitvā dinnalaṭṭhimadhukādīsupi eseva nayo. Evaṃ yaṃ yaṃ asambhinnarasaṃ hoti, taṃ taṃ ekato paṭiggahitampi yathā suddhaṃ hoti, tathā dhovitvā vā tacchetvā vā tassa tassa kālassa vasena paribhuñjituṃ vaṭṭati.
然而,若是味道混合、彼此混杂的,则不允许。因为时限药会将自己与它味道混合的三种夜分药等,全部变成自身的性质。夜分药会将自己与它味道混合的两种七日药等,全部变成自身的性质。七日药会将自己与它混杂的终生药,变成自身的性质。因此,与(七日药的)当日受取物一起的,那么从当日受取或其前受取的终生药,在七日之内允许;与受取二日之物一起的则六日……乃至与受取七日之物一起的,在当日即允许——应如此了知。正因如此,(律中)未说‘诸比丘,以七日药,终生药当日受取’,而说‘受取者,七日允许’。显示巴利原文
Sace pana sambhinnarasaṃ hoti saṃsaṭṭhaṃ, na vaṭṭati. Yāvakālikañhi attanā saddhiṃ sambhinnarasāni tīṇipi yāmakālikādīni attano sabhāvaṃ upaneti. Yāmakālikaṃ dvepi sattāhakālikādīni attano sabhāvaṃ upaneti. Sattāhakālikaṃ attanā saddhiṃ saṃsaṭṭhaṃ yāvajīvikaṃ attano sabhāvaññeva upaneti, tasmā tena tadahupaṭiggahitena saddhiṃ tadahupaṭiggahitaṃ vā purepaṭiggahitaṃ vā yāvajīvikaṃ sattāhaṃ kappati, dvīhapaṭiggahitena chāhaṃ…pe… sattāhapaṭiggahitena tadaheva kappatīti veditabbaṃ. Tasmāyeva hi ‘‘sattāhakālikena, bhikkhave, yāvajīvikaṃ tadahupaṭiggahita’’nti avatvā ‘‘paṭiggahitaṃ sattāhaṃ kappatī’’ti vuttaṃ.
这当中,对于时分、夜分、七日之限的逾越,应依非时食、蓄藏、药学的诸学处来理解罪。在这四种时限中,时限药与夜分药这两种,既构成内宿,也构成蓄藏;而七日药与终生药,即使放置在不净屋中也是允许的,不会构成蓄藏罪。其余各处,义理明显。显示巴利原文
Kālayāmasattāhātikkamesu cettha vikālabhojanasannidhibhesajjasikkhāpadānaṃ vasena āpattiyo veditabbā. Imesu ca pana catūsu kālikesu yāvakālikaṃ yāmakālikanti idameva dvayaṃ antovutthakañceva sannidhikārakañca hoti, sattāhakālikañca yāvajīvikañca akappiyakuṭiyaṃ nikkhipitumpi vaṭṭati, sannidhimpi na janetīti. Sesaṃ sabbattha uttānatthameva.
五种药之论显示巴利原文
Pañcabhesajjakathā
在五种药的解说中,依“诸比丘,我允许这五种药,于规定时分受取、于规定时分服用”之语,被秋病侵扰的比丘们,所饮之粥也吐出,所食之饭也吐出。他们因此消瘦、粗糙、容貌憔悴、肤色蜡黄、身现筋脉。对于他们来说,凡是既是药、也被认可为药,且能起到食物之作用,又不显现粗食之相的。此处有五种药,即:酥油、生酥、油、蜂蜜与糖浆。他允许他们于规定时分受取、于规定时分服用这药。对此,注疏中如此说:“秋病者,即秋季生起的胆汁病。在那个时候,即使被雨水淋湿,踏着泥泞,病也时常剧烈,因此他们的胆汁涌入腹内。起到食物之作用者,即成就食物之用。” 在《疑惑消除》中说:“胆汁涌入腹内者,是指遍布于体表、尚未结合的胆汁涌入腹内,由此导致胆汁激荡,这是其意趣。”显示巴利原文
Pañcabhesajjakathāyaṃ ‘‘anujānāmi, bhikkhave, tāni pañca bhesajjāni kāle paṭiggahetvā kāle paribhuñjitu’’nti (mahāva. 261) vacanato sāradikena ābādhena phuṭṭhānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ yāgupi pītā uggacchati, bhattampi bhuttaṃ uggacchati, te tena kisā honti lūkhā dubbaṇṇā uppaṇḍuppaṇḍukajātā dhamanisanthatagattā. Tesaṃ yaṃ bhesajjañceva assa bhesajjasammatañca, lokassa āhāratthañca phareyya, na ca oḷāriko āhāro paññāyeyya. Tatrimāni pañca bhesajjāni. Seyyathidaṃ – sappi navanītaṃ telaṃ madhu phāṇitaṃ, tāni bhesajjāni kāle paṭiggahetvā kāle paribhuñjituṃ vaṭṭati. Tattha ‘‘sāradikena ābādhenāti saradakāle uppannena pittābādhena. Tasmiñhi kāle vassodakenapi tementi, kaddamampi maddanti, antarantarā ābādhopi kharo hoti, tena tesaṃ pittaṃ koṭṭhabbhantaragataṃ hoti. Āhāratthañca phareyyāti āhāratthaṃ sādheyyā’’ti aṭṭhakathāyaṃ (mahāva. aṭṭha. 260) vuttaṃ. Vimativinodaniyaṃ (vi. vi. ṭī. mahāvagga 2.260) ‘‘pittaṃ koṭṭhabbhantaragataṃ hotīti bahisarīre byāpetvā ṭhitaṃ abaddhapittaṃ koṭṭhabbhantaragataṃ hoti, tena pittaṃ kupitaṃ hotīti adhippāyo’’ti vuttaṃ.
在《金刚智疏》中说道:“‘凡既是药…’等语,从后面‘以此二者而倍加消瘦’等说来看,似乎显示矛盾,应知这是不依赖因缘、而依所得之情形而说的。为何不依因缘而说呢?是因为期待其他意趣的缘故。因为即便是在一切佛的教化时期,也期待酥油等具有七日药的属性。世尊的意趣正是用这样的语句来表达:‘起到食物之作用,而不显现粗食之相’。如此,在‘于时分受取、于时分服用’这一句上,虽未作时分的限定,但可从何处获知呢?因为世尊期待其他意趣,对根药等,便以‘终生’为时分限定。然而,‘诸比丘,我允许他们这药,于时分受取、于时分服用’之语,应知是依‘我允许蓄藏之后,于以后诸日,仅于时分服用’之意趣而说。若非如此,因有所逾越,世尊心中不可能生起‘凡既是药…’等这样的思惟。难道因为允许了精细的食物,(病苦)便明显,是依随顺于病的适宜之用而说吗?这也不对,因为经文显示了‘倍加’消瘦等状态的到来。又如,依甘蔗汁而说糖浆,同样地,应依生酥而说酥油,那么,生酥岂不是不应单独宣说吗?并非如此,这是因为意在显示其差别。如同以糖浆之名虽已包含了甘蔗汁,但后来甘蔗汁又被单独允许,这是依其与甘蔗的共性,意在将其置于糖水的品类之中。同样地,对于生酥,也应知是为了显示其差别的规定,意在单独允可生酥。然而,那差别的规定,应依药学的注疏来了解。那里说:‘若欲煮之成酥而受用,即使未洗,也允许煮。’此处,酥是指煮过的,生酥则是不煮的。”显示巴利原文
Vajirabuddhiṭīkāyaṃ (vajira. ṭī. mahāvagga 260) ‘‘yaṃ bhesajjañceva assāti parato ‘tadubhayena bhiyyosomattāya kisā hontī’tiādinā virodhadassanato nidānānapekkhaṃ yathālābhavasena vuttanti veditabbaṃ. Yathānidānaṃ kasmā na vuttanti ce? Tadaññāpekkhādhippāyato. Sabbabuddhakālepi hi sappiādīnaṃ sattāhakālikabhāvāpekkhoti. Tathā vacanena bhagavato adhippāyo. Teneva ‘āhāratthañca phareyya, na ca oḷāriko āhāro paññāyeyyā’ti vuttaṃ. Tathā hi kāle paṭiggahetvā kāle paribhuñjitunti ettha ca kālaparicchedo na kato, kutoyeva pana labbhā tadaññāpekkhādhippāyo bhagavatā mūlabhesajjādīni tāni paṭiggahetvā yāvajīvanti kālaparicchedo. Yaṃ pana ‘anujānāmi, bhikkhave, tāni bhesajjāni kāle paṭiggahetvā kāle paribhuñjitu’nti (mahāva. 260) vacanaṃ, taṃ ‘sannidhiṃ katvā aparāparasmiṃ divase kāle eva paribhuñjituṃ anujānāmī’ti adhippāyato vuttanti veditabbaṃ. Aññathā atisayattā bhagavato ‘yaṃ bhesajjañceva assā’tiādivitakkuppādo na sambhavati. Paṇītabhojanānumatiyā pasiddhattā ābādhānurūpasappāyāpekkhāya vuttānīti ce? Tañca na, ‘bhiyyosomattāyā’ti kisādibhāvāpattidassanato. Yathā ucchurasaṃ upādāya phāṇitanti vuttaṃ, tathā navanītaṃ upādāya sappīti vattabbato navanītaṃ visuṃ na vattabbanti ce? Na visesadassanādhippāyato. Yathā phāṇitaggahaṇena siddhepi parato ucchuraso visuṃ anuññāto ucchusāmaññato guḷodakaṭṭhāne ṭhapanādhippāyato, tathā navanīte visesavidhidassanādhippāyato navanītaṃ visuṃ anuññātanti veditabbaṃ. Visesavidhi panassa bhesajjasikkhāpadaṭṭhakathāvasena (pārā. aṭṭha. 2.619-621) veditabbo. Vuttañhi tattha ‘pacitvā sappiṃ katvā paribhuñjitukāmena adhotampi pacituṃ vaṭṭatī’ti. Tattha sappi pakkāva hoti, nāpakkā, tathā phāṇitampi. Navanītaṃ apakkamevā’’tiādi.
第二药之论显示巴利原文
Dutiyabhesajjakathā
于第二药说中,依“诸比丘,我允许此五种药,受取后于时及非时皆可受用”(《大品》261)之语:“那些比丘于时受取、于时受用五种药,他们平日粗劣之食尚不能消化,何况油腻之食。他们既为秋季病所扰,又因食物不消化,由此二缘愈益消瘦。”在此事中,因允许于时及非时受用,故于非时受用亦是合宜的。此处,义注(《大品义注》261)中说:“‘不能消化’即不能消化,未能平息风病。‘油腻者’指润滑的。‘食物不消化’指食物淡而无味。”然而诸复注仅说:“‘不能消化’即不生食欲。”不过,依《大分别》(波罗夷622):“凡是病比丘之适宜药,即酥、生酥、油、蜜、糖浆,受取之后,最多七日蓄藏而受用,超此者,犯舍堕。”应知此五药为七日药性,但于此处是随因缘而说。显示巴利原文
Dutiyabhesajjakathāyaṃ ‘‘anujānāmi, bhikkhave, tāni pañca bhesajjāni paṭiggahetvā kālepi vikālepi paribhuñjitu’’nti (mahāva. 261) vacanato ‘‘tāni pañca bhesajjāni kāle paṭiggahetvā kāle paribhuñjantānaṃ tesaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ yānipi tāni pākatikāni lūkhāni bhojanāni, tāni nacchādenti, pageva senesitāni. Te tena ceva sāradikena ābādhena phuṭṭhā iminā ca bhattācchādakena tadubhayena bhiyyosomattāya kisā hontī’’ti imasmiṃ vatthusmiṃ kālepi vikālepīti anuññātattā vikālepi paribhuñjituṃ vaṭṭati. Tattha ‘‘nacchādentīti na jīranti, na vātarogaṃ paṭippassambhetuṃ sakkonti. Senesitānīti siniddhāni. Bhattācchādakenāti bhattaṃ arocikenā’’ti aṭṭhakathāyaṃ (mahāva. aṭṭha. 261) vuttaṃ, ṭīkāsu (sārattha. ṭī. mahāvagga 3.261; vi. vi. ṭī. mahāvagga 2.261-262) pana ‘‘nacchādentīti ruciṃ na uppādentī’’ti ettakameva vuttaṃ, mahāvibhaṅge (pārā. 622) pana ‘‘yāni kho pana tāni gilānānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ paṭisāyanīyāni bhesajjāni. Seyyathidaṃ – sappi navanītaṃ telaṃ madhu phāṇitaṃ, tāni paṭiggahetvā sattāhaparamaṃ sannidhikārakaṃ paribhuñjitabbāni, taṃ atikkāmayato nissaggiyaṃ pācittiya’’nti vacanato imesaṃ pañcabhesajjānaṃ sattāhakālikabhāvo veditabbo, idha pana aṭṭhuppattivasena vuttoti.
脂肪药论显示巴利原文
Vasābhesajjakathā
于脂肪药说中:“诸比丘,我允许脂肪药——熊脂、鱼脂、鳄脂、猪脂、驴脂,于时受取、于时煎煮、于时混合,以油受用的方式受用。诸比丘,若于非时受取、于非时煎煮、于非时混合而受用者,犯三恶作。诸比丘,若于时受取、于非时煎煮、于非时混合而受用者,犯二恶作。诸比丘,若于时受取、于时煎煮、于非时混合而受用者,犯一恶作。诸比丘,若于时受取、于时煎煮、于时混合而受用者,无犯。”(《大品》262)其中,于“于时受取”等句,意为在日中之前受取,之后煎煮、滤清。义注(《大品义注》262)中说:“以油受用而受用者,即以七日药油受用而受用。”复注中说:“‘鳄’为海中所生的一种鱼,亦名鳄鱼。‘混合’即滤清。‘以油受用’是就七日药受用而言。”以上为此处略说,详释见于后文四时药论。显示巴利原文
Vasābhesajjakathāyaṃ ‘‘anujānāmi, bhikkhave, vasāni bhesajjāni acchavasaṃ macchavasaṃ susukāvasaṃ sūkaravasaṃ gadrabhavasaṃ kāle paṭiggahitaṃ kāle nippakkaṃ kāle saṃsaṭṭhaṃ telaparibhogena paribhuñjituṃ. Vikāle ce, bhikkhave, paṭiggahitaṃ vikāle nippakkaṃ vikāle saṃsaṭṭhaṃ, tañce paribhuñjeyya, āpatti tiṇṇaṃ dukkaṭānaṃ. Kāle ce, bhikkhave, paṭiggahitaṃ vikāle nippakkaṃ vikāle saṃsaṭṭhaṃ, tañce paribhuñjeyya, āpatti dvinnaṃ dukkaṭānaṃ. Kāle ce, bhikkhave, paṭiggahitaṃ kāle nippakkaṃ vikāle saṃsaṭṭhaṃ, tañce paribhuñjeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Kāle ce, bhikkhave, paṭiggahitaṃ kāle nippakkaṃ kāle saṃsaṭṭhaṃ, tañce paribhuñjeyya, anāpattī’’ti (mahāva. 262). Tattha ‘‘kāle paṭiggahitantiādīsu majjhanhike avītivatte paṭiggahetvā pacitvā parissāvetvā cāti attho. Telaparibhogena paribhuñjitunti sattāhakālikatelaparibhogena paribhuñjitu’’nti aṭṭhakathāyaṃ (mahāva. aṭṭha. 262) vuttaṃ, ṭīkāsu (sārattha. ṭī. mahāvagga 3.262; vi. vi. ṭī. mahāvagga 2.261-262) pana ‘‘susukāti samudde bhavā ekā macchajāti, kumbhilātipi vadanti. Saṃsaṭṭhanti parissāvitaṃ. Telaparibhogenāti sattāhakālikaparibhogaṃ sandhāya vutta’’nti vuttaṃ. Ayamettha saṅkhepo, vitthāro pana heṭṭhā catukālikakathāyaṃ vuttoyeva.
根药之论显示巴利原文
Mūlabhesajjakathā
于根药说中:“诸比丘,我允许根药——姜黄、生姜、菖蒲、白菖蒲、乌头、黑种草根、香根、善出根,以及其他凡是既不能充当嚼食、亦不能充当啖食的任何根药,受取它们后,终生持有,有因缘时受用。若无因缘而受用者,犯恶作。”其中,“白菖蒲”指白色菖蒲。其余解释,如后文所述。显示巴利原文
Mūlabhesajjakathāyaṃ ‘‘anujānāmi, bhikkhave, mūlāni bhesajjāni, haliddiṃ siṅgiveraṃ vacaṃ vacattaṃ ativisaṃ kaṭukarohiṇiṃ usīraṃ bhaddamuttakaṃ, yāni vā panaññānipi atthi mūlāni bhesajjāni neva khādanīye khādanīyatthaṃ pharanti, na bhojanīye bhojanīyatthaṃ pharanti, tāni paṭiggahetvā yāvajīvaṃ pariharituṃ, sati paccaye paribhuñjituṃ. Asati paccaye paribhuñjantassa āpatti dukkaṭassā’’ti. Tattha vacattanti setavacaṃ. Sesaṃ heṭṭhā vuttameva.
粉药之论显示巴利原文
Piṭṭhabhesajjakathā
在粉药论中,依“诸比丘,我允许研磨石、小研磨杵”(大品263)之语,对于捣碎制成的根药等粉末,若有需要,持用研磨石与小研磨杵是适宜的。其中,“研磨石、小研磨杵”即研臼与研杵。“研磨石”:根药等在其上被捣碎研磨,成粉末细末,故称为研磨石,即研臼。“研磨杵”:以此将根药等捣碎研磨,成粉末细末,故称为研磨杵;又因其形状大小犹如幼童,故称杵;研臼与此杵合称“研磨杵”,即小研杵。其词根意为“研磨成粉”。显示巴利原文
Piṭṭhabhesajjakathāyaṃ ‘‘anujānāmi, bhikkhave, nisadaṃ nisadapotaka’’nti (mahāva. 263) vacanato pisitehi cuṇṇakatehi mūlabhesajjehi atthe sati nisadañca nisadapotakañca pariharituṃ vaṭṭati. Tattha nisadaṃ nisadapotakanti pisanasilā ca pisanapoto ca. Nisadanti pisanti cuṇṇavicuṇṇaṃ karonti mūlabhesajjādayo etthāti nisadaṃ, pisanasilā. Nisadanti pisanti cuṇṇavicuṇṇaṃ karonti mūlabhesajjādayo etenāti nisadaṃ, posetabboti poto, dārako. Khuddakappamāṇatāya poto viyāti poto, nisadañca taṃ poto cāti nisadapoto, taṃ nisadapotakaṃ. Nipubbasada cuṇṇakaraṇeti dhātu.
煎汁药之论显示巴利原文
Kasāvabhesajjakathā
在煎汁药论中,依“诸比丘,我允许煎汁药:苦楝煎汁、象牙树煎汁、蛇瓜煎汁、黄麻煎汁、水黄皮煎汁,以及其他任何煎汁药,既不用作副食,亦不用作主食,受取这些煎汁药后,可尽形寿持有,有因缘时受用,若无因缘而受用者,犯恶作”(大品263)之语,如是受取煎汁药后,尽形寿持有,有因缘时受用,是适宜的。其中,“黄麻”为藤类植物。“水黄皮”即水黄皮。《疑惑消除》(犍度复注大品2.263)中说:“‘以煎汁’者,即取树皮等於水中煮沸后所得之汁液。”显示巴利原文
Kasāvabhesajjakathāyaṃ ‘‘anujānāmi, bhikkhave, kasāvāni bhesajjāni nimbakasāvaṃ kuṭajakasāvaṃ paṭolakasāvaṃ phaggavakasāvaṃ nattamālakasāvaṃ, yāni vā panaññānipi atthi kasāvāni bhesajjāni neva khādanīye khādanīyatthaṃ pharanti, na bhojanīye bhojanīyatthaṃ pharanti, tāni paṭiggahetvā yāvajīvaṃ pariharituṃ, sati paccaye paribhuñjituṃ, asati paccaye paribhuñjantassa āpatti dukkaṭassā’’ti (mahāva. 263) vacanato tānipi kasāvabhesajjāni paṭiggahetvā yāvajīvaṃ pariharituṃ sati paccaye paribhuñjituṃ vaṭṭati. Tattha phaggavanti latājāti. Nattamālanti karañjaṃ. ‘‘Kasāvehīti tacādīni udake tāpetvā gahitaūsarehī’’ti vimativinodaniyaṃ (vi. vi. ṭī. mahāvagga 2.263) vuttaṃ.
叶药之论显示巴利原文
Paṇṇabhesajjakathā
在叶药论中,依“诸比丘,我允许叶为药:苦楝叶、止泻树叶、蛇瓜叶、印度紫檀叶、黄麻叶、罗勒叶、棉花叶,以及其他任何既不用作副食、亦不用作主食的叶药,受取这些叶药后,可尽形寿持有,有因缘时受用,若无因缘而受用者,犯恶作”之语,对于不用作副食、主食的叶药,受取后尽形寿持有,有因缘时受用,是为允许。在“熊脂”等处,其义应依尼萨耆亚注释中所说之理而了知。根药等之抉择在小品注释中已说,故此处仅解释此前未述及者。显示巴利原文
Paṇṇabhesajjakathāyaṃ ‘‘anujānāmi, bhikkhave, paṇṇāni bhesajjāni nimbapaṇṇaṃ kuṭajapaṇṇaṃ paṭolapaṇṇaṃ nattamālapaṇṇaṃ phaggavapaṇṇaṃ sulasipaṇṇaṃ kappāsapaṇṇaṃ, yāni vā panaññānipi atthi paṇṇāni bhesajjāni neva khādanīye khādanīyatthaṃ pharanti, na bhojanīye bhojanīyatthaṃ pharanti, tāni paṭiggahetvā yāvajīvaṃ pariharituṃ, sati paccaye paribhuñjituṃ, asati paccaye paribhuñjantassa āpatti dukkaṭassā’’ti (mahāva. 263) vacanato khādanīyabhojanīyatthaṃ apharantāni tānipi paṇṇāni paṭiggahetvā yāvajīvaṃ pariharituṃ, sati paccaye paribhuñjituṃ vaṭṭati. Acchavasantiādīsu nissaggiyavaṇṇanāyaṃ (pārā. aṭṭha. 2.623) vuttanayeneva attho veditabbo. Mūlabhesajjādivinicchayopi khuddakavaṇṇanāyaṃ vuttoyeva, tasmā idha yaṃ yaṃ pubbe avuttaṃ, taṃ tadeva vaṇṇayissāma.
果药之论显示巴利原文
Phalabhesajjakathā
在果药论中说:「诸比丘,我允许这类果物作为药:荜茇、荜拨、胡椒、诃黎勒、毗黎勒、余甘子、牛膝果,以及其他任何既不作为副食之用、也不作为主食之用的果物药。受取这些之后,可尽形寿持有,有因缘时便可受用;若无因缘而受用者,犯恶作。」依此语,那些不作副食、主食之用的果物药,受取后可尽形寿持有,有因缘时受用也是允许的。显示巴利原文
Phalabhesajjakathāyaṃ ‘‘anujānāmi, bhikkhave, phalāni bhesajjāni biḷaṅgaṃ pippaliṃ maricaṃ harītakaṃ vibhītakaṃ āmalakaṃ goṭṭhaphalaṃ, yāni vā panaññānipi atthi phalāni bhesajjāni neva khādanīye khādanīyatthaṃ pharanti, na bhojanīye bhojanīyatthaṃ pharanti, tāni paṭiggahetvā yāvajīvaṃ pariharituṃ, sati paccaye paribhuñjituṃ, asati paccaye paribhuñjantassa āpatti dukkaṭassā’’ti (mahāva. 263) vacanato khādanīyabhojanīyatthaṃ apharantāni tāni phalāni paṭiggahetvā yāvajīvaṃ pariharituṃ, sati paccaye paribhuñjitumpi vaṭṭati.
树脂药之论显示巴利原文
Jatubhesajjakathā
在树脂药论中说:「诸比丘,我允许这类树脂作为药:兴渠、兴渠脂、兴渠皮、答咖、答咖叶、答咖片、萨朱喇萨,以及其他任何既不作为副食之用、也不作为主食之用的树脂药。受取这些之后,可尽形寿持有,有因缘时便可受用;若无因缘而受用者,犯恶作。」依此语,受取这些树脂药之后,尽形寿持有,有因缘时受用,是允许的。其中,兴渠、兴渠脂、兴渠皮都是兴渠的种类;答咖、答咖叶、答咖片是紫胶的种类。显示巴利原文
Jatubhesajjakathāyaṃ ‘‘anujānāmi, bhikkhave, jatūni bhesajjāni hiṅguṃ hiṅgujatuṃ hiṅgusipāṭikaṃ takaṃ takapattiṃ takapaṇṇiṃ sajjulasaṃ, yāni vā panaññānipi atthi jatūni bhesajjāni neva khādanīye khādanīyatthaṃ pharanti, na bhojanīye bhojanīyatthaṃ pharanti, tāni paṭiggahetvā yāvajīvaṃ pariharituṃ, sati paccaye paribhuñjituṃ, asati paccaye paribhuñjantassa āpatti dukkaṭassā’’ti (mahāva. 263) vacanato tāni jatūni bhesajjāni paṭiggahetvā yāvajīvaṃ pariharituṃ, sati paccaye paribhuñjituṃ vaṭṭati. Tattha hiṅguhiṅgujatuhiṅgusipāṭikā hiṅgujātiyoyeva. Takatakapattitakapaṇṇayo lākhājātiyo.
而在金刚佛智复注中则说:「兴渠脂,是指用兴渠树的枝、嫩叶、新芽所煮出之物。兴渠皮,是指用其根与枝所煮出之物。答咖,是指该树树皮所煮出的水。答咖叶,是指其叶所煮出的水。答咖片,是指其果所煮出的水。或者有记载说:『答咖是紫胶,答咖叶是人工铜枝,答咖片是熟紫胶。』有因缘者:此处之『有因缘性』应依病人与非病人两种情况而了知。因为在非时食学处的无犯场合中,对时限药等三者并未差别而说『有因缘性』。在此篇集中说道:『诸比丘,我允许给病人糖,给非病人糖水。诸比丘,我允许给病人盐酸粥,给非病人用水混合。』因此成立了『有因缘性依病人与非病人二种』,否则无因缘时受用糖水等便成犯行,由此与圣典相违。为食义者:是食物之义,指食物作用中维持之义。以油受用者:是以七日限药受用。以粉者:是以研磨油。果德帕喇,是果德帕树的果实,或是马德那果,如此记载。」显示巴利原文
Vajirabuddhiṭīkāyaṃ (vajira. ṭī. mahāvagga 263) pana ‘‘hiṅgujatu nāma hiṅgurukkhassa daṇḍapallavapavāḷapākanipphannā. Hiṅgusipāṭikā nāma tassa mūlasākhapākanipphannā. Takaṃ nāma tassa rukkhassa tacapākodakaṃ. Takapattīti tassa pattapākodakaṃ. Takapaṇṇīti tassa phalapākodakaṃ. Atha vā ‘takaṃ nāma lākhā. Takapattīti kittimalohasākhā . Takapaṇṇīti pakkalākhā’ti likhitaṃ. Sati paccayeti ettha satipaccayatā gilānāgilānavasena dvidhā veditabbā. Vikālabhojanasikkhāpadassa hi anāpattivāre yāmakālikādīnaṃ tiṇṇampi avisesena satipaccayatā vuttā. Imasmiṃ khandhake ‘anujānāmi, bhikkhave, gilānassa guḷaṃ agilānassa guḷodakaṃ. Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, gilānassa loṇasovīrakaṃ, agilānassa udakasambhinna’nti (mahāva. 273) vuttaṃ, tasmā siddhaṃ ‘satipaccayatā gilānāgilānavasena duvidhā’ti, aññathā asati paccaye guḷodakādi āpajjati, tato ca pāḷivirodho. Āhāratthanti āhārapayojanaṃ, āhārakiccayāpananti atthoti ca. Telaparibhogenāti sattāhakālikaparibhogena. Piṭṭhehīti pisitatelehi. Koṭṭhaphalanti koṭṭharukkhassa phalaṃ, madanaphalaṃ vāti ca likhita’’nti vuttaṃ.
盐药之论显示巴利原文
Loṇabhesajjakathā
在盐药论中:「诸比丘,我允许诸种盐作为药——海盐、黑盐、辛德瓦盐、涌出盐、比喇盐,以及其他任何既非在嚼食中作为嚼食之用、也非在噉食中作为噉食之用的盐药。受取它们之后,可终生持有;有因缘时受用。若无因缘而受用者,犯恶作。」依此语,受取这些盐后终生持有、有因缘时受用,这是被允许的。其中,海盐者,即如海岸之沙般存在的盐;黑盐,即是天然盐;辛德瓦盐,色白,产于山中;涌出盐,如同芽一般从地中涌出;比喇盐,是与药材同煮而成的红色盐。然而《义明复注》中说:「涌出盐,是碱土沙质性的盐。」《疑惑消除复注》中说:「涌出盐,是碱土沙质盐。比喇盐,是一种特殊的盐。」在《瓦基拉佛智复注》中也是如此说的。显示巴利原文
Loṇabhesajjakathāyaṃ ‘‘anujānāmi, bhikkhave, loṇāni bhesajjāni sāmuddikaṃ kāḷaloṇaṃ sindhavaṃ ubbhidaṃ bilaṃ, yāni vā panaññānipi atthi loṇāni bhesajjāni neva khādanīye khādanīyatthaṃ pharanti, na bhojanīye bhojanīyatthaṃ pharanti, tāni paṭiggahetvā yāvajīvaṃ pariharituṃ, sati paccaye paribhuñjituṃ, asati paccaye paribhuñjantassa āpatti dukkaṭassā’’ti (mahāva. 263) vacanato tāni loṇāni paṭiggahetvā yāvajīvaṃ pariharituṃ, sati paccaye paribhuñjituṃ vaṭṭati. Tattha sāmuddanti samuddatīre vālukaṃ viya santiṭṭhati. Kāḷaloṇanti pakatiloṇaṃ. Sindhavanti setavaṇṇaṃ pabbate uṭṭhahati. Ubbhidanti bhūmito aṅkuraṃ viya uṭṭhahati. Bilanti dabbasambhārehi saddhiṃ pacitaṃ, taṃ rattavaṇṇaṃ. Sāratthadīpaniyaṃ (sārattha. ṭī. mahāvagga 3.263) pana ‘‘ubbhidaṃ nāma ūsarapaṃsumaya’’nti vuttaṃ. Vimativinodaniyaṃ (vi. vi. ṭī. mahāvagga 2.263) pana ‘‘ubbhidanti ūsarapaṃsumayaṃ loṇaṃ. Bilanti loṇaviseso’’ti vuttaṃ. Vajirabuddhiṭīkāyampi tatheva vuttaṃ.
在粉药论中:「诸比丘,我允许那些患有痒、疮、流脓、粗疥疮、身病或身臭的比丘使用粉药;无病的比丘则允许使用牛粪、黏土、染料渣。诸比丘,我允许臼与杵。」「身臭者,指某人身体有如同马等般的气味,对此人也允许使用一切西利萨花粉、红花粉等香粉。牛粪者,即是牛粪。染料渣者,即是染料滓;普通的粉也可捣碎后用水浸湿沐浴,这也归入染料渣之数。」注疏中如此说。然而《义明复注》中说:「牛粪者,即是牛粪。普通粉者,即是未煮过的袈裟粉。据此,除香粉外,一切粉皆可使用。」《疑惑消除复注》也说:「牛粪者,即是牛粪。普通粉者,即是未煮过的袈裟粉,但香粉不被允许。」《瓦基拉佛智复注》中说:「牛粪者,即是牛粪。普通粉者,即是未煮过的袈裟粉。据此,除香粉外,一切粉皆可使用。」「诸比丘,我允许粉筛」,依此语,若有需要,为病比丘筛过粉药,粉筛是被允许的。「诸比丘,我允许布筛」,依此语,若有需要,为细粉而使用布筛,这也是被允许的。「粉筛者,即是在臼中捣碎之粉的滤器。」《疑惑消除复注》如此说。《瓦基拉佛智复注》中也说:「筛过者,即是滤过。」显示巴利原文
Cuṇṇakathāyaṃ ‘‘anujānāmi, bhikkhave, yassa kaṇḍu vā pīḷakā vā assāvo vā thullakacchu vā ābādho kāyo vā duggandho cuṇṇāni bhesajjāni, agilānassa chakaṇaṃ mattikaṃ rajananippakkaṃ. Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, udukkhalaṃ musala’’nti (mahāva. 264). ‘‘Kāyo vā duggandhoti kassaci assādīnaṃ viya kāyagandho hoti, tassapi sirīsakosumbādicuṇṇāni vā gandhacuṇṇāni vā sabbāni vaṭṭanti. Chakaṇanti gomayaṃ. Rajananippakkanti rajanakasaṭaṃ, pākatikacuṇṇampi koṭṭetvā udakena temetvā nhāyituṃ vaṭṭati, etampi rajananippakkasaṅkhameva gacchatī’’ti aṭṭhakathāyaṃ (mahāva. aṭṭha. 264) vuttaṃ. Sāratthadīpaniyaṃ (sārattha. ṭī. mahāvagga 3.264) pana ‘‘chakaṇanti gomayaṃ. Pākatikacuṇṇaṃ nāma apakkakasāvacuṇṇaṃ. Tena ṭhapetvā gandhacuṇṇaṃ sabbaṃ vaṭṭatīti vadantī’’ti vuttaṃ. Vimativinodaniyampi (vi. vi. ṭī. mahāvagga 2.264-265) ‘‘chakaṇanti gomayaṃ. Pākatikacuṇṇanti apakkakasāvacuṇṇaṃ, gandhacuṇṇaṃ pana na vaṭṭatī’’ti vuttaṃ. Vajirabuddhiṭīkāyampi (vajira. ṭī. mahāvagga 264) ‘‘chakaṇanti gomayaṃ. Pākatikacuṇṇaṃ nāma apakkakasāvacuṇṇaṃ. Tena ṭhapetvā gandhacuṇṇaṃ sabbaṃ vaṭṭatīti vadantī’’ti vuttaṃ. ‘‘Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, cuṇṇacālini’’nti (mahāva. 264) vacanato gilānānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ cuṇṇehi bhesajjehi cālitehi atthe sati cuṇṇacālinī vaṭṭati. ‘‘Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, dussacālini’’nti (mahāva. 264) vacanato saṇhehi cuṇṇehi atthe sati dussacālinī vaṭṭati . ‘‘Cuṇṇacālininti udukkhale koṭṭitacuṇṇaparissāvani’’nti vimativinodaniyaṃ (vi. vi. ṭī. mahāvagga 2.264-265) vuttaṃ. Vajirabuddhiṭīkāyampi (vajira. ṭī. mahāvagga 264) ‘‘cālitehīti parissāvitehī’’ti vuttaṃ.
非人恼害之论显示巴利原文
Amanussikābādhakathā
在非人病论中:「诸比丘,我允许在非人病时使用生肉、生血。」依此语,若有比丘食生肉、饮生血后,其所患的非人病得以平息,则无犯。其中,所谓「食生肉、饮生血」,并非那位比丘食用,而是非人取而食之、取而饮之,然后离去。因此说「其非人病平息」。显示巴利原文
Amanussikābādhakathāyaṃ ‘‘anujānāmi, bhikkhave, amanussikābādhe āmakamaṃsaṃ āmakamaṃsalohita’’nti (mahāva. 264) vacanato yassa bhikkhuno āmakamaṃsaṃ khāditassa āmakalohitaṃ pivitassa so amanussābādho paṭippassambhati, tassa anāpatti. Tattha āmakamaṃsañca khādi, āmakalohitañca pivīti na taṃ bhikkhu khādi, na pivi, amanusso khāditvā ca pivitvā ca pakkanto. Tena vuttaṃ ‘‘tassa so amanussikābādho paṭippassambhī’’ti.
《眼药论》中说:“诸比丘,我允许眼药,即黑眼药、汁眼药、流眼药、黄土、灯烟。”据此,比丘患眼病时,眼药等即为开许。其中,“眼药”是总称。“黑眼药”是一种眼药。“汁眼药”由种种材料制成。“流眼药”产自河流等处。“黄土”即金黄土。“灯烟”即从灯焰刮取的烟灰。注疏中如此说。《义明复注》中说:“金黄土,即金色硫酸铜等。”《疑惑消除复注》亦作此说。“诸比丘,我允许檀香、答嘎喇、黑阿努萨利亚、答离萨、跋德玛木德咖。”据此,若为研磨眼药所需,这些檀香等亦在开许之列。其中,“檀香”指红檀香等任何檀香。答嘎喇等,其义易明。其他如青莲花等亦皆开许。“眼药辅助研磨”,即应与眼药一起研磨,因为没有任何辅助研磨之物是不被允许的。注疏中如此说。然复注中说:“眼药辅助研磨,即为眼药故应研磨的任何粉末。”《疑惑消除复注》说:“圣典所言之眼药辅助研磨,即为眼药而应研磨之药。”显示巴利原文
Añjanakathāyaṃ ‘‘anujānāmi, bhikkhave, añjanaṃ kāḷañjanaṃ rasañjanaṃ sotañjanaṃ gerukaṃ kapalla’’nti (mahāva. 265) vacanato bhikkhūnaṃ cakkhuroge sati añjanādīni vaṭṭanti. Tattha ‘‘añjananti sabbasaṅgāhikavacanametaṃ. Kāḷañjananti ekā añjanajāti. Rasañjananti nānāsambhārehi kataṃ. Sotañjananti nadīsotādīsu uppajjanakaañjanaṃ. Geruko nāma suvaṇṇageruko. Kapallanti dīpasikhato gahitamasī’’ti aṭṭhakathāyaṃ (mahāva. aṭṭha. 264) vuttaṃ. Sāratthadīpaniyaṃ (sārattha. ṭī. mahāvagga 3.265) ‘‘suvaṇṇagerukoti suvaṇṇatutthādī’’ti vuttaṃ. Vimativinodaniyampi (vi. vi. ṭī. mahāvagga 2.264-265) tatheva vuttaṃ. ‘‘Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, candanaṃ tagaraṃ kāḷānusāriyaṃ tālīsaṃ bhaddamuttaka’’nti (mahāva. 265) vacanato añjanūpapisanehi atthe sati imāni candanādīni vaṭṭanti. Tattha ‘‘candananti lohitacandanādikaṃ yaṃ kiñci candanaṃ. Tagarādīni pākaṭāni. Aññānipi nīluppalādīni vaṭṭantiyeva. Añjanūpapisanehīti añjanehi saddhiṃ ekato pisitabbehi. Na hi kiñci añjanūpapisanaṃ na vaṭṭatī’’ti aṭṭhakathāyaṃ (mahāva. aṭṭha. 264) ṭīkāyaṃ (sārattha. ṭī. mahāvagga 3.265) pana ‘‘añjanūpapisananti añjanatthāya upapisitabbaṃ yaṃ kiñci cuṇṇajātī’’ti vuttaṃ. Vimativinodaniyaṃ (vi. vi. ṭī. mahāvagga 2.264-265) pana ‘‘pāḷiyaṃ añjanūpapisananti añjane upanetuṃ pisitabbabhesajja’’nti vuttaṃ.
依“诸比丘,我允许眼药盒”一语,眼药盒是听许的。又依“诸比丘,不应持用种种眼药盒,若持用者,犯恶作。诸比丘,我允许骨制、牙制、角制、芦苇制、竹制、木制、树脂制、铜制、螺钿制者”之语,唯有此类材质方为开许。其中,“骨制”指除人骨之外的骨制品。“牙制”即象牙等一切牙制品。“角制”中无有不许者。“芦苇制”等则完全听许。显示巴利原文
‘‘Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, añjani’’nti (mahāva. 265) vacanato añjanaṭhapanaṭṭhānaṃ vaṭṭati. ‘‘Na, bhikkhave, uccāvacā añjanī dhāretabbā, yo dhāreyya, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, aṭṭhimayaṃ dantamayaṃ visāṇamayaṃ naḷamayaṃ veḷumayaṃ kaṭṭhamayaṃ jatumayaṃ lohamayaṃ saṅkhanābhimaya’’nti (mahāva. 265) vacanato etāni kappiyāni. Tattha aṭṭhimayanti manussaṭṭhiṃ ṭhapetvā avasesaaṭṭhimayaṃ. Dantamayanti hatthidantādisabbadantamayaṃ. Visāṇamayepi akappiyaṃ nāma natthi. Naḷamayādayo ekantakappiyāyeva.
由「诸比丘,我允许盖」之语,眼药盒的盖也是允许的。由「诸比丘,我允许用线绳系于眼药盒」之语,盖应用线绳系于眼药盒。由「诸比丘,我允许用线绳缝」之语,为不脱落之故,用线绳缝眼药盒是允许的。由「诸比丘,我允许眼药棒」之语,眼药棒也是允许的。由「诸比丘,不应持用种种眼药棒,若持用者,犯恶作。诸比丘,我允许骨制的……乃至……螺钿制的」之语,只有这些眼药棒是允许的。由「诸比丘,我允许棒座」之语,眼药棒座也是允许的。其中「棒座」者,即放置棒之处,我允许那有孔的杖或袋,此为其义。由「诸比丘,我允许眼药袋」之语,袋也是允许的。由「诸比丘,我允许肩带、系绳」之语,为使眼药袋挂于肩上之故,肩带与系绳也是允许的。显示巴利原文
‘‘Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, apidhāna’’nti (mahāva. 265) vacanato añjanīapidhānampi vaṭṭati. ‘‘Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, suttakena bandhitvā añjaniyā bandhitu’’nti (mahāva. 265) vacanato apidhānaṃ suttakena bandhitvā añjaniyā bandhitabbaṃ. ‘‘Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, suttakena sibbetu’’nti (mahāva. 265) vacanato apatanatthāya añjanīsuttakena sibbetuṃ vaṭṭati. ‘‘Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, añjanisalāka’’nti (mahāva. 265) vacanato añjanisalākampi vaṭṭati. ‘‘Na, bhikkhave, uccāvacā añjanisalākā dhāretabbā, yo dhāreyya, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, aṭṭhimayaṃ…pe… saṅkhanābhimaya’’nti (mahāva. 265) vacanato etāyeva añjanisalākā vaṭṭanti. ‘‘Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, salākaṭṭhāniya’’nti (mahāva. 265) vacanato añjanisalākaṭṭhāniyampi vaṭṭati. Tattha salākaṭṭhāniyanti yattha salākaṃ odahanti, taṃ susiradaṇḍakaṃ vā thavikaṃ vā anujānāmīti attho. ‘‘Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, añjanitthavika’’nti (mahāva. 265) vacanato thavikampi vaṭṭati. ‘‘Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, aṃsabaddhakaṃ bandhanasuttaka’’nti (mahāva. 265) vacanato añjanitthavikāya aṃse lagganatthāya aṃsabaddhakampi bandhanasuttakampi vaṭṭati.
关于鼻药事:由‘诸比丘,我允许头上涂油’的开许,对于头部发热的比丘,在头上涂油是允许的。由‘诸比丘,我允许鼻药’的开许,当有可排出的病物时,使用鼻药是允许的。由‘诸比丘,我允许鼻药器’的开许,为防止鼻药流出,鼻药器是允许的。由‘诸比丘,不应持用种种鼻药器,若持用者,犯恶作。诸比丘,我允许骨制的……乃至……螺钿制的’的开许,唯这些鼻药器是允许的。由‘诸比丘,我允许双管鼻药器’的开许,若比丘们不能均匀地灌入鼻药,应持用双管鼻药器。其中‘双管鼻药器’,即由那两根管子齐平地合成为一个的鼻药器。显示巴利原文
Natthukathāyaṃ ‘‘anujānāmi, bhikkhave, muddhani telaka’’nti (mahāva. 266) vacanato sīsābhitāpassa bhikkhuno muddhani telaṃ vaṭṭati. ‘‘Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, natthukamma’’nti (mahāva. 266) vacanato nakkhamanīye sati natthukammaṃ vaṭṭati. ‘‘Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, natthukaraṇi’’nti (mahāva. 266) vacanato natthuyā agaḷanatthaṃ natthukaraṇī vaṭṭati. ‘‘Na, bhikkhave, uccāvacā natthukaraṇī dhāretabbā, yo dhāreyya, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, aṭṭhimayaṃ…pe… saṅkhanābhimaya’’nti (mahāva. 266) vacanato etāyeva natthukaraṇiyo vaṭṭanti. ‘‘Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, yamakanatthukaraṇi’’nti (mahāva. 266) vacanato natthu visamaṃ āsiñcayanti ce, yamakanatthukaraṇiṃ dhāretabbaṃ. Tattha yamakanatthukaraṇinti samaso tāhi dvīhi panāḷikāhi ekaṃ natthukaraṇiṃ.
烟管之论显示巴利原文
Dhūmanettakathā
关于烟管事:由‘诸比丘,我允许吸烟’的开许,当双管鼻药器中有可排出的病物时,吸烟是允许的。由‘诸比丘,我允许烟管’的开许,因涂过药捻后饮用时喉中灼热者,可用烟管吸烟。由‘诸比丘,不应持用种种烟管,若持用者,犯恶作。诸比丘,我允许骨制的……乃至……螺钿制的’的开许,只应持用这些烟管。由‘诸比丘,我允许盖’的开许,为防止虫蚁等进入,烟管袋也是允许的。由‘诸比丘,我允许双层袋’的开许,当一侧磨损时,双层袋是允许的。由‘诸比丘,我允许肩带、系绳’的开许,烟管袋的肩带与系绳是允许的。显示巴利原文
Dhūmanettakathāyaṃ ‘‘anujānāmi, bhikkhave, dhūmaṃ pātu’’nti (mahāva. 266) vacanato yamakanatthukaraṇiyā nakkhamanīye sati dhūmaṃ pātuṃ vaṭṭati. ‘‘Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, dhūmanetta’’nti (mahāva. 266) vacanato tameva vaṭṭiṃ ālimbetvā pivanapaccayā kaṇṭhe dahantena dhūmanettadhūmo pivitabbo. ‘‘Na, bhikkhave, uccāvacāni dhūmanettāni dhāretabbāni, yo dhāreyya, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, aṭṭhimayaṃ…pe… saṅkhanābhimaya’’nti (mahāva. 266) vacanato etāni eva dhūmanettāni dhāretabbāni. ‘‘Anujānāmi , bhikkhave, apidhāna’’nti (mahāva. 266) vacanato pāṇakādiappavisanatthaṃ dhūmanettatthavikampi vaṭṭati. ‘‘Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, yamakatthavika’’nti (mahāva. 266) vacanato ekato ghaṃsiyamāne sati yamakatthavikaṃ vaṭṭati. ‘‘Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, aṃsabaddhakaṃ bandhanasuttaka’’nti (mahāva. 266) vacanato dhūmanettatthavikassa aṃsabaddhabandhanasuttaṃ vaṭṭati.
关于煮油事:由‘诸比丘,我允许煮油’的开许,当患有风病时,煮油是允许的。其中‘诸比丘,我允许煮油’意为:凡加入任何药物的,一切都得到开许。由‘诸比丘,不应饮过度入酒的油,若饮者,应如法处置。诸比丘,我允许饮那煮油中酒的色、香、味不显现的,这样入酒的油’的开许,应饮那种在煮油中入酒而酒的色、香或味已不显现的油。其中‘过度入酒的’,即加入极多酒,以多酒调制而成,这是它的含义。由‘诸比丘,我允许决意为涂药’的开许,当油因过度入酒而不可饮时,决意为涂药是允许的。由‘诸比丘,我允许三种瓶:铜瓶、木瓶、果瓶’的开许,作为煮油的容器,这三种瓶是允许的。显示巴利原文
Telapākakathāyaṃ ‘‘anujānāmi, bhikkhave, telapāka’’nti (mahāva. 267) vacanato vātābādhe sati telapāko vaṭṭati. Tattha anujānāmi, bhikkhave, telapākanti yaṃ kiñci bhesajjapakkhittaṃ sabbaṃ anuññātameva hoti. ‘‘Na, bhikkhave, atipakkhittamajjaṃ telaṃ pātabbaṃ, yo piveyya, yathādhammo kāretabbo. Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, yasmiṃ telapāke majjassa na vaṇṇo na gandho na raso paññāyati, evarūpaṃ majjapakkhittaṃ telaṃ pātu’’nti (mahāva. 267) vacanato yasmiṃ telapāke pakkhittassa majjassa vaṇṇo vā gandho vā raso vā na paññāyati, tādisaṃ telaṃ pivitabbaṃ. Tattha atipakkhittamajjānīti ativiya khittamajjāni, bahuṃ majjaṃ pakkhipitvā yojitānīti attho. ‘‘Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, abbhañjanaṃ adhiṭṭhātu’’nti (mahāva. 267) vacanato atipakkhittamajjattā apivitabbe tele sati abbhañjanaṃ adhiṭṭhātuṃ vaṭṭati. ‘‘Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, tīṇi tumbāni lohatumbaṃ kaṭṭhatumbaṃ phalatumba’’nti (mahāva. 267) vacanato telapakkabhājanāni imāni tīṇi tumbāni vaṭṭanti.
蒸汽疗法之论显示巴利原文
Sedakammakathā
关于发汗事,依“诸比丘,我允许发汗”之教示,若有肢体风病,则允许作发汗。其中“肢体风病”,即手足之风病。若此法不能令风排出,则依“诸比丘,我允许材料蒸”之教示,当发汗不能排出时,允许作材料蒸。此处“材料蒸”,指以种种叶作材料之蒸。若仍不能排出,依“诸比丘,我允许大蒸”之教示,当材料蒸不能排出时,允许作大蒸。所谓“大蒸”,意即允许掘一人身量之坑,填满炭火,以沙堆等覆盖其上,再铺设种种祛风之叶,涂油于身卧于其中,辗转身体而发汗。若仍不能排出,依“诸比丘,我允许煎叶水”之教示,当大蒸不能排出时,允许作煎叶水。其中“煎叶水”,是指以种种叶煎煮之水,应以彼叶与水反复浇洒而发汗。若仍不能排出,依“诸比丘,我允许水室”之教示,当煎叶水不能排出时,允许作水室。所谓“水室”,意指允许在水室中,将瓮或槽注满热水,进入其中作发汗。显示巴利原文
Sedakammakathāyaṃ ‘‘anujānāmi, bhikkhave, sedakamma’’nti (mahāva. 267) vacanato aṅgavāte sati sedakammaṃ kātuṃ vaṭṭati . Tattha aṅgavātoti hatthapāde vāto. Nakkhamanīyo hoti, ‘‘anujānāmi, bhikkhave, sambhāraseda’’nti (mahāva. 267) vacanato sedakammena nakkhamanīye sati sambhārasedaṃ kātuṃ vaṭṭati. Tattha sambhārasedanti nānāvidhapaṇṇasambhārasedaṃ. Nakkhamanīyo hoti, ‘‘anujānāmi, bhikkhave, mahāseda’’nti (mahāva. 267) vacanato sambhārasedanakkhamanīye sati mahāsedaṃ kātuṃ vaṭṭati. Tattha mahāsedanti mahantaṃ sedaṃ, porisappamāṇaṃ āvāṭaṃ aṅgārānaṃ pūretvā paṃsuvālikādīhi pidahitvā tattha nānāvidhāni vātaharaṇapaṇṇāni santharitvā telamakkhitena gattena tattha nipajjitvā samparivattantena sarīraṃ sedetuṃ anujānāmīti attho. Nakkhamanīyo hoti, ‘‘anujānāmi, bhikkhave, bhaṅgodaka’’nti (mahāva. 267) vacanato mahāsedena nakkhamanīye sati bhaṅgodakaṃ kātuṃ vaṭṭati. Tattha bhaṅgodakanti nānāpaṇṇabhaṅgakuthitaṃ udakaṃ, tehi paṇṇehi ca udakena ca siñcitvā siñcitvā sedetabbo. Nakkhamanīyo hoti, ‘‘anujānāmi, bhikkhave, udakakoṭṭhaka’’nti (mahāva. 267) vacanato bhaṅgodakena nakkhamanīye sati udakakoṭṭhakaṃ kātuṃ vaṭṭati. Tattha udakakoṭṭhakanti udakakoṭṭhe cāṭiṃ vā doṇiṃ vā uṇhodakassa pūretvā tattha pavisitvā sedakammakaraṇaṃ anujānāmīti attho.
出血之论显示巴利原文
Lohitamocanakathā
关于放血事,依“诸比丘,我允许放血”之教示,若有关节风病,则允许放血。其中“有关节风病”,即各个关节处有风侵入。“放血”,即用刀放血。若仍不能排出,则依“诸比丘,我允许放血后以角吸取”之教示。显示巴利原文
Lohitamocanakathāyaṃ ‘‘anujānāmi, bhikkhave, lohitaṃ mocetu’’nti (mahāva. 267) vacanato pabbavāte sati lohitaṃ mocetuṃ vaṭṭati. Tattha pabbavāto hotīti pabbe pabbe vāto vijjhati. Lohitaṃ mocetunti satthakena lohitaṃ mocetuṃ. Nakkhamanīyo hoti, anujānāmi, bhikkhave, lohitaṃ mocetvā visāṇena gāhetunti (mahāva. 267).
足药之论显示巴利原文
Pādabbhañjanakathā
关于足药事,依“诸比丘,我允许足药”之教示,当足部龟裂时,应煮制足药。若此法不能解除,依“诸比丘,我允许制作膏药”之教示,当足药油不能解除时,应制作膏药。其中“制作膏药”,意即取能使龟裂足复原之物,加入椰子等多种药物,熬煮成适宜足部之膏药。显示巴利原文
Pādabbhañjanakathāyaṃ ‘‘anujānāmi, bhikkhave, pādabbhañjana’’nti (mahāva. 267) vacanato pādesu phalitesu pādabbhañjanaṃ pacitabbaṃ. Nakkhamanīyo hoti, ‘‘anujānāmi, bhikkhave, pajjaṃ abhisaṅkharitu’’nti (mahāva. 267) vacanato pādabbhañjanatelena nakkhamanīye sati pajjaṃ abhisaṅkharitabbaṃ. Tattha pajjaṃ abhisaṅkharitunti yena phalitapādā pākatikā honti, taṃ nāḷikerādīsu nānābhesajjāni pakkhipitvā pajjaṃ abhisaṅkharituṃ, pādānaṃ sappāyabhesajjaṃ pacitunti attho.
疮病之论显示巴利原文
Gaṇḍābādhakathā
在关于疮病的开示中,依“诸比丘,我允许作刀手术”的开许,若生疮病,应施刀手术。依“诸比丘,我允许用涩水”的开许,若需涩水,可给与涩水。依“诸比丘,我允许用芝麻渣”的开许,若需芝麻渣,可给与芝麻渣。所谓“需芝麻渣”,即需要磨碎的芝麻。依“诸比丘,我允许用丸药”的开许,若需丸药,可给与丸药。这里的“丸药”,是指将药丸填入伤口。依“诸比丘,我允许用伤口包扎布”的开许,若需包扎布,可给与包扎布。依“诸比丘,我允许涂抹芥子粉”的开许,若伤口如疖肿,应涂芥子粉。其中“芥子粉”,即研磨的芥子粉末。显示巴利原文
Gaṇḍābādhakathāyaṃ ‘‘anujānāmi, bhikkhave, satthakamma’’nti (mahāva. 267) vacanato gaṇḍābādhe sati satthakammaṃ kātabbaṃ. ‘‘Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, kasāvodaka’’nti (mahāva. 267) vacanato kasāvodakena atthe sati kasāvodakaṃ dātabbaṃ. ‘‘Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, tilakakka’’nti (mahāva. 267) vacanato tilakakkena atthe sati tilakakkaṃ dātabbaṃ. Tilakakkena atthoti piṭṭhehi tilehi attho. ‘‘Anujānāmi bhikkhave kabaḷika’’nti (mahāva. 267) vacanato kabaḷikāya atthe sati kabaḷikā dātabbā. Tattha kabaḷikanti vaṇamukhe sattupiṇḍaṃ pakkhipituṃ. ‘‘Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, vaṇabandhanacoḷa’’nti (mahāva. 267) vacanato vaṇabandhanacoḷena atthe sati vaṇabandhanacoḷaṃ dātabbaṃ. ‘‘Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, sāsapakuṭṭena phositu’’nti (mahāva. 267) vacanato sace vaṇo kuṇḍavatī, sāsapakuṭṭena phositabbaṃ. Tattha sāsapakuṭṭenāti sāsapapiṭṭhena.
依“诸比丘,我允许作烟熏”的开许,若伤口溃烂,可作烟熏。依“诸比丘,我允许以盐碱切除”的开许,若增生肉长出,应予以切除。其中,“增生肉”指多余之肉如楔钉般竖立。“以盐碱切除”,即用碱来切除。依“诸比丘,我允许用伤口油”的开许,若伤口不愈合,应熬制伤口愈合油。依“诸比丘,我允许用止血药及一切伤口处理方法”的开许,若油流出,应施止血药,并可采用一切伤口处理方法。其中,“止血药”指用于止住油液渗出的棉布。“一切伤口处理方法”,意思是:凡被称作伤口处理方式的,我全部开许。如前所述,《大品》中已作解释。显示巴利原文
‘‘Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, dhūmaṃ kātu’’nti (mahāva. 267) vacanato yadi vaṇo kilijjittha, dhūmaṃ kātuṃ vaṭṭati. ‘‘Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, loṇasakkharikāya chinditu’’nti (mahāva. 267) vacanato yadi vaḍḍhamaṃsaṃ vuṭṭhāti , chinditabbaṃ. Tattha vaḍḍhamaṃsanti adhikamaṃsaṃ āṇī viya uṭṭhahati. Loṇasakkharikāya chinditunti khārena chindituṃ. ‘‘Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, vaṇatela’’nti (mahāva. 267) vacanato yadi vaṇo na ruhati, vaṇaruhanatelaṃ pacitabbaṃ. ‘‘Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, vikāsikaṃ sabbaṃ vaṇapaṭikamma’’nti (mahāva. 267) vacanato yadi telaṃ gaḷati, vikāsikaṃ dātabbaṃ, sabbaṃ vaṇapaṭikammaṃ kātabbaṃ. Tattha vikāsikanti telarundhanapilotikaṃ. Sabbaṃ vaṇapaṭikammanti yaṃ kiñci vaṇapaṭikammaṃ nāma atthi, sabbaṃ anujānāmīti attho. Mahāvikaṭakathā pubbe vuttāva.
“自取而用”这一条,并不仅限于被蛇咬伤的情形,若被其他毒物咬伤而有毒时,也可自行取用;但在其他情况下,则必须经过授受方可受用。显示巴利原文
Sāmaṃ gahetvāti idaṃ na kevalaṃ sappadaṭṭhasseva, aññasmimpi daṭṭhavise sati sāmaṃ gahetvā paribhuñjitabbaṃ, aññesu pana kāraṇesu paṭiggahitameva vaṭṭati.
在饮毒事中,依“诸比丘,我允许饮粪”一语,允许让中毒的比丘饮粪。依“诸比丘,我允许正在作时受取者,即已作受取,不应再受取”一语,那样做即可。然而,在义注中解释“不应再受取”时说:若食物已落地,应令人受取;未落地者,则允许取用。显示巴利原文
Visapītakathāyaṃ ‘‘anujānāmi, bhikkhave, gūthaṃ pāyetu’’nti (mahāva. 268) vacanato pītavisaṃ bhikkhuṃ gūthaṃ pāyetuṃ vaṭṭati. ‘‘Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, yaṃ karonto paṭiggaṇhāti, sveva paṭiggaho kato, na puna paṭiggahetabbo’’ti (mahāva. 268) vacanato tadeva vaṭṭati. Aṭṭhakathāyaṃ (mahāva. aṭṭha. 268) pana na puna paṭiggahetabboti sace bhūmippatto, paṭiggahāpetabbo, appattaṃ pana gahetuṃ vaṭṭati.
家施食病之论显示巴利原文
Gharadinnakābādhakathā
在家人所给病事中,依“诸比丘,我允许饮冷泥水”一语,允许患家人所给病的比丘饮用冷泥水。其中,“家人所给病”是指因调伏术而生的疾病。然而在义疏中说:“‘家人所给病’是指由家主妇为调伏目的所给予的药物而引发的疾病,故说‘因调伏术而生的疾病’。此处‘家’字,是通称家主妇的意思。”在《疑惑消除义疏》中也说:“‘家人所给病’是指由家主妇所给的调伏药而引发的疾病。”“冷泥水”是指以水搅拌附着于耕者犁铧上的泥土而饮,此即允许之义。显示巴利原文
Gharadinnakābādhakathāyaṃ ‘‘anujānāmi, bhikkhave, sītāloḷiṃ pāyetu’’nti (mahāva. 269) vacanato gharadinnakābādhassa bhikkhuno sītāloḷiṃ pāyetuṃ vaṭṭati. Tattha gharadinnakābādhoti vasīkaraṇapāṇakasamuṭṭhitarogo. Ṭīkāyaṃ (sārattha. ṭī. mahāvagga 3.269) pana ‘‘gharadinnakābādho nāma vasīkaraṇatthāya gharaṇiyā dinnabhesajjasamuṭṭhito ābādho. Tenāha ‘vasīkaraṇapāṇakasamuṭṭhitarogo’ti. Ghara-saddo cettha abhedena gharaṇiyā vattamāno adhippeto’’ti vuttaṃ. Vimativinodaniyampi (vi. vi. ṭī. mahāvagga 2.267-269) ‘‘gharadinnakābādho nāma gharaṇiyā dinnavasīkaraṇabhesajjasamuṭṭhito ābādho’’ti vuttaṃ. Sītāloḷinti naṅgalena kasantassa phāle laggamattikaṃ udakena āloḷetvā pāyetuṃ anujānāmīti attho.
恶执取者之论显示巴利原文
Duṭṭhagahaṇikakathā
在坏消化病事中,依“诸比丘,我允许饮生米灰水”一语,允许患坏消化病的比丘饮用生米灰水。其中,“坏消化病”是指消化功能损坏,导致粪便难以排出。“生米灰水”是指将干饭烧成灰后,以该灰烬滤出的碱水。在《疑惑消除义疏》中说:“以该灰烬滤出的碱水,是指将那些灰烬放入滤器,以水浇灌,从灰烬下方滤出的碱水。”显示巴利原文
Duṭṭhagahaṇikakathāyaṃ ‘‘anujānāmi, bhikkhave, āmisakhāraṃ pāyetu’’nti (mahāva. 269) vacanato duṭṭhagahaṇikassa bhikkhuno āmisakhāraṃ pāyetuṃ vaṭṭati. Tattha duṭṭhagahaṇikoti vipannagahaṇiko, kicchena uccāro nikkhamatīti attho. Āmisakhāranti sukkhodanaṃ jhāpetvā tāya chārikāya paggharitaṃ khārodakaṃ. Vimativinodaniyaṃ (vi. vi. ṭī. mahāvagga 2.267-269) pana ‘‘tāya chārikāya paggharitaṃ khārodakanti parissāvane taṃ chārikaṃ pakkhipitvā udake abhisiñcite tato chārikato heṭṭhā paggharitaṃ khārodaka’’nti vuttaṃ.
黄疸病论显示巴利原文
Paṇḍurogābādhakathā
在黄疸病的因缘中,依“诸比丘,我允许服饮尿诃梨勒”之语,允许让患黄疸病的比丘服饮尿诃梨勒。其中的“尿诃梨勒”,是指以牛尿浸泡过的诃梨勒。显示巴利原文
Paṇḍurogābādhakathāyaṃ ‘‘anujānāmi, bhikkhave, muttaharītakaṃ pāyetu’’nti (mahāva. 269) vacanato paṇḍurogābādhassa bhikkhuno muttaharītakaṃ pāyetuṃ vaṭṭati. Tattha muttaharītakanti gomuttaparibhāvitaṃ harītakaṃ.
尸腐病之论显示巴利原文
Chavidosābādhakathā
在尸腐病的因缘中,依“诸比丘,我允许作香涂”之语,允许为患尸腐病的比丘作香涂。显示巴利原文
Chavidosābādhakathāyaṃ ‘‘anujānāmi, bhikkhave, gandhālepaṃ kātu’’nti (mahāva. 269) vacanato chavidosābādhassa bhikkhuno gandhālepaṃ kātuṃ vaṭṭati.
体液充盛身论显示巴利原文
Abhisannakāyakathā
在体液充盛身的因缘中,依“诸比丘,我允许饮泻药”之语,允许体液充盛身的比丘饮泻药。此中“体液充盛身”,是指病素增盛之身。又有清粥之因缘,依“诸比丘,我允许清粥”之语,允许饮清粥。此中“清粥”,即是米汤粥。又有未加工豆汁之因缘,依“诸比丘,我允许未加工豆汁”之语,允许饮未加工豆汁。此中“未加工豆汁”,是指未除去油脂的绿豆煮汁。然于《义明义疏》及《疑惑消除义疏》中说:“‘以未加工豆汁’者,即是以未加工之绿豆汁。”又有加工豆汁之因缘,依“诸比丘,我允许加工豆汁”之语,允许饮加工豆汁。此中“加工豆汁”,是指将其洗净去油脂者。在《义明义疏》及《疑惑消除义疏》中说:“‘以加工豆汁’者,是煮绿豆后不搅动而滤过之绿豆汁。”又有肉汁之因缘,依“诸比丘,我允许肉汁”之语,允许饮肉汁。此中“以肉汁”,即是肉汁。显示巴利原文
Abhisannakāyakathāyaṃ ‘‘anujānāmi, bhikkhave, virecanaṃ pātu’’nti (mahāva. 269) vacanato abhisannakāyassa bhikkhuno virecanaṃ pātuṃ vaṭṭati. Tattha abhisannakāyoti ussannadosakāyo. Acchakañjiyā attho hoti, ‘‘anujānāmi, bhikkhave, acchakañjiya’’nti (mahāva. 269) vacanato acchakañjiyaṃ pātuṃ vaṭṭati. Tattha acchakañjiyanti taṇḍulodakamaṇḍo. Akaṭayūsena attho hoti, ‘‘anujānāmi, bhikkhave, akaṭayūsa’’nti (mahāva. 269) vacanato akaṭayūsaṃ pātuṃ vaṭṭati. Tattha akaṭayūsanti asiniddho muggapacitapānīyo. Sāratthadīpaniyaṃ (sārattha. ṭī. mahāvagga 3.269) pana vimativinodaniyañca (vi. vi. ṭī. mahāvagga 2.267-269) ‘‘akaṭayūsenāti anabhisaṅkhatena muggayūsenā’’ti vuttaṃ. Kaṭākaṭena attho hoti, ‘‘anujānāmi, bhikkhave, kaṭākaṭa’’nti (mahāva. 269) vacanato kaṭākaṭaṃ pāyetuṃ vaṭṭati. Tattha kaṭākaṭanti sova dhotasiniddho. Sāratthadīpaniyaṃ (sārattha. ṭī. mahāvagga 3.269) vimativinodaniyañca (vi. vi. ṭī. mahāvagga 2.267-269) ‘‘kaṭākaṭenāti mugge pacitvā acāletvāva parissāvitena muggayūsenā’’ti vuttaṃ. Paṭicchādanīyena attho hoti, ‘‘anujānāmi, bhikkhave, paṭicchādanīya’’nti (mahāva. 269) vacanato paṭicchādanīyaṃ pātuṃ vaṭṭati. Tattha paṭicchādanīyenāti maṃsarasena.
盐酸药论显示巴利原文
Loṇasovīrakakathā
于盐酸药一事中,依“诸比丘,我允许病者饮盐酸药,无病者以水混合后作为饮料而受用”之语,病比丘应饮盐酸药,无病者应以水混合后受用;又依“作为饮料受用”一语,即便非时亦得允许。显示巴利原文
Loṇasovīrakakathāyaṃ ‘‘anujānāmi, bhikkhave, gilānassa loṇasovīrakaṃ, agilānassa udakasambhinnaṃ pānaparibhogena paribhuñjitu’’nti (mahāva. 273) vacanato gilānena bhikkhunā loṇasovīrakaṃ pātabbaṃ, agilānena udakasambhinnaṃ katvā paribhuñjitabbaṃ, tañca ‘‘pānaparibhogenā’’ti vacanato vikālepi vaṭṭati.
其中,所谓“盐酸药”是指以诸味调制而成的一种药。据说制作此药时,先取诃梨勒、余甘子、毗醯勒的煎汁,投入一切谷物、一切豆类、七种谷物的饭、芭蕉等一切果实、藤蔓、露兜树、枣椰、竹笋等一切笋类、鱼肉块,以及众多蜂蜜、糖浆、岩盐、三辛药等种种药,密封瓮口,放置一年、二年或三年。此药完全煮熟后,呈阎浮果汁之色。对于风病、痰病、麻风、黄疸、瘘管等,乃至作为食油腻者的餐后饮料与助消化药,无有更胜于此者。此药对比丘而言,午后亦允许;对于病者,可如常食一般受用;对于无病者,则应以水混合后作为饮料受用。显示巴利原文
Tattha loṇasovīrakaṃ nāma sabbarasābhisaṅkhataṃ ekaṃ bhesajjaṃ, taṃ kira karonto harītakāmalakavibhītakakasāve sabbadhaññāni sabbaaparaṇṇāni sattannampi dhaññānaṃ odanaṃ kadaliphalādīni sabbaphalāni vettaketakakhajjūrikaḷīrādayo sabbakaḷīre macchamaṃsakhaṇḍāni anekāni ca madhuphāṇitasindhavaloṇatikaṭukādīni bhesajjāni pakkhipitvā kumbhimukhaṃ limpitvā ekaṃ dve tīṇi saṃvaccharāni ṭhapenti, taṃ paripaccitvā jamburasavaṇṇaṃ hoti, vātakāsakuṭṭhapaṇḍubhagaṇḍalādīnaṃ siniddhabhojanabhuttānañca uttarapānaṃ bhattajīraṇakabhesajjaṃ tādisaṃ natthi, taṃ panetaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ pacchābhattampi vaṭṭati, gilānānaṃ pākatikameva. Agilānānaṃ pana udakasambhinnaṃ pānaparibhogenāti.
然而,《义灯注》中说:“因说‘作为饮料受用’,故盐酸药为时分药。”《疑惑消除注》中说:“‘以饮料受用即得允许’是其关联。由此语故,有些人说盐酸药是时分药,又有些人因说‘对病者如常,无病者则水混合’,故如糖类,为七日药。”《金刚智注》中则说:“未加区分地说了因缘性。在此篇集中说:‘诸比丘,我允许病者糖,无病者糖水;病者盐酸药,无病者水混合。’因此确定,因缘性依病者与无病者而有二种。”显示巴利原文
Sāratthadīpaniyaṃ (sārattha. ṭī. 2.191-192) pana ‘‘pānaparibhogenāti vuttattā loṇasovīrakaṃ yāmakālika’’nti vuttaṃ. Vimativinodaniyaṃ (vi. vi. ṭī. 1.192) pana ‘‘pānaparibhogena vaṭṭatīti sambandho. Evaṃ pana vuttattā loṇasovīrakaṃ yāmakālikanti keci vadanti, keci pana ‘gilānānaṃ pākatikameva, agilānānaṃ pana udakasambhinna’nti vuttattā guḷaṃ viya sattāhakālika’’nti vuttaṃ. Vajirabuddhiṭīkāyaṃ (vajira. ṭī. mahāvagga 263) pana ‘‘avisesena satipaccayatā vuttā . Imasmiṃ khandhake ‘anujānāmi, bhikkhave, gilānassa guḷaṃ, agilānassa guḷodakaṃ, gilānassa loṇasovīrakaṃ, agilānassa udakasambhinna’nti (mahāva. 284) vuttaṃ, tasmā siddhaṃ ‘satipaccayatā gilānāgilānavasena duvidhā’ti’’ vuttaṃ.
内住等论显示巴利原文
Antovutthādikathā
关于内宿等的论说中:“那时,世尊患了腹风病。于是,尊者阿难心想:‘世尊以前患腹风病时,用三合粥便得舒缓。’他便亲自求取胡麻、米和绿豆,在内宿,亲自在内烹煮,而后奉呈世尊:‘世尊,请饮三合粥。’如来明知故问,或知而不问;适时而问,或适时不问。如来所问皆与义利相关,不问无义利之事;于无义利处,如来已断桥梁。诸佛世尊以两种目的反问比丘:‘我将说法,或为弟子制定学处。’”显示巴利原文
Antovutthādikathāyaṃ ‘‘tena kho pana samayena bhagavato udaravātābādho hoti, atha kho āyasmā ānando ‘pubbepi bhagavato udaravātābādho tekaṭulayāguyā phāsu hotī’ti sāmaṃ tilampi taṇḍulampi muggampi viññāpetvā anto vāsetvā anto sāmaṃ pacitvā bhagavato upanāmesi ‘pivatu bhagavā tekaṭulayāgu’nti. Jānantāpi tathāgatā pucchanti, jānantāpi na pucchanti, kālaṃ viditvā pucchanti, kālaṃ viditvā na pucchanti, atthasañhitaṃ tathāgatā pucchanti, no anatthasañhitaṃ, anatthasañhite setughāto tathāgatānaṃ. Dvīhi ākārehi buddhā bhagavanto bhikkhū paṭipucchanti ‘dhammaṃ vā desessāma, sāvakānaṃ vā sikkhāpadaṃ paññapessāmā’ti.
于是,世尊对尊者阿难说:“阿难,这粥是从何得来的?”于是,尊者阿难便将此事禀告世尊。佛陀、世尊便呵责说:“阿难,这不适当,不随顺,不合宜,非沙门所为,不被允许,不应作。阿难,你为何如此多事、追求享受?阿难,凡在内宿的,不被允许。凡在内煮的,不被允许。凡亲自煮的,不被允许。阿难,这不会让未生信者生起信心……”世尊如此呵责、说法之后,告诉比丘们:“比丘们,不应受用内宿、内煮、亲自煮的食物。若受用,犯恶作。比丘们,若食物内宿、内煮、亲自煮,受用者犯三重恶作。比丘们,若内宿、内煮、他人煮,受用者犯二重恶作。比丘们,若内宿、外煮、亲自煮,受用者犯二重恶作。比丘们,若外宿、内煮、亲自煮,受用者犯二重恶作。比丘们,若内宿、外煮、他人煮,受用者犯恶作。比丘们,若外宿、内煮、他人煮,受用者犯恶作。比丘们,若外宿、外煮、亲自煮,受用者犯恶作。比丘们,若外宿、外煮、他人煮,受用者无罪。”根据此说,在与卧处相连之处宿、在彼处煮、具足戒者亲自煮,这三分支具足时有三罪,二分支则……”
},
{显示巴利原文
Atha kho bhagavā āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ āmantesi ‘kutāyaṃ, ānanda, yāgū’ti. Atha kho āyasmā ānando bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesi. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā ananucchavikaṃ, ānanda, ananulomikaṃ appatirūpaṃ assamaṇakaṃ akappiyaṃ akaraṇīyaṃ, kathañhi nāma tvaṃ, ānanda, evarūpāya bāhullāya cetessasi, yadapi, ānanda, anto vutthaṃ, tadapi akappiyaṃ. Yadapi anto pakkaṃ, tadapi akappiyaṃ. Yadapi sāmaṃ pakkaṃ, tadapi akappiyaṃ. Netaṃ, ānanda, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… vigarahitvā dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi – na, bhikkhave, anto vutthaṃ anto pakkaṃ sāmaṃ pakkaṃ paribhuñjitabbaṃ, yo paribhuñjeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Anto ce, bhikkhave, vutthaṃ anto pakkaṃ sāmaṃ pakkaṃ, tañce paribhuñjeyya, āpatti tiṇṇaṃ dukkaṭānaṃ. Anto ce, bhikkhave, vutthaṃ anto pakkaṃ aññehi pakkaṃ, tañce paribhuñjeyya, āpatti dvinnaṃ dukkaṭānaṃ. Anto ce, bhikkhave, vutthaṃ bahi pakkaṃ sāmaṃ pakkaṃ, tañce paribhuñjeyya, āpatti dvinnaṃ dukkaṭānaṃ. Bahi ce, bhikkhave, vutthaṃ anto pakkaṃ sāmaṃ pakkaṃ, tañce paribhuñjeyya, āpatti dvinnaṃ dukkaṭānaṃ. Anto ce, bhikkhave, vutthaṃ bahi pakkaṃ aññehi pakkaṃ, tañce paribhuñjeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Bahi ce, bhikkhave, vutthaṃ anto pakkaṃ aññehi pakkaṃ, tañce paribhuñjeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Bahi ce, bhikkhave, vutthaṃ bahi pakkaṃ sāmaṃ pakkaṃ, tañce paribhuñjeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Bahi ce, bhikkhave, vutthaṃ bahi pakkaṃ aññehi pakkaṃ, tañce paribhuñjeyya, anāpattī’’ti (mahāva. 274) vacanato sahaseyyappahonake ṭhāne vutthatā, tattha pakkatā, upasampannena sāmaṃ pakkatāti imesaṃ tiṇṇaṃ aṅgānaṃ sambhave sati tisso āpattiyo, dvinnaṃ sambhave dve āpattiyo, ekassa aṅgassa sambhave ekā āpattīti veditabbaṃ.
『在内宿』者,指在不净小屋中宿。『亲自煮』者,在此,任何食物比丘都不允许煮。若有人在热粥中投入罗勒叶、生姜或盐,也不允许搅动。但以『我冷却粥』而搅动则允许。即使得到热饭也不允许盖上。但若人们盖上后才给,则允许。以『勿使饭冷却』而盖上则允许。从『诸比丘,我允许再煮』之言说,以前由未受具足者煮过的再煮则允许。注疏中已说:『然而在乳、酪等一次煮沸后,因允许再煮,故允许给火。』从『诸比丘,我允许在内宿』之言说,在饥馑时允许米等在内宿。从『诸比丘,我允许在内煮』之言说,在饥馑时允许在内煮。从『诸比丘,我允许亲自煮』之言说,在饥馑时也允许亲自煮。从『诸比丘,我允许在内宿、在内煮、亲自煮』之言说,在饥馑时三者都允许。显示巴利原文
Anto vutthanti akappiyakuṭiyaṃ vutthaṃ. Sāmaṃ pakkanti ettha yaṃ kiñci āmisaṃ bhikkhuno pacituṃ na vaṭṭati. Sacepissa uṇhayāguyā sulasipaṇṇāni vā siṅgiveraṃ vā loṇaṃ vā pakkhipanti, tampi cāletuṃ na vaṭṭati. ‘‘Yāguṃ nibbāpemī’’ti pana cāletuṃ vaṭṭati. Uttaṇḍubhattaṃ labhitvāpi pidahituṃ na vaṭṭati. Sace pana manussā pidahitvāva denti, vaṭṭati. ‘‘Bhattaṃ vā mā nibbāyatū’’ti pidahituṃ vaṭṭati. ‘‘Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, puna pākaṃ pacitu’’nti (mahāva. 274) vacanato pubbe anupasampannehi pakkaṃ puna pacituṃ vaṭṭati. Vuttañhi aṭṭhakathāyaṃ (mahāva. aṭṭha. 274) ‘‘khīratakkādīsu pana sakiṃ kuthitesu aggiṃ dātuṃ vaṭṭati punapākassa anuññātattā’’ti. ‘‘Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, anto vāsetu’’nti (mahāva. 274) vacanato dubbhikkhasamaye taṇḍulādīni anto vāsetuṃ vaṭṭati. ‘‘Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, anto pacitu’’nti (mahāva. 274) vacanato dubbhikkhasamaye anto pacituṃ vaṭṭati. ‘‘Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, sāmaṃ pacitu’’nti (mahāva. 274) vacanato dubbhikkhasamaye sāmampi pacituṃ vaṭṭati. ‘‘Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, anto vutthaṃ anto pakkaṃ sāmaṃ pakka’’nti (mahāva. 274) vacanato dubbhikkhasamaye tīṇipi vaṭṭanti.
已取与已受之论显示巴利原文
Uggahitapaṭiggahitakathā
在“已取已受”的论题中,依据:“诸比丘,我允许:若见到可嚼食的果食之处,当时没有作净者,可亲手取后带到别处,见有作净者时,将其置于地上,让对方受持后再受用。诸比丘,我允许受用‘已取’的食物。”依此言说,如此作而受用是允许的,无犯。显示巴利原文
Uggahitapaṭiggahitakathāyaṃ ‘‘anujānāmi, bhikkhave, yattha phalakhādanīyaṃ passati, kappiyakārako ca na hoti, sāmaṃ gahetvā haritvā kappiyakārake passitvā bhūmiyaṃ nikkhipitvā paṭiggahāpetvā paribhuñjituṃ, anujānāmi, bhikkhave, uggahitaṃ paṭiggahitu’’nti (mahāva. 275) vacanato tathā katvā paribhuñjituṃ vaṭṭati, āpatti na hotīti.
从彼处取出之论显示巴利原文
Tatonīhaṭakathā
在“从彼处取出”的论题中,依据:“诸比丘,你们受取吧,受用吧。诸比丘,我允许已食、已足食的比丘受用从彼处取出且未作余食法的食物。”依此言说,比丘们受邀在某施食处进食后,从该施食处取出的食物,已足食的比丘可以受用,不犯足食学处。注疏中说:“‘从彼处取出’是指从受邀进食之处取出。”显示巴利原文
Tato nīhaṭakathāyaṃ ‘‘paṭiggaṇhatha, bhikkhave, paribhuñjatha. Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, tato nīhaṭaṃ bhuttāvinā pavāritena anatirittaṃ paribhuñjitu’’nti (mahāva. 276) vacanato yasmiṃ dāne nimantitā hutvā bhikkhū bhuñjanti, tato dānato nīhaṭaṃ bhojanaṃ pavāritena bhikkhunā bhuñjitabbaṃ, na pavāritasikkhāpadena āpatti hoti. Vuttañhi aṭṭhakathāyaṃ (mahāva. aṭṭha. 276) ‘‘tato nīhaṭanti yattha nimantitā bhuñjanti, tato nīhaṭa’’nti.
食前已受之论显示巴利原文
Purebhattapaṭiggahitakathā
在“食前所取”的论题中,依据:“诸比丘,你们受取吧,受用吧。诸比丘,我允许已食、已足食的比丘受用食前已受持且未作余食法的食物。”依此言说,食前已受持并存放的食物,已足食的比丘可以不作余食法而受用,不犯足食学处。显示巴利原文
Purebhattapaṭiggahitakathāyaṃ ‘‘paṭiggaṇhatha, bhikkhave, paribhuñjatha, anujānāmi, bhikkhave, purebhattaṃ paṭiggahitaṃ bhuttāvinā pavāritena anatirittaṃ paribhuñjitu’’nti (mahāva. 277) vacanato purebhattaṃ paṭiggahetvā nikkhipitaṃ pavāritena bhikkhunā atirittaṃ akatvā bhuñjituṃ vaṭṭati, pavāritasikkhāpadena āpatti na hoti.
林池之论显示巴利原文
Vanaṭṭhapokkharaṭṭhakathā
在《林生池生》的注疏中说:“那时,尊者舍利弗患了身热病。尊者大目犍连便前往尊者舍利弗处,到后对尊者舍利弗说:‘贤友舍利弗,你过去身热病发作时,以什么而得舒适?’‘贤友,以莲藕和根茎。’……乃至……当时,尊者舍利弗食用了莲藕和根茎后,身热病便平复了。……乃至……‘诸比丘,你们可取用、可食用。我允许诸比丘受用林生与池生之物,已饱食、已作谢食者,亦可不作余食法而取食。’”根据这一开许,林生与池生之物,已作谢食的比丘也可以取用,并不犯“谢食”的学处。这里所谓的“林生、池生”,是指生于森林与莲池中的那些。显示巴利原文
Vanaṭṭhapokkharaṭṭhakathāyaṃ ‘‘tena kho pana samayena āyasmato sāriputtassa kāyaḍāhābādho hoti. Atha kho āyasmā mahāmoggallāno yenāyasmā sāriputto tenupasaṅkami, upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṃ sāriputtaṃ etadavoca ‘pubbe te, āvuso sāriputta, kāyaḍāhābādho kena phāsu hotī’ti. Bhisehi ca me, āvuso, muḷālikāhi cāti…pe… atha kho āyasmato sāriputtassa bhise ca muḷālikāyo ca paribhuttassa kāyaḍāhābādho paṭippassambhi…pe… paṭiggaṇhatha, bhikkhave, paribhuñjatha. Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, vanaṭṭhaṃ pokkharaṭṭhaṃ bhuttāvinā pavāritena anatirittaṃ paribhuñjitu’’nti (mahāva. 278) vacanato vanaṭṭhaṃ pokkharaṭṭhaṃ pavāritena bhikkhunā paribhuñjituṃ vaṭṭati, pavāritasikkhāpadena āpatti na hoti. Tattha vanaṭṭhaṃ pokkharaṭṭhanti vane ceva paduminigacche ca jātaṃ.
未作净之论显示巴利原文
Akatakappakathā
在《未作净》的注疏中,依“诸比丘,我允许食用无种子、种子已出、未作净的果实”这一文句,无种子以及种子已出的果实,即使未用火、刀、指甲作沙门净,也可以食用。其中,“无种子”是指幼嫩的果实,其种子不能发芽;“种子已出”是指种子已脱落、除去后方可食用的芒果、波罗蜜等,这类果实若没有作净之人在场时,即使不作净也可以食用。显示巴利原文
Akatakappakathāyaṃ ‘‘anujānāmi, bhikkhave, abījaṃ nibbaṭṭabījaṃ akatakappaṃ phalaṃ paribhuñjitu’’nti (mahāva. 278) vacanato abījañca nibbaṭṭabījañca phalaṃ aggisatthanakhehi samaṇakappaṃ akatvāpi paribhuñjituṃ vaṭṭati. Tattha abījanti taruṇaphalaṃ, yassa bījaṃ aṅkuraṃ na janeti. Nibbaṭṭabījanti bījaṃ nibbaṭṭetvā apanetvā paribhuñjitabbakaṃ ambapanasādi, tāni phalāni kappiyakārake asati kappaṃ akatvāpi paribhuñjituṃ vaṭṭati.
在《粥》的注疏中说:“婆罗门,施粥有此十种利益。哪十种?施粥者布施寿命、布施色泽、布施安乐、布施力量、布施辩才;饮粥者能除饥饿、解渴、调和风、清净膀胱、消化生食残余。婆罗门,这便是施粥的十种利益。”显示巴利原文
Yāgukathāyaṃ ‘‘dasayime, brāhmaṇa, ānisaṃsā yāguyā. Katame dasa, yāguṃ dento āyuṃ deti, vaṇṇaṃ deti, sukhaṃ deti, balaṃ deti, paṭibhānaṃ deti, yāgupītā khudaṃ paṭihanati, pipāsaṃ vineti, vātaṃ anulometi, vatthiṃ sodheti, āmāvasesaṃ pāceti. Ime kho, brāhmaṇa, dasānisaṃsā yāguyāti.
对于自制之人、受他人施食而活者;
若人适时、恭敬地施予粥食,
此人当得十种利益。
寿命、容貌、安乐与力量
由此,他便生起辩才;
消除饥渴与风
清净膀胱,运化食物;
此是善逝所赞叹之药。
因此,确实值得施粥;
常求安乐之人,
或希求天界诸乐者,
或欲求人间殊胜福德者。
显示巴利原文 ‘Yo saññatānaṃ paradattabhojinaṃ; Kālena sakkacca dadāti yāguṃ; Dasassa ṭhānāni anuppavecchati; Āyuñca vaṇṇañca sukhaṃ balañca. ‘Paṭibhānamassa upajāyate tato; Khuddaṃ pipāsañca byapaneti vātaṃ; Sodheti vatthiṃ pariṇāmeti bhattaṃ; Bhesajjametaṃ sugatena vaṇṇitaṃ. ‘Tasmā hi yāguṃ alameva dātuṃ; Niccaṃ manussena sukhatthikena; Dibbāni vā patthayatā sukhāni; Mānussasobhagyatamicchatā vā’ti.
于是,世尊用这些偈颂随喜那位婆罗门之后,便从座起身离去。随后,世尊以这则因缘、这件事由作完法说后,对比丘们说:“诸比丘,我允许粥与蜜丸。”依此语,允许接受粥与蜜丸。在随喜偈中,“求”与“欲”这两个词,与“实应施”相连结。若存在“求者欲者”的读法,则应采用该读法。依“诸比丘,除受邀请外,不应食用他人之食。若食用粥者,应如法治罪”之语,这样食用者,依辗转食学处而有罪。“食粥”是指能令人满足的粥。“应如法治罪”是指应以辗转食之罪来治罪。显示巴利原文
Atha kho bhagavā taṃ brāhmaṇaṃ imāhi gāthāhi anumoditvā uṭṭhāyāsanā pakkāmi. Atha kho bhagavā etasmiṃ nidāne etasmiṃ pakaraṇe dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi – anujānāmi, bhikkhave, yāguñca madhugoḷakañcā’’ti (mahāva. 282) vacanato yāguñca madhugoḷakañca sampaṭicchituṃ vaṭṭati. Anumodanāgāthāya ‘‘patthayataṃ icchata’’nti padānaṃ ‘‘alameva dātu’’nti iminā sambandho. Sace pana ‘‘patthayatā icchatā’’ti pāṭho atthi, soyeva gahetabbo. ‘‘Na, bhikkhave, aññatra nimantitena aññassa bhojjayāgu paribhuñjitabbā, yo paribhuñjeyya, yathādhammo kāretabbo’’ti (mahāva. 283) vacanato tathā bhuñjantassa paramparabhojanasikkhāpadena āpatti hoti. Bhojjayāgūti yā pavāraṇaṃ janeti. Yathādhammo kāretabboti paramparabhojanena kāretabbo.
在糖的论述中,由“诸比丘,我允许病者用糖块,非病者用糖水”(《大品》284)之语可知,患病比丘即使在非时也可嚼食糖块。而非病者则应将糖与水混合,以受用糖水的方式而受用。注疏(《大品注》284)中说:“‘病者糖块’的意思是:我允许患有如此种类疾病的人,在午后嚼食糖块。”因为说到“患有如此种类疾病”,这表明:患有哪种类疾病的人应受用糖块,即如患有如此种类疾病的人,应当审察后取用。显示巴利原文
Guḷakathāyaṃ ‘‘anujānāmi, bhikkhave, gilānassa guḷaṃ, agilānassa guḷodaka’’nti (mahāva. 284) vacanato gilāno bhikkhu guḷapiṇḍaṃ vikālepi khādituṃ vaṭṭati. Agilāno pana udakasambhinnaṃ katvā guḷodakaparibhogena paribhuñjituṃ vaṭṭati. ‘‘Gilānassa guḷanti tathārūpena byādhinā gilānassa pacchābhattaṃ guḷaṃ anujānāmīti attho’’ti aṭṭhakathāyaṃ (mahāva. aṭṭha. 284) vuttaṃ. ‘‘Tathārūpena byādhinā’’ti vuttattā yathārūpena byādhinā gilānassa guḷo paribhuñjitabbo hoti, tathārūpena eva byādhinā gilānassāti vuttaṃ viya dissati, vīmaṃsitvā gahetabbaṃ.
在这些论述中,凡是在应当阐释的篇章里未见到的内容,皆由我们从圣典与注疏中取出,并以复注师们的言辞作庄严而安立,这是为了聪慧比丘们能善巧通达的缘故。因此,愿诸智者断除疑惑,信受奉持。显示巴利原文
Ettakāsu kathāsu yā yā saṃvaṇṇetabbappakaraṇe na dissati, sā sā amhehi pesalānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ kosallatthaṃ pāḷito ca aṭṭhakathāto ca gahetvā ṭīkācariyānaṃ vacanehi alaṅkaritvā ṭhapitā, tasmā nikkaṅkhā hutvā paṇḍitā upadhārentu.
四大教法论显示巴利原文
Catumahāpadesakathā
67 “诸比丘,这些”等,称为大教法论。其中,“大教法”的含义是:因为它们指示大义,故称大教法;或大义于此显现、了知,故称大教法;或大义由此而显现、生起,故称大教法。它们是指什么呢?即这四种文句,或义理。因此说“此四大教法”等。其中,“持法长老”指大迦叶等。“取经而”是指取“除谷物果实汁”等经而受持。“七种谷物”是指:显示巴利原文
67.Yaṃbhikkhavetiādi mahāpadesakathā nāma. Tattha mahante atthe upadissati etehīti mahāpadesā, mahantā vā atthā padissanti paññāyanti etthāti mahāpadesā, mahantānaṃ vā atthānaṃ padeso pavattidesoti mahāpadesā. Ke te? Imeyeva cattāro pāṭhā, atthā vā. Tena vuttaṃ ‘‘ime cattāro mahāpadese’’tiādi. Tattha dhammasaṅgāhakattherāti mahākassapādayo. Suttaṃ gahetvāti ‘‘ṭhapetvā dhaññaphalarasa’’ntiādikaṃ suttaṃ gahetvā upadhārento. Satta dhaññānīti –
稻、米、粟,小麦、稗子、大麦,
咔古提是第七种谷物,野生稻等是它的分类。」
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Sāli vīhi ca kudrūso, godhumo varako yavo; Kaṅgūti satta dhaññāni, nīvārādī tu tabbhidā’’ti –.
已说七种谷物。「一切豆类」指绿豆、黑豆等。「八种饮料」指:芒果饮、阎浮果饮、椰子饮、无花果饮、藕饮、葡萄饮、蜜饮、帕鲁萨咖饮。显示巴利原文
Vuttāni satta dhaññāni. Sabbaṃ aparaṇṇanti muggamāsādayo. Aṭṭha pānānīti ambapānaṃ jambupānaṃ cocapānaṃ mocapānaṃ sālukapānaṃ muddikapānaṃ madhukapānaṃ phārusakapānañca.
「以此方法」:即以随顺经教的方法。因为注疏中说:「顺经者,即是四大教法。」「不依经文与注疏」:指不唯独执取经文中已决了之义。「其他诸」:指除此之外的其他种种。由此显示,所谓大教法,并非仅仅是如上所述,还包含了由持律者的智慧力量所彰显的种种不同法门。显示巴利原文
Iminā nayenāti suttānulomanayena. Vuttañhetaṃ aṭṭhakathāyaṃ ‘‘suttānulomaṃ nāma cattāro mahāpadesā’’ti. Pāḷiñca aṭṭhakathañca anapekkhitvāti pāḷiyaṃ nītatthato āgatameva aggahetvā . Aññānipīti tato aññānipi. Etena mahāpadesā nāma na kevalaṃ yathāvuttā eva, atha kho anekāni nānappakārāni vinayadharassa ñāṇānubhāvappakāsitānīti dasseti.
68 在《利益论》中,「持律者」指持守律藏的比丘,即通过学、诵、思惟、决断及如法随顺等行而精通律藏教理者。「这些以律藏教理为根本」:即以律藏教理为根本。它们是什么?五种利益。意思是,这些利益是以律藏教理本身作为根本、作为因缘而获得的,并非以其他教理或以修持等为根本。又或者,学习称为教理,律的教理即是律藏教理,它是这些利益的根本,所以称为「以律藏教理为根本」,意思是:因学习律藏而获得的利益。以「哪些」等问题询问这五种利益等的自相,以「自己的」等回答之后,为了以经文来印证此说,因此说「因为已说」等。显示巴利原文
68. Ānisaṃsakathāyaṃ vinayaṃ dhāretīti vinayadharo, sikkhanavācanamanasikāravinicchayanatadanulomakaraṇādinā vinayapariyattikusalo bhikkhu. Vinayapariyattimūlaṃ etesanti vinayapariyattimūlakā. Ke te? Pañcānisaṃsā. Vinayapariyattiyeva mūlaṃ kāraṇaṃ katvā labhitabbaānisaṃsā, na aññapariyattiṃ vā paṭipattiādayo vā mūlaṃ katvāti attho. Atha vā pariyāpuṇanaṃ pariyatti, vinayassa pariyatti vinayapariyatti, sā mūlaṃ etesanti vinayapariyattimūlakā, vinayapariyāpuṇanahetubhavā ānisaṃsāti attho. ‘‘Katame’’tiādinā tesaṃ pañcānisaṃsādīnaṃ sarūpaṃ pucchitvā ‘‘attano’’tiādinā vissajjetvā taṃ vacanaṃ pāḷiyā samatthetuṃ ‘‘vuttañheta’’ntiādimāha.
如此显示了五种利益的自相之后,现在为了详细显示它们,先以“如何他的……”等发问,再以“此处有人……”等作答。其中,自己戒蕴得善守护的状态,正是以不犯罪而成立,并非以其他方式。因此,在显示了犯罪之因后,为说明因无此因而不犯,便说“犯罪者以六种方式而犯……”等。其中——显示巴利原文
Evaṃ pañcānisaṃsānaṃ sarūpaṃ dassetvā idāni teyeva vitthārato dassetuṃ ‘‘kathamassā’’tiādinā pucchitvā ‘‘idhekacco’’tiādinā vissajjeti. Tattha attano sīlakkhandhasuguttabhāvo nāma āpattianāpajjanabhāveneva hoti, no aññathāti āpattiāpajjanakāraṇaṃ dassetvā tadabhāvena anāpajjanaṃ dassetuṃ ‘‘āpattiṃ āpajjanto chahākārehi āpajjatī’’tiādimāha. Tattha –
‘‘Sañcicca āpattiṃ āpajjati; Āpattiṃ parigūhati; Agatigamanañca gacchati; Ediso vuccati alajjipuggalo’’ti. (pari. 359) –
依所说无惭之相:不惭、不羞耻者即是无惭,其状态为无惭性。于彼无智者即是无智,其状态为无智性。恶作的状态即是恶作,成就此者即是恶作成就者,其状态为恶作成就性。适合者为净,非适合者为不净;于彼不净中,起净之想者即是净想者,其状态为净想性。其余诸词当从相反方面了知。此五词中,字母 y 已脱落,故应以‘由无惭性而犯罪’等来连接——此为因格之离格表达。忆念者名为念,忘失即是失念。念之失念即为‘念失念’,故说从念失念——此为因格之具格表达。今为详细显示他们之原因,故说‘如何’等句;他们当以方法论来理解。显示巴利原文
Vuttena alajjīlakkhaṇena na lajjati na hirīyatīti alajjī, tassa bhāvo alajjitā. Natthi ñāṇaṃ etassāti aññāṇaṃ, tassa bhāvo aññāṇatā. Kukatassa bhāvo kukkuccaṃ, tena pakato kukkuccapakato, tassa bhāvo kukkuccapakatatā. Kappatīti kappiyaṃ, na kappiyaṃ akappiyaṃ , tasmiṃ akappiye, kappiyaṃ iti saññā yassa so kappiyasaññī, tassa bhāvo kappiyasaññitā. Itaraṃ tappaṭipakkhato kātabbaṃ, imesu pañcasu padesu yakāralopo, tasmā ‘‘alajjitāya āpattiṃ āpajjatī’’tiādinā yojetabbāni. Hetvatthe cetaṃ nissakkavacanaṃ. Saratīti sati, samussanaṃ sammoso. Satiyā sammoso satisammoso, tasmā satisammosā. Hetvatthe cetaṃ karaṇavacanaṃ. Idāni tāni kāraṇāni vitthārato dassetuṃ ‘‘katha’’ntyādimāha. Taṃ nayānuyogena viññeyyameva.
阿利德比丘,即名为阿利德的比丘;刺沙弥,即名为刺的沙弥。生于毗舍离者,称为毗舍离人;跋耆之子,称为跋耆子。既是毗舍离人又是跋耆子者,称为毗舍离跋耆子。阿利德比丘、刺沙弥与毗舍离跋耆子,合称为“阿利德比丘、刺沙弥、毗舍离跋耆子等”。“诽谤”“无智”“疑惑度脱”合为“诽谤无智疑惑度脱”。它们是何义?即诸论。以这些为首者,为诽谤无智疑惑度脱等。依这些而说者,即是诸论;诽谤无智疑惑度脱等诸论即为这些所有,亦即诽谤等诸论。它们是何?即邪论者。阿利德等跋耆子、诽谤等诸论,以及大众部等,称为教法的敌对者,应以并列复合词相连接。其余极易了知。显示巴利原文
Ariṭṭho iti bhikkhu ariṭṭhabhikkhu, kaṇṭako iti sāmaṇero kaṇṭakasāmaṇero, vesāliyā jātā vesālikā, vajjīnaṃ puttā vajjiputtā, vesālikā ca te vajjiputtā cāti vesālikavajjiputtā, ariṭṭhabhikkhu ca kaṇṭakasāmaṇero ca vesālikavajjiputtā ca ariṭṭhabhikkhukaṇṭakasāmaṇeravesālikavajjiputtakā. Parūpahāro ca aññāṇañca kaṅkhāvitaraṇañca parūpahāraaññāṇakaṅkhāvitaraṇā. Ke te? Vādā. Te ādi yesaṃ teti parūpahāraaññāṇakaṅkhāvitaraṇādayo. Vadanti etehīti vādā, parūpahāraaññāṇakaṅkhāvitaraṇādayo vādā etesanti parū…pe… vādā. Ke te? Micchāvādino. Ariṭṭha…pe… puttā ca parūpahāra…pe… vādā ca mahāsaṅghikādayo ca sāsanapaccatthikā nāmāti samuccayadvandavasena yojanā kātabbā. Sesaṃ suviññeyyameva.
结语释义显示巴利原文
Nigamanakathāvaṇṇanā
于结偈中,第一偈:欲令正法久住、令教法光显、具足精进力的君王所劝请,我造此律集。应如此连属。显示巴利原文
Nigamagāthāsu paṭhamagāthāyaṃ saddhammaṭṭhitikāmena sāsanujjotakārinā parakkamabāhunā narindena ajjhesito so ahaṃ vinayasaṅgahaṃ akāsinti yojanā.
在第二、第三偈中应如此连接:那可爱悦意、由百座宫殿所装点的殿堂,遍满种种树群,是乐修习者、比丘们的修习喜乐之处,具足清凉之水——在此名为祇园、因祇陀太子而得名祇园的精舍,我,即那住于其中或曾住于其中的我,为瑜伽行者的利益,集成了这部具足精要、以利益为要的律集。显示巴利原文
Dutiyatatiyagāthāyaṃ teneva parakkamabāhunarindeneva kārite ramme ramaṇīye pāsādasatamaṇḍite pāsādānaṃ satena paṭimaṇḍite nānādumagaṇākiṇṇe bhāvanābhiratālaye bhāvanāya abhiratānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ ālayabhūte sītalūdakasampanne jetavane jetavananāmake vihāre vasaṃ vasanto hutvā, atha vā vasaṃ vasanto sohaṃ so ahaṃ yogīnaṃ hitaṃ hitabhūtaṃ sāraṃ sāravantaṃ imaṃ īdisaṃ vinayasaṅgahaṃ akāsinti yojanā.
在其余诸偈中,这是显明之释义:以此造论所成就之福德,及我由此造论之外所积集的其他功德,以此福业,我当在第二生时,生于三十三天,欢喜愉悦,乐好戒行功德,不染着五欲。成为天子后,证得最初之果——入流果;于最后身时,值遇世间最上依怙、乐念一切众生利益的弥勒牟尼中尊,听闻彼圣者的正法开示,证得最上之果——阿拉汉果,以此庄严如来的教法。显示巴利原文
Sesagāthāsu iminā ganthakaraṇena yaṃ puññaṃ mayhaṃ siddhaṃ, aññaṃ ito ganthakaraṇato aññabhūtaṃ yaṃ puññaṃ mayā pasutaṃ hoti, etena puññakammena dutiye attasambhave tāvatiṃse pamodento sīlācāraguṇe rato pañcakāmesu alaggo devaputto hutvā paṭhamaṃ paṭhamabhūtaṃ phalaṃ sotāpattiphalaṃ patvāna antime attabhāvamhi lokaggapuggalaṃ nāthaṃ nāthabhūtaṃ sabbasattahite rataṃ metteyyaṃ metteyyanāmakaṃ munipuṅgavaṃ muniseṭṭhaṃ disvāna tassa dhīrassa saddhammadesanaṃ sutvā aggaṃ phalaṃ arahattaphalaṃ adhigantvā labhitvā jinasāsanaṃ sobheyyaṃ sobhāpeyyanti ayaṃ pākaṭayojanā.
然而,若依此种解释,智者们并不认可这位阿阇梨尊者的说法。何以故?因为在此,阿阇梨的愿望是:由此第二生,生于三十三天宫成为天子,证得入流果后,在最后生时,听闻弥勒世尊说法而证得阿拉汉果。这不合理。因为入流者超越七有之后,便不再有结生;而三十三大人,纵使经历百有、千有乃至十万有,也活不到弥勒世尊出现之时。若有人说‘中间生于梵天界,在弥勒世尊时再成为人’,这也不合理。因为往生梵天界的圣者,不会再有欲界有的再生。在《阿毗达摩双论》中已说:‘从色界死没而生于欲界者,七随眠随增。’若说‘住于梵天界而证得最上果’,这在阿阇梨的言说中未见,因为说‘庄严如来教法’,故只见比丘身。非比丘身不能庄严教法。在《阿毗达摩义释》中——显示巴利原文
Etissāya pana yojanāya sati ācariyavarassa vacanaṃ na sampaṭicchanti paṇḍitā. Kathaṃ? Ettha hi ito dutiyabhave tāvatiṃsabhavane devaputto hutvā sotāpattiphalaṃ patvā antimabhave metteyyassa bhagavato dhammadesanaṃ sutvā arahattaphalaṃ labheyyanti ācariyassa patthanā, sā ayuttarūpā hoti. Sotāpannassa hi sattabhavato uddhaṃ paṭisandhi natthi, tāvatiṃsānañca devānaṃ bhavasatenapi bhavasahassenapi bhavasatasahassenapi metteyyassa bhagavato uppajjanakālo appattabbo hoti. Athāpi vadeyya ‘‘antarā brahmaloke nibbattitvā metteyyassa bhagavato kāle manusso bhaveyyā’’ti, evampi na yujjati. Na hi brahmalokagatānaṃ ariyānaṃ puna kāmabhavūpapatti atthi. Vuttañhi abhidhamme yamakappakaraṇe (yama. 2.anusayayamaka. 312) ‘‘rūpadhātuyā cutassa kāmadhātuṃ upapajjantassa satteva anusayā anusentī’’ti. Athāpi vadeyya ‘‘brahmalokeyeva ṭhatvā aggaphalaṃ labheyyā’’ti, tathā ca ācariyassa vacane na dissati, ‘‘sobheyyaṃ jinasāsana’’nti vuttattā bhikkhubhūtattameva dissati. Na hi bhikkhubhūto sāsanaṃ sobhāpetuṃ sakkoti. Abhidhammatthavibhāvaniyañca –
“彼时,彼清净心者照耀其教法;愿我得见、得恭敬,尊我师舍利弗。”
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Jotayantaṃ tadā tassa, sāsanaṃ suddhamānasaṃ;
此处所说即比丘身。若有人言“中间成为长寿地居天,尔时方成为人”,此亦不合理,因为已是一位佛陀声闻的圣者,不可能再成为另一位佛陀的声闻。然而,阿阇梨通达一切教典,造众多论书,为众多造论长老之师与师之师,是故不仅在此安立这些偈颂,于名为《义理阐明》的律注疏末尾亦予安立,故此处必有其理据,应当审察此事。显示巴利原文
Passeyyaṃ sakkareyyañca, garuṃ me sārisambhava’’nti. –
或者,依此乃至成为天子,先得如上所说之果——在三十三天欢喜、乐住戒功德、不执五欲的利益之后,于最后身……乃至……庄严,此为释义。或者,依此乃至不执五欲,于最后身……乃至……听闻正法开示,先证入流果,其后证最上果阿拉汉果,庄严如来教法,此为释义。如闻我等世尊转法轮经开示,阿若憍陈如长老先证入流果,其后证阿拉汉果,庄严如来教法,其义如此。此外,其余合乎长老言说之法,应由智者思择。显示巴利原文
Bhikkhubhūtameva vuttaṃ. Athāpi vadeyya ‘‘antarā dīghāyuko bhummadevo hutvā tadā manusso bhaveyyā’’ti, evampi ekassa buddhassa sāvakabhūto ariyapuggalo puna aññassa buddhassa sāvako na bhaveyyāti, ācariyo pana sabbapariyattidharo anekaganthakārako anekesaṃ ganthakārakānaṃ therānaṃ ācariyapācariyabhūto, tena na kevalaṃ idheva imā gāthāyo ṭhapitā, atha kho sāratthadīpanīnāmikāya vinayaṭīkāya avasāne ca ṭhapitā, tasmā bhavitabbamettha kāraṇenāti vīmaṃsitabbametaṃ.
或者,以此……乃至……成为天子,先得如前所说的果——在三十三天欢喜、乐于戒行功德,获此名为不执著五欲之利益;于最后身……乃至……庄严。或者,以此……乃至……不执著五欲,在最后身……乃至……听闻正法,先证入流果,后证最上之阿拉汉果,庄严如来教法——此为释义。正如听闻我等世尊的转法轮经开示,阿若憍陈如长老证得入流果后,继而证得阿拉汉果,庄严了如来教法——此为义理。除此之外,其他契合长老所说之理,智者应当思择。显示巴利原文
Atha vā iminā…pe… devaputto hutvā paṭhamaṃ tāva phalaṃ yathāvuttaṃ tāvatiṃse pamodanasīlācāraguṇe rataṃ pañcakāmesu alaggabhāvasaṅkhātaṃ ānisaṃsaṃ patvāna antime attabhāvamhi…pe… sobheyyanti yojanā. Atha vā iminā…pe… pañcakāmesu alaggo hutvā antime attabhāvamhi…pe… saddhammadesanaṃ sutvā paṭhamaṃ phalaṃ sotāpattiphalaṃ patvā tato paraṃ aggaphalaṃ arahattaphalaṃ adhigantvā jinasāsanaṃ sobheyyanti yojanā. Yathā amhākaṃ bhagavato dhammacakkappavattanasuttantadhammadesanaṃ sutvā aññātakoṇḍaññatthero sotāpattiphalaṃ patvā pacchā arahattaphalaṃ adhigantvā jinasāsanaṃ sobhesi, evanti attho. Ito aññānipi nayāni yathā therassa vacanānukūlāni, tāni paṇḍitehi cintetabbāni.